As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 8, 2021

 

Registration No. 333-252059

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7363   68-0680859

(State or other jurisdiction

of incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

641 Lexington Avenue

27th Floor

New York, NY 10022

(646) 507-5710

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Brendan Flood

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

641 Lexington Avenue, 27th Floor

New York, New York 10022

(646) 507-5710

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:

 

Rick A. Werner, Esq.

Jayun Koo, Esq.

Haynes and Boone, LLP

30 Rockefeller Plaza, 26th Floor

New York, New York 10112

(212) 659-7300

Gregory Sichenzia, Esq.

Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP

1185 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor

New York, New York 10036

(212) 930-9700

 

 

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement is declared effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box: [X]

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer [  ]   Accelerated filer [  ]
         
Non-accelerated filer [X]   Smaller reporting company [X]
         
      Emerging growth company [  ]

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. [  ]

 

Calculation of Registration Fee

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be

Registered

  Amount to be Registered(1)    

Proposed Maximum

Offering

Price per Share(2)

    Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price
   

Amount of Registration

Fee(3)

 
Common stock, $0.00001 par value(4)         $     $     $  
Pre-funded warrants to purchase shares of common stock(4)                                
Common stock issuable upon the exercise of pre-funded warrants(4)(5)                               —  
Total     21,855,280     $ 0.85     $ 18,576,988     $ 2,027  

 

(1) Pursuant to Rule 416(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), this registration statement shall also cover an indeterminate number of shares that may be issued and resold resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.

(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(3) Calculated in accordance with Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act and based upon the average of the high and low sale prices of our shares of common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market on February 1, 2021.

(4) The proposed maximum number of shares of common stock proposed to be sold in the offering will be reduced on a one-for-one basis based on the number of the pre-funded warrants offered and sold in the offering, and the proposed maximum number of the pre-funded warrants to be sold in the offering will be reduced on a one-for-one basis based on the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering. Accordingly, the proposed maximum number of the shares of common stock (including the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the pre-funded warrants), if any, is 21,855,280.

(5) No additional registration fee is payable pursuant to Rule 457(i) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(6) A filing fee of $1,759 was previously paid.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 
 

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated February 8, 2021

 

Preliminary Prospectus

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

 

21,855,280 Shares of Common Stock

Pre-Funded Warrants to Purchase up to 21,855,280 Shares of Common Stock

Up to 21,855,280 Shares of Common Stock Underlying the Pre-Funded Warrants

 

We are offering 21,855,280 shares of our common stock pursuant to this prospectus.

 

We are also offering to certain purchasers whose purchase of shares of common stock in this offering would otherwise result in the purchaser, together with its affiliates and certain related parties, beneficially owning more than 4.99% of our outstanding common stock immediately following the consummation of this offering, the opportunity to purchase, if any such purchaser so chooses, pre-funded warrants, in lieu of shares of common stock that would otherwise result in such purchaser’s beneficial ownership exceeding 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser, 9.99%) of our outstanding common stock. The purchase price of each pre-funded warrant will be equal to the price per share at which shares of common stock are sold to the public in this offering, minus $0.0001, and the exercise price of each pre-funded warrant will be $0.0001 per share. This offering also relates to the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of any pre-funded warrants sold in this offering. The pre-funded warrants will be exercisable immediately and may be exercised at any time until all of the pre-funded warrants are exercised in full. For each pre-funded warrant we sell, the number of shares of common stock we are offering will be decreased on a one-for-one basis.

 

Our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “STAF.” We have assumed a public offering price of $1.01 per share, the last reported sale price of our common stock on Nasdaq on February 4, 2021, and $1.0099 per pre-funded warrant. On February 5, 2021, the last closing price of our common stock was $1.11 per share. The public offering price per share and any pre-funded warrant, as the case may be, will be determined through negotiation between us and the investors in the offering based on market conditions at the time of pricing, and may be at a discount to the current market price of our common stock. Therefore, the assumed public offering price used throughout this prospectus may not be indicative of the final offering price. There is no established trading market for the pre-funded warrants, and we do not expect a market to develop. We do not intend to apply for a listing for the pre-funded warrants on any securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system. Without an active trading market, the liquidity of the pre-funded warrants will be limited.

 

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 6 of this prospectus for a discussion of risks that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

    Per Share     Per Pre-Funded Warrant     Total  
Public offering price   $          $            $       
Placement agent’s fees(1)   $     $     $  
Proceeds to us, before expenses   $     $     $  

 

(1) We have agreed to pay the placement agent a cash fee equal to 7.5% of the gross proceeds raised in this offering, and to reimburse the placement agent for certain of its offering-related expenses. In addition, we have agreed to issue the placement agent or its designees warrants to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 7.5% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering (including the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the pre-funded warrants), at an exercise price of $        per share, which represents 125% of the public offering price per share. See “Plan of Distribution” for a description of the compensation to be received by the placement agent.

 

We have engaged H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC (“Wainwright” or the “placement agent”) to act as our exclusive placement agent in connection with this offering. The placement agent is not purchasing or selling the securities offered by us and is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of securities, but the placement agent will use its reasonable best efforts to arrange for the sale of the securities offered by this prospectus. Because there is no minimum offering amount required as a condition to closing in this offering, the actual public offering amount, placement agent fees, and proceeds to us, if any, are not presently determinable and may be substantially less than the total maximum offering amounts set forth above. In either event, this offering may be closed without further notice to you.

 

Delivery of the securities offered hereby is expected to be made on or about                , 2021, subject to satisfaction of customary closing conditions.

 

H.C. Wainwright & Co.

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2021

 

 
 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY 1
THE OFFERING 4
RISK FACTORS 6
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 23
USE OF PROCEEDS 24
DIVIDEND POLICY 25
DILUTION 26
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION 29
BUSINESS 43
MANAGEMENT 47
EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION 50
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS 57
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 59
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES WE ARE OFFERING 61
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 67
LEGAL MATTERS 68
EXPERTS 68
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 68
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 70

 

The registration statement we filed with the SEC includes exhibits that provide more detail of the matters discussed in this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the related exhibits filed with the SEC before making your investment decision. You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus. In addition, this prospectus contains summaries of certain provisions contained in some of the documents described herein, but reference is made to the actual documents for complete information. All of the summaries are qualified in their entirety by the actual documents. Copies of some of the documents referred to herein have been filed, will be filed or will be incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and you may obtain copies of those documents as described below under the heading “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

We have not, and the placement agent has not, authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of our securities. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

This prospectus is an offer to sell only the securities offered hereby, and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. We are not, and the placement agent is not, making an offer to sell these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

i
 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary provides an overview of selected information contained elsewhere and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our securities. You should carefully read the prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part in their entirety before investing in our securities, including the information discussed under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus and our financial statements and notes thereto that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See information set forth under the section “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise indicates, the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” or the “Company” refer to Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Overview

 

We are an international staffing company engaged in the acquisition of United States and United Kingdom based staffing companies. Our services principally consist of providing temporary contractors, and, to a much lesser extent, the recruitment of candidates for permanent placement. As part of our consolidation model, we pursue a broad spectrum of staffing companies supporting primarily accounting and finance, information technology, engineering, administration and commercial disciplines. Our business model is based on finding and acquiring, suitable, mature, profitable, operating, domestic and international staffing companies. Our targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the accounting and finance, information technology, engineering, administration and light industrial disciplines. We have completed ten acquisitions since November 2013.

 

Recent Developments

 

COVID-19

 

In December 2019, a strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China, and has spread globally, resulting in government-imposed quarantines, travel restrictions and other public health safety measures in affected countries. The COVID-19 pandemic is impacting worldwide economic activity, and activity in the United States and the United Kingdom where our operations are based. Much of the independent contractor work we provide to our clients is performed at the site of our clients. As a result, we are subject to the plans and approaches our clients have made to address the COVID-19 pandemic, such as whether they support remote working or if they have simply closed their facilities and furloughed employees. To the extent that our clients were to decide or are required to close their facilities, or not permit remote work when they close facilities, we would no longer generate revenue and profit from that client. In addition, in the event that our clients’ businesses suffer or close as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may experience decline in our revenue or write-off of receivables from such clients. Moreover, developments such as social distancing and shelter-in-place directives have impacted our ability to deploy our staffing workforce effectively, thereby impacting contracts with customers in our commercial staffing and professional staffing business streams, where we have had declines in revenues during Q2 2020 and Q3 2020 and may have declines during Q4 2020 compared to the respective periods in 2019. While some government-imposed precautionary measures have been relaxed in certain countries or states, more strict measures have been or may be put in place again due to a resurgence in COVID-19 cases, as has occurred recently in the United Kingdom in response to the spread of a new strain of COVID-19. As a result of the newly imposed government restrictions in the United Kingdom, we had to close both of our offices in the United Kingdom, and our employees have been forced to operate remotely from their homes. Therefore, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic may continue to affect our operation and to disrupt the marketplace in which we operate and may negatively impact our sales in fiscal year 2021 and our overall liquidity.

 

While the ultimate economic impact brought by, and the duration of, the COVID-19 pandemic may be difficult to assess or predict, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others, the pandemic has resulted in significant disruptions in the general commercial activity and the global economy and caused financial market volatility and uncertainty in significant and unforeseen ways in the recent months. A continuation or worsening of the levels of market disruption and volatility seen in the recent past could have an adverse effect on our ability to access capital and on the market price of our common stock, and we may not be able to successfully raise needed capital. If we are unsuccessful in raising capital in the future, we may need to reduce activities, curtail or cease operations.

 

1

 

 

 

In addition, the continuation of the COVID-19 pandemic or an outbreak of other infectious diseases could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets worldwide, resulting in an economic downturn that could impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Nasdaq Minimum Stockholders’ Equity Requirement

 

On June 3, 2020, we received a letter from the Listing Qualifications Department notifying us that we are no longer in compliance with the minimum stockholders’ equity requirement for continued listing on Nasdaq. Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(b)(1) requires listed companies to maintain stockholders’ equity of at least $2.5 million. Further, as of June 9, 2020, we did not meet the alternative compliance standards relating to the market value of listed securities or net income from continuing operations.

 

In accordance with the Nasdaq Listing Rules, we were afforded the opportunity to submit a plan to regain compliance with the minimum stockholders’ equity standard. Based on our submissions, the Listing Qualifications Department granted us an extension to regain compliance with Rule 5550(b)(1) until November 30, 2020.

 

On December 1, 2020, we received notice that because we had not met the terms of the extension, our common stock would be subject to delisting from Nasdaq, unless we timely requested a hearing before a Nasdaq Hearings Panel (the “Panel”). We timely requested a hearing before the Panel, which automatically stayed any suspension or delisting action pending the issuance of a decision by the Panel following the hearing and the expiration of any additional extension period granted by the Panel. The hearing occurred on January 21, 2021. At the hearing, we provided the Panel with an update on our compliance plan and requested a further extension of time in which to regain compliance. On February 3, 2021, we received a letter from the Panel noting it has granted our request for an extension until February 28, 2021 to regain compliance with the minimum $2.5 million stockholders’ equity requirement, or the alternative compliance standards as set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(b)(1).

 

Although we are taking actions intended to restore our compliance with the listing requirements, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us will be successful. Should a delisting occur, an investor would likely find it significantly more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain accurate quotations as to the value of our common stock, and our ability to raise future capital through the sale of our common stock could be severely limited. In addition, delisting could harm our ability to raise capital through alternative financing sources on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and may result in the potential loss of confidence by investors, suppliers, customers and employees and fewer business development opportunities.

 

December 2020 Public Offering

 

On December 29, 2020, we closed the sale of an aggregate of 4,816,665 shares of common stock in an underwritten public offering, or the December 2020 Public Offering, at an offering price to the public of $0.60 per share. We received net proceeds from the December 2020 Public Offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us, of approximately $2.4 million. We used 75% of the net proceeds from such underwritten offering to redeem a portion of our outstanding Second Amended and Restated 12% Senior Secured Note due September 30, 2022 (the “Jackson Note”), and 25% of the net proceeds from such underwritten offering to redeem a portion of our Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (“Base Series E Preferred Stock”).

 

December 2020 Registered Direct Offering

 

On December 31, 2020, we closed the sale of an aggregate of 2,662,596 shares of common stock in a registered direct offering, or the December 2020 Registered Direct Offering, at an offering price of $0.655 per share. We received net proceeds from the December 2020 Registered Direct Offering, after deducting placement agent fees and other estimated offering expenses payable by us, of approximately $1.5 million. We used 75% of the net proceeds from such registered direct offering to redeem a portion of our outstanding Jackson Note, and 25% of the net proceeds from such registered direct offering to redeem a portion of our Base Series E Preferred Stock.

 

Jackson Waivers

 

On February 5, 2021, we entered into a Limited Consent and Waiver with Jackson Investment Group, LLC (“Jackson”) whereby, among other things, Jackson agreed that we may use 75% of the proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of the Jackson Note, which currently has an outstanding principal amount and accrued interest of $32,710,485, and 25% of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of our Base Series E Preferred Stock notwithstanding certain provisions of the certificate of designation for the Base Series E Preferred Stock that would have required us to use all the proceeds from this offering to redeem the Base Series E Preferred Stock. In addition, we also agreed in the Limited Consent and Waiver to additional limits on our ability to incur other indebtedness, including limits on advances under our revolving loan facility with MidCap Funding Trust. We also agreed that to the extent that any of our PPP Loans are forgiven after this offering, Jackson may convert the Base Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock that remains outstanding into a secured note that is substantially similar to the Jackson Note.

 

Jackson also entered into a Limited Waiver and Agreement with us on February 5, 2021, whereby Jackson agreed that it would not convert any shares of the Base Series E Preferred Stock or Series E-1 Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock or exercise any warrants to purchase shares to the extent that doing so would cause the number of our authorized shares of common stock to be less than the number of shares being offered pursuant to this prospectus. Jackson also waived any event of default under the Series E Certificate of Designation and the Jackson Note that would result from the Company have an insufficient number of authorized shares of common stock to honor conversions of the Base Series E Preferred Stock and exercise of Jackson’s warrants.

 

 

2

 

 

 

Risk Factor Summary

 

This summary does not address all of the risks that we face. Additional discussions of the risks summarized in this risk factor summary, and other risks that we face, can be found below and should be carefully considered, together with other information in this prospectus before making investment decisions.

 

  The recent COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected our business and may continue to adversely affect our business until the pandemic is resolved.
  We have incurred significant losses since our inception and may continue to incur losses and thus may never achieve or maintain profitability.
  Our debt instruments and the Series E Certificate of Designation contain covenants that could limit our financing options and liquidity position, which would limit our ability to grow our business.
  The Jackson Note is secured by substantially all of our assets that are not secured by our revolving loan facility with Midcap Funding Trust and the terms of the Jackson Note may restrict our current and future operations. Additionally, Jackson may be able to exert significant influence over us as our senior secured and the beneficial owner of a substantial percentage of our outstanding shares of common stock.
 

Our common stock may be delisted from Nasdaq.

  We have significant working capital needs and if we are unable to satisfy those needs from cash generated from our operations or borrowings under our debt instruments, we may not be able to continue our operations.
  Our growth of operations could strain our resources and cause our business to suffer.
  Our strategy of growing through acquisitions may impact our business in unexpected ways.
  We face risks associated with litigation and claims.
  Our revenue may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
  We depend on attracting, integrating, managing, and retaining qualified personnel and temporary workers.
  Our revenue can vary because our customers can terminate their relationship with us at any time with limited or no penalty.
  If we are unable to retain existing customers or attract new customers, our results of operations could suffer.
  We operate in an intensely competitive and rapidly changing business environment, and there is a substantial risk that our services could become obsolete or uncompetitive.
  We could be adversely affected by risks associated with acquisitions and joint ventures.
  We are dependent upon technology services, and if we experience damage, service interruptions or failures in our computer and telecommunications systems, our customer relationships and our ability to attract new customers may be adversely affected.
  We could be harmed by improper disclosure or loss of sensitive or confidential company, employee, associate or customer data, including personal data.
  Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
  We are subject to restrictions concerning our use of the proceeds of this offering.
  You will experience immediate and substantial dilution if you purchase securities in this offering.
  There is no established public trading market for the pre-funded warrants being offered in this offering.
 

Except as otherwise set forth in the pre-funded warrants, holders of pre-funded warrants purchased in this offering will have no rights as stockholders of common stock until such holders exercise their pre-funded warrants and acquire our common stock.

  Following this offering, we expect to seek stockholder approval to amend our Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock. An inability to secure requisite stockholder approval for such increase could materially and adversely impact our business and our ability to fund our operations.
  There may be future sales of our securities or other dilution of our equity, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
  The price of our common stock has been, and may continue to be, volatile. This may affect the ability of our investors to sell their shares, and the value of an investment in our common shares may decline.
  We do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock and, accordingly, stockholders must rely on stock appreciation for any return on their investment.
  Our operations may be affected by global economic fluctuations or events.
  The requirements of being a public company place significant demands on our resources.

 

Company Information

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., was incorporated in the State of Nevada on December 22, 2009, as Golden Fork Corporation, which changed its name to Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., and its trading symbol to “STAF,” on March 16, 2012. On June 15, 2017, we changed our state of domicile to the State of Delaware. Our principal executive office is located at 641 Lexington Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022, and our telephone number is (646) 507-5710. Our website is www.staffing360solutions.com, and the information included in, or linked to our website is not part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as a textual reference.

 

 

3

 

 

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us  

21,855,280 shares.

 

Pre-funded warrants offered by us

 

 

We are also offering to certain purchasers whose purchase of shares of common stock in this offering would otherwise result in the purchaser, together with its affiliates, beneficially owning more than 4.99% of our outstanding common stock immediately following the consummation of this offering, the opportunity to purchase, if such purchasers so choose, pre-funded warrants, in lieu of shares of common stock that would otherwise result in any such purchaser’s beneficial ownership exceeding 4.99% (or, at the election of the purchaser, 9.99%) of our outstanding common stock. Each pre-funded warrant will be exercisable for one share of our common stock. The purchase price of each pre-funded warrant will equal the price per share at which the shares of common stock are being sold to the public in this offering, minus $0.0001, and the exercise price of each pre-funded warrant will be $0.0001 per share. The pre-funded warrants will be exercisable immediately and may be exercised at any time until all of the pre-funded warrants are exercised in full. This offering also relates to the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of any pre-funded warrants sold in this offering. For each pre-funded warrant we sell, the number of shares of common stock we are offering will be decreased on a one-for-one basis.

 

Common stock outstanding after this offering(1)  

39,246,528 shares (assuming the sale of the maximum number of shares of common stock offered this offering and no sale of pre-funded warrants).

 

Assumed public offering price   The assumed public offering price is $1.01 per share of common stock and $1.0099 per pre-funded warrant.
     
Use of proceeds  

Pursuant to the certificate of designation (the “Series E Certificate of Designation”) of our Base Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series E-1 Preferred Stock,” and collectively with the Base Series E Preferred Stock, the “Series E Preferred Stock”), while our Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding, we are generally prohibited from using the proceeds from offerings of equity securities for any purpose other than redeeming our Series E Preferred Stock, subject to certain limited exceptions.

 

We received a waiver from Jackson, the sole holder of the outstanding shares of our Series E Preferred Stock, to use approximately (i) 75% of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of the Jackson Note, which currently has outstanding principal amount and accrued interest of $32,710,485 and (ii) 25% of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of our Base Series E Preferred Stock.

 

See “Use of Proceeds” on page 24.

 

 

4

 

 

Risk factors   See “Risk Factor Summary” above and “Risk Factors” beginning on page 6 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully when making an investment decision.
     
Nasdaq symbol   Our common stock is listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “STAF.” There is no established trading market for the pre-funded warrants, and we do not expect a trading market to develop. We do not intend to list the pre-funded warrants on any securities exchange or other trading market. Without a trading market, the liquidity of the pre-funded warrants will be extremely limited.

 

(1) The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering is based on 17,391,248 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 4, 2021 and, unless otherwise indicated, excludes, as of that date:

 

  76,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options;
     
  10,690,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 10,690 shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock;
     
   1,407,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 1,407 shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock issued as dividends to the holders of the Base Series E Preferred Stock;
     
   1,576,879 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding prior to this offering at a weighted average exercise price of $0.99;
     
   up to 935,375 additional shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock issuable as dividends payable to the holders of our Base Series E Preferred Stock, based on 6,500 shares of preferred stock designated as Series E-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series E Certificate of Designation;
     
  up to 21,855,280 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the pre-funded warrants to be issued to investors in this offering an at exercise price of $0.0001 per share; and
     
  up to 1,639,146 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants with an assumed exercise price of $1.2625 per share to be issued to the placement agent or its designees in connection with this offering.

 

Except as otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus assumes (i) no sale of pre-funded warrants in this offering, which, if sold, would reduce the number of shares of common stock that we are offering on an one-for-one basis, (ii) no exercise of the warrants to be issued to the placement agent or its designees in connection with this offering, and (iii) no exercise of options or exercise of warrants and no conversion of any shares of preferred stock described above.

 

5

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. Before deciding whether to invest in our securities, you should consider carefully the risks described below, together with other information in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus that we have authorized for use in connection with this offering. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow could be seriously harmed as a result of these risks. This could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline, resulting in a loss of all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently see as immaterial, may also harm our business. Please also read carefully the section below entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

The recent COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected our business and may continue to adversely affect our business until the pandemic is resolved.

 

In December 2019, a strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China, and has spread globally, resulting in government-imposed quarantines, travel restrictions and other public health safety measures in affected countries. The COVID-19 pandemic is impacting worldwide economic activity, and activity in the United States and the United Kingdom where our operations are based. Much of the independent contractor work we provide to our clients is performed at the site of our clients. As a result, we are subject to the plans and approaches of our clients have made to address the COVID-19 pandemic, such as whether they support remote working or if they have simply closed their facilities and furloughed employees. To the extent that our clients were to decide or are required to close their facilities, or not permit remote work when they close facilities, we would no longer generate revenue and profit from that client. In addition, in the event that our clients’ businesses suffer or close as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may experience decline in our revenue or write-off of receivables from such clients. Moreover, developments such as social distancing and shelter-in-place directives have impacted our ability to deploy our staffing workforce effectively, thereby impacting contracts with customers in our commercial staffing and professional staffing business streams, where we had declines in revenues during Q2 2020 and Q3 2020 and may have declines during Q4 2020 compared to the respective periods in 2019. While some government-imposed precautionary measures have been relaxed in certain countries or states, more strict measures have been or may be put in place again due to a resurgence in COVID-19 cases, as has occurred recently in the United Kingdom in response to the spread of a new strain of COVID-19. As a result of the newly imposed government restrictions in the United Kingdom, we had to close both of our offices in the United Kingdom and our employees have been forced to operate remotely from their homes. Therefore, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic may continue to affect our operation and to disrupt the marketplace in which we operate and may negatively impact our sales in fiscal year 2021 and our overall liquidity.

 

While the ultimate economic impact brought by, and the duration of, the COVID-19 pandemic may be difficult to assess or predict, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others, the pandemic has resulted in significant disruptions in the general commercial activity and the global economy and caused financial market volatility and uncertainty in significant and unforeseen ways in the recent months. A continuation or worsening of the levels of market disruption and volatility seen in the recent past could have an adverse effect on our ability to access capital and on the market price of our common stock, and we may not be able to successfully raise needed capital. If we are unsuccessful in raising capital in the future, we may need to reduce activities, curtail or cease operations.

 

In addition, the continuation of the COVID-19 pandemic or an outbreak of other infectious diseases could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets worldwide, resulting in an economic downturn that could impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

6

 

 

Our common stock may be delisted from Nasdaq.

 

On June 3, 2020, we received a letter from the Listing Qualifications Department notifying us that we are no longer in compliance with the minimum stockholders’ equity requirement for continued listing on Nasdaq. Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(b)(1) requires listed companies to maintain stockholders’ equity of at least $2,500,000. Further, as of June 9, 2020, we did not meet the alternative compliance standards relating to the market value of listed securities or net income from continuing operations.

 

In accordance with the Nasdaq Listing Rules, we were afforded the opportunity to submit a plan to regain compliance with the minimum stockholders’ equity standard. Based on our submissions, the Listing Qualifications Department granted us an extension to regain compliance with Rule 5550(b)(1) until November 30, 2020.

 

On December 1, 2020, we received notice that because we had not met the terms of the extension, our common stock would be subject to delisting from Nasdaq, unless we timely requested a hearing before the Panel. We timely requested a hearing before the Panel, which automatically stayed any suspension or delisting action pending the issuance of a decision by the Panel following the hearing and the expiration of any additional extension period granted by the Panel. The hearing occurred on January 21, 2021. At the hearing, we provided the Panel with an update on our compliance plan and requested a further extension of time in which to regain compliance. On February 3, 2021, we received a letter from the Panel noting it has granted our request for an extension until February 28, 2021 to regain compliance with the minimum $2.5 million stockholders’ equity requirement, or the alternative compliance standards as set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(b)(1).

 

Although we are taking actions intended to restore our compliance with the listing requirements, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us will be successful. Should a delisting occur, an investor would likely find it significantly more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain accurate quotations as to the value of our common stock, and our ability to raise future capital through the sale of our common stock could be severely limited. In addition, delisting could harm our ability to raise capital through alternative financing sources on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and may result in the potential loss of confidence by investors, suppliers, customers and employees and fewer business development opportunities.

 

We have incurred significant losses since our inception and may continue to incur losses and thus may never achieve or maintain profitability.

 

We have incurred substantial losses since our inception, anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may not achieve or sustain profitability. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the staffing industry, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all. Expected future operating losses will have an adverse effect on our cash resources, stockholders’ equity and working capital. These factors individually and collectively raise a substantial doubt about or ability to continue as a going concern.

 

Our failure to become and remain profitable could depress the value of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our development efforts, diversify our portfolio of staffing companies, or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our common stock could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment. For more detailed discussion of the risks related to the COVID-19 pandemic, please see “—The recent COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected our business and may continue to adversely affect our business until the pandemic is resolved” above.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph in its report as of and for the year ended December 28, 2019 expressing substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern based on our recurring and continuing losses from operations and our need for additional funding to continue operations and our susceptibility to economic downturns. Our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this going concern uncertainty and have been prepared under the assumption that we will continue to operate as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may be forced to liquidate our assets which would have an adverse impact on our business and developmental activities. In such a scenario, the values we receive for our assets in liquidation or dissolution could be significantly lower than the values reflected in our financial statements. The reaction of investors to the inclusion of a going concern statement by our independent registered public accounting firm and our potential inability to continue as a going concern may materially adversely affect our stock price and our ability to raise new capital or to enter into strategic alliances.

 

Our debt level could negatively impact our financial condition, results of operations and business prospects.

 

As of September 26, 2020, our total gross debt was approximately $57 million. Our level of debt could have significant consequences to our stockholders, including the following:

 

requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to make payments on debt, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow for working capital, capital expenditures and other general business activities;
requiring a substantial portion of our corporate cash reserves to be held as a reserve for debt service, limiting our ability to invest in new growth opportunities;
limiting the ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate and other activities;
limiting the flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the business and industry in which we operate;
increasing our vulnerability to both general and industry-specific adverse economic conditions including the economic consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic;
putting us at a competitive disadvantage versus less leveraged competitors; and
increasing vulnerability to changes in the prevailing interest rates.

 

Our ability to make payments of principal and interest, or to refinance our indebtedness, depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors. We had negative cash flows from operations for the nine months ended September 26, 2020, and we may not generate cash flow in the future sufficient to service our debt because of factors beyond our control, including but not limited to our ability to expand our operations. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations. A default on our debt obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and may cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

 

Further, the Jackson Note contains certain customary financial covenants, and we have had instances of non-compliance. Management has historically been able to obtain from Jackson waivers of any non-compliance and management expects to continue to be able to obtain necessary waivers in the event of future non-compliance; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain such waivers, and should Jackson refuse to provide a waiver in the future, the outstanding debt under the agreement could become due immediately. Our financing with MidCap Funding X Trust (“MidCap”) includes customary financial covenants and we have had instances of non-compliance. We have been able to obtain forbearance of any non-compliance from MidCap, and management expects to continue to be able to obtain necessary forbearance in the event of future non-compliance; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain such forbearance, and should MidCap refuse to provide a forbearance in the future, the outstanding debt under the agreement could become due immediately, which exceeds our current cash balance.

 

Our debt instruments and the Series E Certificate of Designation contain covenants that could limit our financing options and liquidity position, which would limit our ability to grow our business.

 

Covenants in our debt instruments and the Series E Certificate of Designations impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions prohibit or limit our ability to, among other things:

 

  pay cash dividends to our stockholders, subject to certain limited exceptions;
  redeem or repurchase our common stock or other equity;
  incur additional indebtedness;
  permit liens on assets;
  make certain investments (including through the acquisition of stock, shares, partnership or limited liability company interests, any loan, advance or capital contribution);
  sell, lease, license, lend or otherwise convey an interest in a material portion of our assets;
  cease making public filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); and
  sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock or other capital stock subject to certain limited exceptions.

 

Our failure to comply with the restrictions in our debt instruments and/or our Series E Certificate of Designations could result in events of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in us being required to repay these borrowings before their due date or require us to redeem outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock. The holders of our debt and Series E Preferred Stock may require fees and expenses to be paid or other changes to terms in connection with waivers or amendments. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by increased costs and rates.

 

7

 

 

In addition, these restrictions may limit our ability to obtain additional financing, withstand downturns in our business or take advantage of business opportunities. In further addition, certain provisions of the Series E Certificate of Designations require us to use proceeds from any sales of our common stock to redeem shares of the Series E Preferred Stock, which could limit our ability to grow our business, acquire needed assets, or take other actions we might otherwise consider appropriate or desirable. See “—We are subject to restrictions concerning our use of the proceeds of this offering.”

 

The Jackson Note is secured by substantially all of our assets that are not secured by our revolving loan facility with Midcap and the terms of the Jackson Note may restrict our current and future operations. Additionally, Jackson may be able to exert significant influence over us as our senior secured and the beneficial owner of a substantial percentage of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

The Jackson Note contains a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests. The Jackson Note includes covenants limiting or restricting, among other things, our ability to:

 

  incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;
  pay distributions on, redeem or repurchase shares of our capital stock or redeem or repurchase any of our subordinated debt;
  make certain investments;
  sell assets;
  enter into agreements that restrict distributions or other payments from our restricted subsidiaries;
  incur or allow the existence of liens;
  consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets; and
  engage in transactions with affiliates.

 

In addition, the Jackson Note contains financial covenants including, among other things, a fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum liquidity requirements and total leverage ratio. A breach of any of these financial covenants could result in a default under the Jackson Note. If any such default occurs, Jackson may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other amounts payable thereunder, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, following an event of default under the Jackson Note, Jackson will have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to it to secure the debt, which includes our available cash. If the debt under the Jackson Note was to be accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full our debt.

 

In addition to being our senior secured lender, as of the date of this prospectus, Jackson owns in excess of 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock, not including shares issuable upon the exercise of certain warrants and the conversion of Series E Preferred Stock. Jackson beneficially owns 49.6% of our common stock including shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock as of the date of this prospectus, without giving effect to the waiver we received. Accordingly, Jackson may be able to exert significant influence over us.

 

We may not be entitled to forgiveness of our recently received Paycheck Protection Program Loan, and our application for the Paycheck Protection Program Loan could in the future be determined to have been impermissible or could result in damage to our reputation.

 

On May 12, 2020, Monroe Staffing, our indirect subsidiary, received loan proceeds of $10,000,000 pursuant to the Payment Protection Program (“PPP”) under the “Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act” administered by the Small Business Association (the “SBA”). In addition, on May 20, 2020, Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”), Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC (“LH”) and Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC (“SG”), each of which is our wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary, received loan proceeds in the aggregate amount of $9,395,051 pursuant to the PPP (the “PPP Loans”). We and our subsidiaries used the PPP Loans in accordance with the requirements of the PPP to cover certain qualified expenses, including payroll costs, rent and utility costs. The PPP Loans are evidenced by promissory notes, dated as of May 12, 2020 and May 20, 2020, as applicable, issued by Newton Federal Bank, which contain customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to breaches of obligations under the PPP Loans, including a failure to make payments, any bankruptcy or similar proceedings, and certain material effects on our ability to repay the PPP Loans. The PPP Loans mature two years following the dates of issuance, bear interest at a rate of 1.00% per annum, and are subject to the standard terms and conditions applicable to loans administered by the SBA under the CARES Act.

 

Beginning on the tenth month following the issuance dates, we are required to make 14 monthly payments of principal and interest. The PPP Loans may be prepaid at any time prior to maturity. Under the CARES Act, as amended in June 2020, loan forgiveness is generally available for the sum of documented payroll costs, covered rent payments, covered mortgage interest and covered utilities during the 24-week period beginning on the dates of the first disbursement of the PPP Loans. The amount of the PPP Loans eligible to be forgiven may be reduced in certain circumstances, including as a result of certain headcount or salary reductions. In September, we applied for forgiveness of the PPP Loans in the aggregate amount equal to $19,395,051. As of the date of this prospectus, the PPP Loans have not been approved for forgiveness. We will be required to repay any portion of the outstanding principal that is not forgiven, along with accrued interest, and we cannot provide any assurance that we will be eligible for loan forgiveness or that any amount of the PPP Loans will ultimately be forgiven by the SBA.

 

In order to apply for the PPP Loans, we were required to certify, among other things, that the current economic uncertainty made the PPP Loans request necessary to support our ongoing operations. We made this certification in good faith after analyzing, among other things, the maintenance of our workforce, our need for additional funding to continue operations, and our ability to access alternative forms of capital in the current market environment to offset the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. Following this analysis, we believe that we satisfied all eligibility criteria for the PPP Loans, and that our receipt of the PPP Loans is consistent with the broad objectives of the CARES Act. The certification described above did not contain any objective criteria and is subject to interpretation.

 

On April 23, 2020, the SBA issued guidance stating that it is unlikely that a public company with substantial market value and access to capital markets will be able to make the required certification in good faith. The lack of clarity regarding loan eligibility under the PPP has resulted in significant media coverage and controversy with respect to public companies applying for and receiving loans. If, despite our good-faith belief that given our circumstances we satisfied all eligible requirements for the PPP Loans, we are later determined to have violated any applicable laws or regulations that may apply to us in connection with the PPP Loans or it is otherwise determined that we were ineligible to receive the PPP Loans, we may be required to repay the PPP Loans in their entirety and/or be subject to additional penalties, which could also result in adverse publicity and damage to our reputation. Should we be audited or reviewed by federal or state regulatory authorities as a result of filing an application for forgiveness of the PPP Loans or otherwise, such audit or review could result in the diversion of management’s time and attention and legal and reputational costs. If we were to be audited or reviewed and receive an adverse determination or finding in such audit or review, we could be required to return the full amount of the PPP Loans. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

  

We have significant working capital needs and if we are unable to satisfy those needs from cash generated from our operations or borrowings under our debt instruments, we may not be able to continue our operations.

 

We require significant amounts of working capital to operate our business. We often have high receivables from our customers, and as a staffing company, we are prone to cash flow imbalances because we have to fund payroll payments to temporary workers before receiving payments from clients for our services. Cash flow imbalances also occur because we must pay temporary workers even when we have not been paid by our customers. If we experience a significant and sustained drop in operating profits, or if there are unanticipated reductions in cash inflows or increases in cash outlays, we may be subject to cash shortfalls. If such a shortfall were to occur for even a brief period of time, it may have a significant adverse effect on our business. In particular, we use working capital to pay expenses relating to our temporary workers and to satisfy our workers’ compensation liabilities. As a result, we must maintain sufficient cash availability to pay temporary workers and fund related tax liabilities prior to receiving payment from customers.

 

8

 

 

In addition, our operating results tend to be unpredictable from quarter to quarter. Demand for our services is typically lower during traditional national vacation periods in the United States and United Kingdom when customers and candidates are on vacation. No single quarter is predictive of results of future periods. Any extended period of time with low operating results or cash flow imbalances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We derive working capital for our operations through cash generated by our operating activities and borrowings under our debt instruments. If our working capital needs increase in the future, we may be forced to seek additional sources of capital, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. The amount we are entitled to borrow under our debt instruments is calculated monthly based on the aggregate value of certain eligible trade accounts receivable generated from our operations, which are affected by financial, business, economic and other factors, as well as by the daily timing of cash collections and cash outflows. The aggregate value of our eligible accounts receivable may not be adequate to allow for borrowings for other corporate purposes, such as capital expenditures or growth opportunities, which could reduce our ability to react to changes in the market or industry conditions.

 

Our growth of operations could strain our resources and cause our business to suffer.

 

We plan to continue growing our business organically through expansion, sales efforts, and strategic acquisitions, while maintaining tight controls on our expenses and overhead. Lean overhead functions combined with focused growth may place a strain on our management systems, infrastructure and resources, resulting in internal control failures, missed opportunities, and staff attrition which could impact our business and results of operations.

 

Our strategy of growing through acquisitions may impact our business in unexpected ways.

 

Our growth strategy involves acquisitions that help us expand our service offerings and diversify our geographic footprint. We continuously evaluate acquisition opportunities, but there are no assurances that we will be able to identify acquisition targets that complement our strategy and are available at valuation levels accretive to our business.

 

Even if we are successful in acquiring, our acquisitions may subject our business to risks that may impact our results of operation:

 

inability to integrate acquired companies effectively and realize anticipated synergies and benefits from the acquisitions;
diversion of management’s attention to the integration of the acquired businesses at the expense of delivering results for the legacy business;
inability to appropriately scale critical resources to support the business of the expanded enterprise and other unforeseen challenges of operating the acquired business as part of our operations;
inability to retain key employees of the acquired businesses and/or inability of such key employees to be effective as part of our operations;
impact of liabilities of the acquired businesses undiscovered or underestimated as part of the acquisition due diligence;
failure to realize anticipated growth opportunities from a combined business, because existing and potential clients may be unwilling to consolidate business with a single supplier or to stay with the acquirer post acquisition;
impacts of cash on hand and debt incurred to finance acquisitions, thus reducing liquidity for other significant strategic objectives; and
internal controls, disclosure controls, corruption prevention policies, human resources and other key policies and practices of the acquired companies may be inadequate or ineffective.

 

9

 

 

We face risks associated with litigation and claims.

 

We are a party to certain legal proceedings as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Legal Proceedings.” In addition, from time to time, we may become involved in various claims, disputes and legal or regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business and relate to contractual and other obligations. Due to the uncertainties of litigation, we can give no assurance that we will prevail on any claims made against us in any such lawsuit. Also, we can give no assurance that any other lawsuits or claims brought in the future will not have an adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity or operating results. Adverse outcomes in some or all of these claims may result in significant monetary damages that could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

 

The uncertainty surrounding the implementation of Brexit may impact our UK operations.

 

The U.K. left the European Union January 31, 2020. Pursuant to the formal withdrawal arrangements agreed between the United Kingdom and the European Union, the United Kingdom withdrew from the European Union, effective December 31, 2020. On December 24, 2020, the United Kingdom and the European Union entered into a Trade and Cooperation Agreement. There may continue to be economic uncertainty surrounding the consequences of Brexit that could adversely impact customer confidence, resulting in customers reducing their spending budgets on our services. These and other adverse consequences such as reduced consumer spending, deterioration in economic conditions, loss of key international employees, volatility in exchange rates, and prohibitive laws and regulations could have a negative impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our revenue may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

 

A significant portion of our expenditures are expected to be derived or spent in British pounds. However, we report our financial condition and results of operations in U.S. dollars. As a result, fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the British pound will impact the amount of our revenues and net income. For example, if the British pound appreciates relative to the U.S. dollar, the fluctuation will result in a positive impact on the revenues that we report. However, if the British pound depreciates relative to the U.S. dollar, which was the case during 2016 and in 2020, there will be a negative impact on the revenues we report due to such fluctuation. It is possible that the impact of currency fluctuations will result in a decrease in reported consolidated sales even though we may have experienced an increase in sales transacted in the British pound. Conversely, the impact of currency fluctuations may result in an increase in reported consolidated sales despite declining sales transacted in the British pound. The exchange rate from the U.S. dollar to the British pound has fluctuated substantially in the past and may continue to do so in the future. Though we may choose to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes in the future, there is no guarantee such hedging, if undertaken, will be successful.

 

We depend on attracting, integrating, managing, and retaining qualified personnel.

 

Our success is substantially dependent upon our ability to attract, integrate, manage and retain personnel who possess the skills and experience necessary to fulfill our customers’ needs. Our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel could be impaired by any diminution of our reputation, decrease in compensation levels relative to our competitors or modifications to our total compensation philosophy or competitor hiring programs. If we cannot attract, hire and retain qualified personnel, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer. Our future success also depends upon our ability to manage the performance of our personnel. Failure to successfully manage the performance of our personnel could affect our profitability by causing operating inefficiencies that could increase operating expenses and reduce operating income.

 

10

 

 

We depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified temporary workers.

 

In addition to the members of our own team, our success is substantially dependent on our ability to recruit and retain qualified temporary workers who possess the skills and experience necessary to meet the staffing requirements of our customers. We are required to continually evaluate our base of available qualified personnel to keep pace with changing customer needs. Competition for individuals with proven professional skills is intense, and demand for these individuals is expected to remain strong for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that qualified personnel will continue to be available.

 

Our revenue can vary because our customers can terminate their relationship with us at any time with limited or no penalty.

 

We focus on providing mid-level professional and light industrial personnel on a temporary assignment-by-assignment basis, which customers can generally terminate at any time or reduce their level of use when compared to prior periods. To avoid large placement agency fees, large companies may use in-house personnel staff, current employee referrals, or human resources consulting companies to find and hire new personnel. Because placement agencies typically charge a fee based on a percentage of the first year’s salary of a new worker, companies with many jobs to fill have a large financial incentive to avoid agencies.

 

Our business is also significantly affected by our customers’ hiring needs and their views of their future prospects. Our customers may, on very short notice, terminate, reduce or postpone their recruiting assignments with us and, therefore, affect demand for our services. As a result, a significant number of our customers can terminate their agreements with us at any time, making us particularly vulnerable to a significant decrease in revenue within a short period of time that could be difficult to quickly replace. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Most of our contracts do not obligate our customers to utilize a significant amount of our staffing services and may be cancelled on limited notice, so our revenue is not guaranteed.

 

Substantially all of our revenue is derived from multi-year contracts that are terminable for convenience. Under our multi-year agreements, we contract to provide customers with staffing services through work or service orders at the customers’ request. Under these agreements, our customers often have little or no obligation to request our staffing services. In addition, most of our contracts are cancellable on limited notice, even if we are not in default under the contract. We may hire employees permanently to meet anticipated demand for services under these agreements that may ultimately be delayed or cancelled. We could face a significant decline in revenues and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected if:

 

  we see a significant decline in the staffing services requested from us under our service agreements; or
  our customers cancel or defer a significant number of staffing requests; or our existing customer agreements expire or lapse and we cannot replace them with similar agreements

 

If we are unable to retain existing customers or attract new customers, our results of operations could suffer.

 

Increasing the growth and profitability of our business is particularly dependent upon our ability to retain existing customers and capture additional customers. Our ability to do so is dependent upon our ability to provide high quality services and offer competitive prices. If we are unable to execute these tasks effectively, we may not be able to attract a significant number of new customers and our existing customer base could decrease, either or both of which could have an adverse impact on our revenues.

 

11

 

 

We operate in an intensely competitive and rapidly changing business environment, and there is a substantial risk that our services could become obsolete or uncompetitive.

 

The markets for our services are highly competitive. Our markets are characterized by pressures to provide high levels of service, incorporate new capabilities and technologies, accelerate job completion schedules and reduce prices. Furthermore, we face competition from a number of sources, including other executive search firms and professional search, staffing and consulting firms. Several of our competitors have greater financial and marketing resources than we do. New and existing competitors are aided by technology, and the market has low barriers to entry. Furthermore, Internet employment sites expand a company’s ability to find workers without the help of traditional agencies. Personnel agencies often work as intermediaries, helping employers accurately describe job openings and screen candidates. Increasing the use of sophisticated, automated job description and candidate screening tools could make many traditional functions of staffing companies obsolete. Specifically, the increased use of the internet may attract technology-oriented companies to the professional staffing industry. Free social networking sites such as LinkedIn and Facebook are also becoming a common way for recruiters and employees to connect without the assistance of a staffing company.

 

Our future success will depend largely upon our ability to anticipate and keep pace with those developments and advances. Current or future competitors could develop alternative capabilities and technologies that are more effective, easier to use or more economical than our services. In addition, we believe that, with continuing development and increased availability of information technology, the industries in which we compete may attract new competitors. If our capabilities and technologies become obsolete or uncompetitive, our related sales and revenue would decrease. Due to competition, we may experience reduced margins on our services, loss of market share, and loss of customers. If we are not able to compete effectively with current or future competitors as a result of these and other factors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

We could be adversely affected by risks associated with acquisitions and joint ventures.

 

We are engaged in the acquisition of U.S. and U.K. based staffing companies, and our typical acquisition model is based on paying consideration in the form of cash, stock, earn-outs and/or promissory notes. To date, we have completed ten acquisitions. We intend to expand our business through acquisitions of complementary businesses, services or products, subject to our business plans and management’s ability to identify, acquire and develop suitable investments or acquisition targets in both new and existing service categories. In certain circumstances, acceptable investments or acquisition targets might not be available. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including:

 

difficulty in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of an acquired business, including consolidating redundant facilities and infrastructure;
potential disruption of our ongoing business and the distraction of management from our day-to-day operations;
difficulty entering markets in which we have limited or no prior experience and in which competitors have a stronger market position;
difficulty maintaining the quality of services that such acquired companies have historically provided; potential legal and financial responsibility for liabilities of acquired businesses;
overpayment for the acquired company or assets or failure to achieve anticipated benefits, such as cost savings and revenue enhancements;
increased expenses associated with completing an acquisition and amortizing any acquired intangible assets;
challenges in implementing uniform standards, accounting policies, customs, controls, procedures and policies throughout an acquired business;
failure to retain, motivate and integrate key management and other employees of the acquired business; and
loss of customers and a failure to integrate customer bases.

 

Our business plan for continued growth through acquisitions is subject to certain inherent risks, including accessing capital resources, potential cost overruns and possible rejection of our business model and/or sales methods. Therefore, we provide no assurance that we will be successful in carrying out our business plan. We continue to pursue additional debt and equity financing to fund our business plan. We have no assurance that future financing will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

 

12

 

 

In addition, if we incur indebtedness to finance an acquisition, it may reduce our capacity to borrow additional amounts and require us to dedicate a greater percentage of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the cash resources available to us to fund capital expenditures, pursue other acquisitions or investments in new business initiatives and meet general corporate and working capital needs. This increased indebtedness may also limit our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in or challenges relating to our business and industry. The use of our common stock or other securities (including those convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock) to finance any such acquisition may also result in dilution of our existing shareholders.

 

The potential risks associated with future acquisitions could disrupt our ongoing business, result in the loss of key customers or personnel, increase expenses and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We are dependent upon technology services, and if we experience damage, service interruptions or failures in our computer and telecommunications systems, our customer relationships and our ability to attract new customers may be adversely affected.

 

Our business could be interrupted by damage to or disruption of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems, and we may lose data. Our customers’ businesses may be adversely affected by any system or equipment failure we experience. As a result of any of the foregoing, our relationships with our customers may be impaired, we may lose customers, our ability to attract new customers may be adversely affected and we could be exposed to contractual liability. Precautions in place to protect us from, or minimize the effect of, such events may not be adequate. If an interruption by damage to or disruption of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems occurs, we could be liable and the market perception of our services could be harmed.

 

We could be harmed by improper disclosure or loss of sensitive or confidential company, employee, associate or customer data, including personal data.

 

In connection with the operation of our business, we store, process and transmit a large amount of data, including personnel and payment information, about our employees, customers, associates and candidates, a portion of which is confidential and/or personally sensitive. In doing so, we rely on our own technology and systems, and those of third-party vendors we use for a variety of processes. We and our third-party vendors have established policies and procedures to help protect the security and privacy of this information. Unauthorized disclosure or loss of sensitive or confidential data may occur through a variety of methods. These include, but are not limited to, systems failure, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, or unauthorized access to or through our information systems, whether by our employees or third parties, including a cyberattack by computer programmers, hackers, members of organized crime and/or state-sponsored organizations, who may develop and deploy viruses, worms or other malicious software programs.

 

Such disclosure, loss or breach could harm our reputation and subject us to government sanctions and liability under our contracts and laws that protect sensitive or personal data and confidential information, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenues. It is possible that security controls over sensitive or confidential data and other practices we and our third-party vendors follow may not prevent the improper access to, disclosure of, or loss of such information. Further, data privacy is subject to frequently changing rules and regulations, which sometimes conflict among the various jurisdictions in which we provide services. Any failure or perceived failure to successfully manage the collection, use, disclosure, or security of personal information or other privacy related matters, or any failure to comply with changing regulatory requirements in this area, could result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace.

 

13

 

 

We have been and may be exposed to employment-related claims and losses, including class action lawsuits, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We employ people internally and in the workplaces of other businesses. Many of these individuals have access to customer information systems and confidential information. The risks of these activities include possible claims relating to:

 

  discrimination and harassment;
  wrongful termination or denial of employment;
  violations of employment rights related to employment screening or privacy issues;
  classification of temporary workers;
  assignment of illegal aliens;
  violations of wage and hour requirements;
  retroactive entitlement to temporary worker benefits;
  errors and omissions by our temporary workers;
  misuse of customer proprietary information;
  misappropriation of funds;
  damage to customer facilities due to negligence of temporary workers; and
  criminal activity.

 

We may incur fines and other losses or negative publicity with respect to these problems. In addition, these claims may give rise to litigation, which could be time-consuming and expensive. New employment and labor laws and regulations may be proposed or adopted that may increase the potential exposure of employers to employment-related claims and litigation. There can be no assurance that the corporate policies we have in place to help reduce our exposure to these risks will be effective or that we will not experience losses as a result of these risks. There can also be no assurance that the insurance policies we have purchased to insure against certain risks will be adequate or that insurance coverage will remain available on reasonable terms or be sufficient in amount or scope of coverage.

 

14

 

 

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

 

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) and our amended and restated bylaws (the “Bylaws”) may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors (the “Board”). Because our Board is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our stockholders to replace current members of our management team. Among others, these provisions include that:

 

  our Board has the exclusive right to expand the size of our Board and to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the Board or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our Board;
  a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by a majority of the Board, the executive chairman or the president, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;
  our stockholders do not have the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;
  our Board may alter our Bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;
  stockholders must provide advance notice and additional disclosures in order to nominate individuals for election to the Board or to propose matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company; and
  our Board is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquiror.

 

In addition, our debt agreement with Jackson limits our ability to consolidate, merge, or transfer all or substantially all of our assets or to effect a change in control of ownership of our company. A breach of such restrictions could result in a default under our debt agreement, under which Jackson may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings under the debt agreement, together with accrued interest and other amounts payable thereunder, to be immediately due and payable.

 

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

 

Furthermore, our Certificate of Incorporation specifies that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, a state court located within the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for most legal actions involving actions brought against us by stockholders, which may include federal claims and derivative actions, except that if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction over such claims (including subject matter jurisdiction), the sole and exclusive forum for such claim shall be the federal district court for the District of Delaware. We believe these provisions may benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws by chancellors and judges, as applicable, particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, these provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action. Specifically, the choice of forum provision in requiring that the state courts of the State of Delaware be the exclusive forum for certain suits would (i) not be enforceable with respect to any suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act and (ii) have uncertain enforceability with respect to claims under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The choice of forum provision in the Certificate of Incorporation does not have the effect of causing our stockholders to have waived our obligation to comply with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

15

 

 

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

 

We are subject to restrictions concerning our use of the proceeds of this offering.

 

Pursuant to the Series E Certificate of Designation, while our Series E Preferred Stock is outstanding, we are required to use the proceeds of any sales of equity securities, including the securities offered hereby, exclusively to redeem any outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock. Accordingly, without obtaining a waiver from the requisite holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, any proceeds from this offering or future equity offerings must be used to redeem the Series E Preferred Stock.

 

We received a waiver from Jackson, the sole holder of our outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock to use the proceeds from this offering to redeem approximately (i) 75% of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of the Jackson Note, which currently has outstanding principal amount and accrued interest of $32,710,485 and (ii) 25% of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of our Base Series E Preferred Stock. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to direct the use of the net proceeds. It is possible that the net proceeds will be used in a way that does not yield a favorable, or any, return for us. The failure to use such funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flow.

 

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution if you purchase securities in this offering.

 

As of September 26, 2020, our net tangible book value was approximately $(57,800,000), or $(6.192) per share. Since the assumed public offering price per share of our common stock being offered in this offering is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock, you will suffer substantial dilution with respect to the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase in this offering. Based on the assumed public offering price per share of common stock being sold in this offering of $1.01 (the last reported sale price of our common stock on Nasdaq on February 4, 2021), and our net tangible book value per share as of September 26, 2020, if you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of $2.032 per share with respect to the net tangible book value of the common stock. See the section entitled “Dilution” for a more detailed discussion of the dilution you will incur if you purchase common stock in this offering.

 

There is no established public trading market for the pre-funded warrants being offered in this offering.

 

There is no established public trading market for the pre-funded warrants being offered in this offering, and we do not expect a market to develop. In addition, we do not intend to apply to list the pre-funded warrants on any national securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system, including Nasdaq. Without an active market, the liquidity of the pre-funded warrants will be limited.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the pre-funded warrants, holders of pre-funded warrants purchased in this offering will have no rights as stockholders of common stock until such holders exercise their pre-funded warrants and acquire our common stock.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the pre-funded warrants, until holders of pre-funded warrants acquire our common stock upon exercise of the pre-funded warrants, holders of pre-funded warrants will have no rights with respect to our common stock underlying such pre-funded warrants. Upon exercise of the pre-funded warrants, the holders will be entitled to exercise the rights of a stockholder of our common stock only as to matters for which the record date occurs after the exercise date.

 

16

 

 

Following this offering, we expect to seek stockholder approval to amend our Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock. An inability to secure requisite stockholder approval for such increase could materially and adversely impact our business and our ability to fund our operations.

 

We have authorized 40,000,000 shares of common stock. As of February 4, 2021, we had 17,391,248 outstanding shares of common stock. In addition, as of that date, we had outstanding warrants to purchase 1,576,879 shares of common stock and options to purchase 76,500 shares of common stock. In addition, 10,690,000 shares of common stock were issuable upon conversion of 10,690 shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock, and 1,407,000 shares of common stock were issuable upon conversion of 1,407 shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock. Additionally, a dividend payable in shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock will accrue at a rate of 5% per year of the liquidation value of the outstanding Base Series E Preferred Stock while the Base Series E Preferred Stock remains outstanding. Shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock issuable in the future, based on 10,690 shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock outstanding as of February 4, 2021, will be convertible into 935,375 shares of common stock.

 

We received a waiver from Jackson, the sole holder of our outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, to limit the conversion of the outstanding shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock into common stock or the exercise of any warrants to purchase our common stock to the extent that doing so would exceed the number of our authorized shares of common stock to be less than the number of shares being offered pursuant to this prospectus, until April 6, 2021. As of February 4, 2021, without giving effect to such agreement not to exercise or convert, 13,002,508 shares of common stock were issuable upon the conversion of the preferred stock and the exercise of warrants owned by Jackson. Under the terms of the waiver, we agreed to take all actions necessary to cause a meeting of stockholders to be held as soon as is reasonably possible and to present at such meeting a proposal to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock to at least a total of 100,000,000 shares, and to use our reasonable best efforts to solicit votes of our stockholders in favor of such proposal. In the event we may fail to secure the requisite stockholder approval for the increase in the number of authorized shares of common stock, it will result in an event of default under our Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2020 (the “Amended Note Purchase Agreement”), the Series E Certificate of Designation, and the amended and restated warrant agreement, dated as of April 25, 2018, as amended, with Jackson and, consequently, our financial conditions and operations. In addition, following this offering, we will be limited by the number of additional shares available for future capital raising transactions or strategic transactions unless we obtain stockholder approval to amend our Certificate of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock. This may cause a delay in our future capital raising or other strategic transactions and may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

  

Future sales of our common stock may cause the prevailing market price of our shares to decrease.

 

The issuance of shares of common stock upon the exercise of warrants or options or conversion of preferred stock would dilute the percentage ownership interest of all stockholders, might dilute the book value per share of our common stock and would increase the number of our publicly traded shares, which could depress the market price of our common stock. The perceived risk of dilution as a result of the significant number of outstanding warrants, options and shares of convertible preferred stock may cause our common stockholders to be more inclined to sell their shares, which would contribute to a downward movement in the price of our common stock. Moreover, the perceived risk of dilution and the resulting downward pressure on our common stock price could encourage investors to engage in short sales of our common stock, which could further contribute to price declines in our common stock. The fact that our stockholders, warrant holders and option holders can sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, whether or not sales have occurred or are occurring, could make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through the sale of equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem reasonable or appropriate, or at all.

 

There may be future sales of our securities or other dilution of our equity, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. 

 

We are generally not restricted from issuing additional common stock, including any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock, subject us using the proceeds from such sale to redeem shares of Series E Preferred Stock. The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of common stock or securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock after this offering or the perception that such sales could occur. 

 

17

 

 

Even if this offering is successful, we may need to raise additional capital in the future to finance our operations, which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed may force us to delay, limit or terminate our product development efforts or other operations.

 

We have had recurring losses from operations, negative operating cash flow and have an accumulated deficit. We must raise additional funds in order to continue financing our operations. If additional capital is not available to us when needed or on acceptable terms, we may not be able to continue to operate our business pursuant to our business plan or we may have to discontinue our operations entirely. Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or equity-backed securities may dilute our stockholders’ ownership percentages and could also result in a decrease in the market value of our equity securities. The terms of any securities issued by us in future capital transactions may be more favorable to new investors, and may include preferences, superior voting rights and the issuance of warrants or other derivative securities, which may have a further dilutive effect on the holders of any of our securities then outstanding.

 

If we are unable to secure additional funds when needed or on acceptable terms, we may be required to defer, reduce or eliminate significant planned expenditures, restructure, curtail or eliminate some or all of our operations, dispose of technology or assets, pursue an acquisition of our company by a third party at a price that may result in a loss on investment for our stockholders, file for bankruptcy or cease operations altogether. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, if we are unable to obtain additional funds on a timely basis, there will be substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern and increased risk of insolvency and up to a total loss of investment by our stockholders.

 

18

 

 

A low trading price could lead the Nasdaq Stock Market to take actions toward delisting our common stock, including immediately delisting of our common stock.

 

On September 24, 2020, we received a letter from the Listing Qualifications Department indicating that, based upon the closing bid price of our common stock for the 30 consecutive business day period between August 12, 2020 through September 23, 2020, we did not meet the minimum bid price of $1.00 per share required for continued listing on Nasdaq pursuant to Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(a)(2).

 

Although on November 12, 2020, we received a written notice from the Listing Qualifications Department informing us that we have regained compliance with Rule 5550(a)(2), if we are again determined to be below the minimum closing bid price requirement, the Listing Qualifications Department will then take the appropriate action, which depending on the circumstances, may include delisting proceedings. The closing price of our common stock for each trading day in January 2021 was below $1.00. There can be no assurance that the market price of our common stock will remain above the levels viewed as abnormally low for a substantial period of time. In any event, other factors unrelated to the number of shares of our common stock outstanding, such as negative financial or operational results, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock to fall below the levels viewed as low selling price for a substantial period of time and may be delisted from trading on the Nasdaq.

 

The price of our common stock has been, and may continue to be, volatile. This may affect the ability of our investors to sell their shares, and the value of an investment in our common shares may decline.

 

Historically, the market price of our common stock has fluctuated over a wide range. During the 12-month period ended February 4, 2021, our common stock traded as high as $3.34 per share and as low as $0.28 per share. The market prices of our common stock may continue to be volatile and could fluctuate widely in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control, including the following:

 

  our quarterly or annual operating results;
  changes in our earnings estimates;
  investment recommendations by securities analysts following our business or our industry;
  additions or departures of key personnel;
  negative outcome of pending and future claims and litigation;
  changes in the business, earnings estimates or market perceptions of our competitors;
  our failure to achieve operating results consistent with securities analysts’ projections;
  changes in industry, general market or economic conditions, including levels of capital spending by customers in the industries we serve; and
  announcements of legislative or regulatory changes.

 

Furthermore, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price fluctuations in recent years that have significantly affected the quoted prices of the securities of many companies, including companies in the staffing industry. The changes often appear to occur without regard to specific operating performance. The price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us and these fluctuations could materially reduce our stock price. Furthermore, the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in significant financial market volatility and uncertainty in recent months. A continuation or worsening of the levels of market disruption and volatility seen in the recent past could have an adverse effect on our ability to access capital and on the market price of our common stock.

 

There has been a limited trading market for our common stock in the past, and we cannot ensure that an active trading market for our common stock can be sustained.

 

Historically, there has been relatively limited trading volume in the market for our common stock in the past, and the market for our common stock was illiquid. Although the trading volume of our common stock has increased in the recent months, a more active and sustained, liquid public trading market may not develop. Limited liquidity in the trading market for our common stock may adversely affect a stockholder’s ability to sell its shares of common stock at the time it wishes to sell them or at a price that it considers acceptable. If an active trading market for our common stock is not sustained, we may be limited in our ability to raise capital by selling shares of common stock and our ability to acquire other companies or assets by using shares of our common stock as consideration. In addition, if there is a thin trading market or “float” for our stock, the market price for our common stock may fluctuate significantly more than the stock market as a whole. Without a large float, our common stock would be less liquid than the stock of companies with broader public ownership and, as a result, the trading prices of our common stock may be more volatile and it would be harder for a stockholder to liquidate any investment in our common stock.

 

19

 

 

We do not anticipate paying dividends on our common stock and, accordingly, stockholders must rely on stock appreciation for any return on their investment.

 

We paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.01 per share to holders of our common stock on February 28, 2019 and May 30, 2019. We are limited in our ability to pay dividends by certain of our existing debt agreements and the certificate of designations of our Series E Preferred Stock. In particular, the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, with Jackson prohibits payment of dividends on our common stock in cash. In addition, our Series E Certificate of Designation only permits us to pay a quarterly cash dividend of one cent per share of issued and outstanding common stock; provided, that such cash dividend does not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate per fiscal quarter. We may not pay such dividends if any events of default exist under our debt agreements or the Series E Certificate of Designation.

 

Accordingly, we do not expect to pay or declare any further cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We expect to retain our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business, including the repayment of our outstanding indebtedness. Consequently, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the primary way to realize any gains on their investment.

 

Upon our dissolution, you may not recoup all or any portion of your investment.

 

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the proceeds and/or assets of our company remaining after giving effect to such transaction, and the payment of all of our debts and liabilities will be distributed to the stockholders of common stock on a pro rata basis. There can be no assurance that we will have available assets to pay to the holders of common stock, or any amounts, upon such a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our company. In this event, you could lose some or all of your investment.

20

 

 

Generic Risk Factors

 

We may be unable to develop, implement and maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results and current and potential stockholders may lose confidence in our financial reporting.

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the SEC rules require that our management report annually on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures. Among other things, our management must conduct an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In the past, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting relating to the accounting for complex debt and equity instruments. While we believe that we have remediated this material weakness, we cannot assure you that additional material weaknesses will not be identified in the future.

 

Any failure to implement or maintain required new or improved controls, or any difficulties we encounter in their implementation, could result in additional material weaknesses, or could result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements. These misstatements could result in a restatement of our consolidated financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, reduce our ability to obtain financing or cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, leading to a decline in our stock price.

 

There are inherent limitations in all control systems, and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

The ongoing internal control provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 require us to identify material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting, which is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, does not expect that our internal controls and disclosure controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefit of controls must be relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, in our Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Further, controls can be circumvented by individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more persons, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving our stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, a control may be inadequate because of changes in conditions, such as growth of the Company or increased transaction volume, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

21

 

 

In addition, discovery and disclosure of a material weakness, could have a material adverse impact on our financial statements. Such an occurrence could discourage certain customers or suppliers from doing business with us, cause downgrades in our future debt ratings leading to higher borrowing costs and affect how our stock trades. This could, in turn, negatively affect our ability to access public debt or equity markets for capital.

 

Our operations may be affected by global economic fluctuations.

 

Customers’ demand for our services may fluctuate widely with changes in economic conditions in the markets in which we operate. Those conditions include slower employment growth or reductions in employment, which directly impact our service offerings. As a staffing company, our revenue depends on the number of jobs we fill, which in turn depends on economic growth. During economic slowdowns, many customer companies stop hiring altogether. For example, in prior economic downturns, many employers in our operating regions reduced their overall workforce to reflect the slowing demand for their products and services. We may face lower demand and increased pricing pressures during these periods, which this could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our business may be impacted by political events, war, terrorism, public health issues, natural disasters and other business interruptions.

 

War, terrorism, geopolitical uncertainties, public health issues (such as COVID-19) and other business interruptions have caused and could cause damage or disruption to commerce and the economy, and thus could have a material adverse effect on us and our customers. Our business operations are subject to interruption by, among others, natural disasters, whether as a result of climate change or otherwise, fire, power shortages, nuclear power plant accidents and other industrial accidents, terrorist attacks and other hostile acts, labor disputes, public health issues and other events beyond our control. Such events could decrease demand for our services.

 

Our compliance with complicated regulations concerning corporate governance and public disclosure has resulted in additional expenses.

 

We are faced with expensive, complicated and evolving disclosure, governance and compliance laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure. In addition, as a staffing company, we are regulated by the U.S. Department of Labor, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and often by state authorities. New or changing laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies, which could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing compliance work.

 

Our failure to comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to U.S. public companies could subject us or our management to regulatory scrutiny or sanction, which could harm our reputation and stock price. Our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards are likely to continue to result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

 

The requirements of being a public company place significant demands on our resources.

 

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq, have imposed various requirements on public companies. New laws and regulations as well as changes to existing laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and changes in required accounting practices and rules adopted by the SEC and Nasdaq, would likely result in increased costs to us as we respond to their requirements.

 

Shareholder activism, the current political environment, and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain and maintain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain our current levels of such coverage.

 

22

 

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus may include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Our use of the words “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “potential,” “expects,” “plans,” “seeks,” “intends,” “evaluates,” “pursues,” “anticipates,” “continues,” “designs,” “impacts,” “forecasts,” “target,” “outlook,” “initiative,” “objective,” “designed,” “priorities,” “goal” or the negative of those words or other similar expressions is intended to identify forward-looking statements that represent our current judgment about possible future events. Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results and will probably not be accurate indications of when such performance or results will be achieved. All statements included in this prospectus and in related comments by our management, other than statements of historical facts, including without limitation, statements about future events or financial performance, are forward-looking statements that involve certain risks and uncertainties.

 

These statements are based on certain assumptions and analyses made in light of our experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments as well as other factors that we believe are appropriate in the circumstances. While these statements represent our judgment on what the future may hold, and we believe these judgments are reasonable, these statements are not guarantees of any events or financial results. Whether actual future results and developments will conform with our expectations and predictions is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including the risks and uncertainties discussed in this prospectus under the captions “Risk Factors.”

 

Consequently, all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus are qualified by these cautionary statements and there can be no assurance that the actual results or developments that we anticipate will be realized or, even if realized, that they will have the expected consequences to or effects on us and our subsidiaries or our businesses or operations. We caution investors not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update publicly or otherwise revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or other such factors that affect the subject of these statements, except where we are expressly required to do so by law.

 

23

 


 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $20.2 million from the sale of the securities offered by us in this offering, based on the sale of the maximum amount of 21,855,280 shares of common stock at an assumed public offering price of $1.01 per share (the last reported sale price of our common stock on Nasdaq on February 4, 2021) and assuming no sale of any pre-funded warrants in this offering, after deducting the placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us. However, this is a best efforts offering with no minimum, and we may not sell all or any of the securities we are offering. As a result, we may receive significantly less in net proceeds.

 

A $0.10 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $1.01 per share would increase (decrease) the expected net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $2.0 million, assuming the maximum number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us and excluding the proceeds, if any, from the exercise of the pre-funded warrants issued pursuant to this offering.

 

Similarly, a 100,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $93,000, assuming the assumed public offering price of $1.01 per share remains the same, and after deducting placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us and excluding the proceeds, if any, from the exercise of the pre-funded warrants issued pursuant to this offering.

 

While our Series E Preferred Stock is outstanding, we are required to use the proceeds of any sales of equity securities, including the securities offered hereby, exclusively to redeem any outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, subject to certain limitations. We received a waiver from Jackson, the sole holder of our outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, to use the proceeds from this offering to redeem approximately (i) 75% of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of the Jackson Note, which currently has an outstanding principal amount and accrued interest of $32,710,485 and (ii) 25% of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of our Base Series E Preferred Stock. We have 1,407 shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock currently outstanding with an aggregate stated value of $1,407,000 in accordance with the Series E Certificate of Designation.

 

Pending application of the net proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds to us from this offering in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade and interest-bearing instruments.

 

24

 

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.01 per share to holders of our common stock on February 28, 2019 and May 30, 2019. However, as discussed below, we do not expect to pay or declare any further cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.

 

We are limited in our ability to pay dividends by certain of our existing agreements and the certificates of designations of our preferred stock. In particular, our Amended Note Purchase Agreement with Jackson prohibits payment of dividends on our common stock in cash. In addition, our Series E Certificate of Designation only permits us to pay a quarterly cash dividend of one cent per share of issued and outstanding common stock; provided, that such cash dividend does not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate per fiscal quarter. We may not pay such dividends if any events of default exist under our debt agreements or the Series E Certificate of Designation.

 

In addition, our ability to issue dividends is subject to the requirements of Delaware law, which generally requires that any dividends must be paid out of our surplus capital or, if there is no surplus capital, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which a dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. Our ability to pay future dividends will depend upon, among other factors, our cash balances and potential future capital requirements, debt service requirements, earnings, financial condition, the general economic and regulatory climate and other factors beyond our control that our board of directors may deem relevant. Investors should not purchase our common stock with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.

 

Accordingly, as set forth above, we do not expect to pay or declare any further cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We expect to retain our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business, including the repayment of our outstanding indebtedness. Consequently, investors must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the primary way to realize any future gains on their investment. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.

 

25

 

 

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our common stock (and/or pre-funded warrants) in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

 

Our net tangible book value as of September 26, 2020, was approximately $(57,800,000), or $(6.192) per share of our common stock, based upon 9,333,763 shares of our common stock outstanding as of that date. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets, less total liabilities, by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2020. Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

 

After giving effect to (i) the refinancing of an aggregate of $35.7 million of debt provided by Jackson pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, including the payment of an amendment fee of approximately $488,000, subsequent to September 26, 2020, (ii) the issuance of 300,000 shares of restricted stock to Brendan Flood as compensations for his services as our director and chief executive officer, of which (A) 100,000 shares vested upon the completion of the refinancing of our debt, (B) 100,000 shares may become vested upon the satisfaction of the minimum stockholders equity requirements of Nasdaq, and (C) 100,000 shares vested upon the closing of the December 2020 Public Offering, subsequent to September 26, 2020, (iii) the issuance of 11,200 shares of common stock to our directors for Board services, subsequent to September 26, 2020, (iv) the issuance of 5,000 shares of common stock awarded to our employees upon the completion of refinancing of our debt, subsequent to September 26, 2020, (iv) the issuance of 4,816,665 shares of our common stock in the December 2020 Public Offering and the receipt of the net proceeds thereof, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us, (v) the issuance of 2,662,596 shares of common stock in the December 2020 Registered Direct Offering and the receipt of the net proceeds thereof, after deducting the placement agent fees and other estimated offering expenses payable by us, (vi) the repayment of $3,029,309 of the Jackson Note, (vi) the redemption of 1,010 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock, (vii) the issuance of 155,000 shares of common stock in January 2021 in accordance with our 2019 Long Term Incentive Plan, and (viii) the redemption of 1,039,380 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock into 27,024 shares of our common stock, our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 26, 2020 would have been approximately $(55,253,000), or $(3.192) per share of common stock.

 

After giving further effect to the sale of the maximum amount of shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed public offering price of  $1.01 per share, which is the last reported sale price of our common stock on Nasdaq on February 4, 2021, and assuming no sale of pre-funded warrants in this offering, and after deducting the placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us and using the proceeds from this offering as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 26, 2020 would have been approximately $(40,100,000), or $(1.022) per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of  $2.169 per share to our existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution of  $2.032 per share to new investors purchasing our common stock in this offering at the public offering price.

 

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed public offering price per share         $

1.010

 
Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 26, 2020   $ (6.192 )        
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the adjustments described above     3.000          
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 26, 2020   $ (3.192 )        
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering   $ 2.169          
Pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value per share as of September 26, 2020 after giving further effect to this offering           $

(1.022

)
Dilution in pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors participating in this offering           $ 2.032  

 

26

 

 

A $0.10 increase in the assumed public offering price of $1.01 per share would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by $1.5 million, or $0.04 per share, and the dilution per share to investors purchasing securities in this offering would be approximately $2.094 per share, assuming that the maximum number of shares of common stock, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a $0.10 decrease in the assumed public offering price of $1.01 per share would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by $1.5 million, or $0.04 per share, and the dilution per share to investors purchasing securities in this offering would be $1.971 per share, assuming that the maximum number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same and after deducting the placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We may also increase or decrease the number of shares of common stock we are offering from the assumed maximum number of shares of common stock set forth above. An increase of 100,000 shares of common stock from the assumed maximum number of shares of common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by approximately $70,000, or $0.004 per share, and the dilution per share to investors purchasing securities in this offering would be approximately $2.028 per share, assuming that the assumed public offering price remains the same and after deducting the placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a decrease of 100,000 shares of common stock from the assumed maximum number of shares of common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering by approximately $70,000, or $0.004 per share, and the dilution per share to investors purchasing securities in this offering would be approximately $2.037, assuming that the assumed public offering price remains the same and after deducting the placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual public offering price, the actual number of shares that we offer in this offering, and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. The foregoing discussion and table assumes no sale of pre-funded warrants, which if sold, would reduce the number of common stock that we are offering on an one-for-one basis and does not take into account further dilution to investors in this offering that could occur upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants having a per share exercise price less than the public offering price per share in this offering.

 

The number of shares of our common stock outstanding was 9,333,763 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 26, 2020 and excludes, as of that date:

 

  76,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options;
     
   27,024 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 1,039,380 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, all of which were redeemed following September 26, 2020, with such redemption given effect in the pro forma calculation in the table above;
     
   11,700,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 11,700 shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock, which includes 1,010 shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock that were converted or redeemed subsequent to September 26, 2020, with such conversion given effect in the pro forma calculation in the table above;
     
   1,219,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 1,219 shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock issued as dividends to the holders of the Base Series E Preferred Stock;
     
   1,015,934 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding prior to this offering at a weighted average exercise price of $1.10;
     
   up to 1,354,167 additional shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock issuable as dividends payable to the holders of our Base Series E Preferred Stock, based on 6,500 shares of preferred stock designated as Series E-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series E Certificate of Designation; and

 

27

 

 

 

177,500 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to outstanding performance awards.

 

To the extent that options or warrants outstanding as of September 26, 2020 have been or may be exercised or we issue other shares, investors purchasing securities in this offering may experience further dilution. In addition, we may seek to raise additional capital in the future through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities. To the extent we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

28

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, the following discussion and analysis includes forward-looking information that involves risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated by these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Overview

 

We are an international staffing company engaged in the acquisition of United States and United Kingdom based staffing companies. Our services principally consist of providing temporary contractors, and, to a much lesser extent, the recruitment of candidates for permanent placement. As part of our consolidation model, we pursue a broad spectrum of staffing companies supporting primarily accounting and finance, information technology, engineering, administration and commercial disciplines. Our business model is based on finding and acquiring, suitable, mature, profitable, operating, domestic and international staffing companies. Our targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the accounting and finance, information technology, engineering, administration and light industrial disciplines. We have completed ten acquisitions since November 2013.

 

All amounts in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results Operation are expressed in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share data or otherwise indicated.

 

29

 

 

Business Model, Operating History and Acquisitions

 

As part of our consolidation model, we pursue a broad spectrum of staffing companies supporting primarily accounting and finance, information technology, engineering, administration (collectively, the “Professional Business Stream”) and commercial (“Commercial Business Stream”) disciplines. Our typical acquisition model is based on paying consideration in the form of cash, stock, earn-outs and/or promissory notes. In furthering our business model, we are regularly in discussions and negotiations with various suitable, mature acquisition targets.

 

Results of Operations

 

For nine-month periods ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019

 

    Q3 2020 YTD     % of Revenue     Q3 2019 YTD     % of Revenue     Growth  
Revenue   $ 150,693       100.0 %   $ 214,644       100.0 %     (29.8 )%
Cost of revenue     124,168       82.4 %     177,949       82.9 %     (30.2 )%
Gross profit     26,525       17.6 %     36,695       17.1 %     (27.7 )%
Operating expenses     33,890       22.5 %     35,173       16.4 %     (3.6 )%
(Loss) Income from operations     (7,365 )     (4.9 )%     1,522       0.7 %     (583.9 )%
Other expenses     (6,283 )     (4.2 )%     (4,168 )     (1.9 )%     50.7 %
Benefit from income taxes     247       0.2 %     296       0.1 %     (16.6 )%
Net Loss   $ (13,401 )     (8.9 )%   $ (2,350 )     (1.1 )%     470.3 %

 

Revenue

 

For nine-month period ended September 26, 2020 (“Q3 2020 YTD”), revenue decreased by 29.8% to $150,693, as compared with $214,644, for nine-month period ended September 28, 2019 (“Q3 2019 YTD”). The decline was driven by $63,881 of organic decline primarily resulting from impact from COVID-19 and $70 unfavorable foreign currency translation. Within organic decline, temporary contractor revenue declined $60,593 and permanent placement declined $3,288.

 

Revenue in Q3 2020 YTD was comprised of $145,150 of temporary contractor revenue and $5,543 of permanent placement revenue, compared with $205,809 and $8,834 for Q3 2019 YTD, respectively.

 

Cost of revenue

 

Cost of services includes the variable cost of labor and various non-variable costs (e.g., workers’ compensation insurance) relating to employees (temporary and permanent) as well as sub-contractors and consultants. For Q3 2020 YTD, cost of revenue was $124,168, a decrease of 30.2% from $177,949 in Q3 2019 YTD, compared with revenue decline of 29.8%. The decline was driven by $59 of unfavorable foreign currency translation and $53,722 of organic decline.

 

Gross profit

 

Gross profit for Q3 2020 YTD was $26,525, a decreased of 27.7% compared with $36,695 in Q3 2019 YTD primarily driven by organic decline resulting from impact from COVID-19.

 

Operating expenses

 

Operating expenses for Q3 2020 YTD were $33,890, a decrease of 3.6% as compared with $35,173 for Q3 2019 YTD. The decrease in operating expenses was driven by primarily by a decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses of $3,943 resulting from cost cutting efforts, decrease in depreciation and amortization of $309; offset by goodwill impairment charge at the Staffing 360 Solutions Georgia LLC, d/b/a firstPRO (“firstPro”) reporting unit of $2,969. Excluding the impairment of goodwill charge at firstPro, operating expenses declined by 12%.

 

30

 

 

For three-month periods ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019

 

    Q3 2020     % of Revenue     Q3 2019     % of Revenue     Growth  
Revenue   $ 48,640       100.0 %   $ 67,320       100.0 %     (27.7 )%
Direct cost of revenue     40,317       82.9 %     54,835       81.5 %     (26.5 )%
Gross profit     8,323       17.1 %     12,485       18.5 %     (33.3 )%
Operating expenses     10,159       20.9 %     12,228       18.2 %     (16.9 )%
(Loss) Income from operations     (1,836 )     (3.8 )%     257       0.4 %     (814.4 )%
Other expenses     (923 )     (1.9 )%     (1,337 )     (2.0 )%     (31.0 )%
Benefit from (Provision for) income taxes     118       0.2 %     (28 )     (0.0 )%     (521.4 )%
Net Loss   $ (2,641 )     (5.4 )%   $ (1,108 )     (1.6 )%     138.4 %

 

Revenue

 

For three-month period ended September 26, 2020 (“Q3 2020”), revenue decreased by 27.7% to $48,640, as compared with $67,320, for three-month period ended September 28, 2019 (“Q3 2019”). The decline was driven by $781 of favorable foreign currency translation and $19,461 of organic decline. Within organic decline, primarily resulting from impact from COVID-19, temporary contractor revenue declined $17,292 and permanent placement declined $2,169.

 

Revenue in Q3 2020 was comprised of $47,177 of temporary contractor revenue and $1,463 of permanent placement revenue, compared with $63,710 and $3,609 for Q3 2019, respectively.

 

Other Expenses

 

Other expenses for Q3 2020 YTD was $6,283, an increase of 50.8% from $4,168 in Q3 2019 YTD. The increase was mainly driven by higher interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs in Q3 2020 YTD compared with Q3 2019 YTD of approximately $300 and a gain on settlement of deferred consideration of $1,985 in Q3 2019 YTD.

 

Cost of revenue

 

Cost of services includes the variable cost of labor and various non-variable costs (e.g., workers’ compensation insurance) relating to employees (temporary and permanent) as well as sub-contractors and consultants. For Q3 2020, cost of revenue was $40,317, a decrease of 26.5% from $54,835 in Q3 2019 in line with the revenue decline of 27.7%. The decline was driven by $685 of favorable foreign currency translation and $15,203 of organic decline.

 

Gross profit

 

Gross profit for Q3 2020 was $8,323, a decreased of 33.3% compared with $12,485 in Q3 2019 primarily driven by organic decline, resulting from impact from COVID-19.

 

Operating expenses

 

Operating expenses for Q3 2020 were $10,159, a decrease of 16.9% as compared with $12,228 for Q3 2019. The decrease in operating expenses included a decrease in salaries and wages and reduction in non-recurring costs, legal, and other costs associated with refinancing/acquisitions efforts.

 

Other Expenses

 

Other expenses for Q3 2020 was $923, a decrease of 31% from $1,337 in Q3 2019. The decrease was mainly driven by a gain from remeasuring the Company’s intercompany note in Q3 2020 of $442 compared with loss from remeasuring the Company’s intercompany note in Q3 2019 of $467; gain on divesture of business of $220, lower interest expense and amortization of deferred financing costs in Q3 2020 by $313 as compared with Q3 2019; offset by gain on deferred consideration in Q3 2019 of $1,138.

 

31

 

 

For the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018

 

    Fiscal 2019     % of Revenue     Fiscal 2018     % of Revenue     Growth  
Revenue   $ 278,478       100.0 %   $ 260,926       100.0 %     6.7 %
Cost of revenue     230,169       82.7 %     212,622       81.5 %     8.3 %
Gross profit     48,309       17.3 %     48,304       18.5 %     0.0 %
Operating expenses     47,686       17.1 %     46,646       17.9 %     2.2 %
Income from operations     623       0.2 %     1,658       0.6 %     62.4 %
Other expenses     (5,852 )     (2.1 )%     (8,137 )     (3.1 )%     (28.1 )%
Benefit (provision) for income taxes     335       0.1 %     (22 )     (0.0 )%     (1622.7 )%
Net loss   $ (4,894 )     (1.8 )%   $ (6,501 )     (2.5 )%     (24.7 )%

 

Revenue

 

The fiscal year ended December 28, 2019 (“Fiscal 2019”) revenue increased by 6.7% to $278,478 as compared with $260,926 for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2018 (“Fiscal 2018”). Of that growth, $47,167 was from the acquisitions of Clement May Limited (“Clement May”) and Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”). This was partially offset by a decline of $7,653 from divesting of the PeopleServe Inc. and PeopleServe PRS, Inc. (“PeopleServe divestiture”), $5,202 from unfavorable foreign currency translation, and $16,760 of organic revenue decline. Within organic revenue, temporary contractor revenue declined $16,814 and permanent placement grew $482.

 

Revenue in Fiscal 2019 was comprised of $266,974 of temporary contractor revenue and $11,504 of permanent placement revenue, compared with $250,416 and $10,510 for Fiscal 2018, respectively.

 

Cost of revenue, Gross profit and gross margin

 

Cost of revenue includes the variable cost of labor and various non-variable costs (e.g., workers’ compensation insurance) relating to employees (temporary and permanent) as well as sub-contractors and consultants. For Fiscal 2019, cost of revenue was $230,169, an increase of 8.3% from $212,622 in Fiscal 2018, compared with revenue growth of 6.7%.

 

Gross profit for Fiscal 2019 was $48,309, flat versus Fiscal 2018 of $48,304, representing gross margin of 17.3% and 18.5% for each period, respectively. Gross profit growth was primarily attributable to the impact of acquisitions and growth in permanent revenue. This was partly offset by the divestiture of the lower margin PeopleServe business, workers’ compensation insurance savings realized in Fiscal 2018 with no corresponding credit in Fiscal 2019, unfavorable foreign currency translation, and organic contract revenue decline.

 

Operating expenses

 

Operating expenses for Fiscal 2019 were $47,686, an increase of 2.2% over $46,646 for Fiscal 2018. The acquisitions of Clement May and KRI drove an additional increase of 5.7% in operating expense. Excluding the acquisitions, operating expenses decreased by 4.3% driven by lower non-recurring costs, legal, and other costs associated with acquisitions, lower variable costs and savings attributable to synergies within the subsidiaries, cost savings initiatives, and the PeopleServe divesture.

 

32

 

 

Other Expenses

 

Other expenses for Fiscal 2019 was $5,852, a decrease of 28.1% from $8,137 in Fiscal 2018. The decrease was driven by the following: gain of $1,077 on CBS Butler earnout settlement in Fiscal 2019, $847 gain on settlement of FirstPro Inc. deferred consideration in Fiscal 2019; $383 gain in remeasuring the intercompany note in Fiscal 2019 compared to a loss of $686 in Fiscal 2018; $758 lower interest expense recorded in Fiscal 2019 versus Fiscal 2018 due to the $13 million debt conversion in Fiscal 2018. These were partially offset by a gain of $879 from fair valuing warrants in Fiscal 2018, with no corresponding gain in Fiscal 2019; $238 gain from the PeopleServe divestiture in Fiscal 2018; $277 of higher net amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs; and lower other income mainly due to a true up adjustment to the CBS Butler Holdings Limited (“CBS Butler”) earnout in Fiscal 2018.

 

Non-GAAP Measures

 

To supplement our consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), we also use non-GAAP financial measures and Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) in addition to our GAAP results. We believe non-GAAP financial measures and KPIs may provide useful information for evaluating our cash operating performance, ability to service debt, compliance with debt covenants and measurement against competitors. This information should be considered as supplemental in nature and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly entitled measures reported by other companies.

 

We present the following non-GAAP financial measure and KPIs in this report:

 

Revenue and Gross Profit by Sector We use this KPI to measure the Company’s mix of Revenue and respective profitability between its two main lines of business due to their differing margins. For clarity, these lines of business are not our operating segments, as this information is not currently regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to allocate capital and resources. Rather, we use this KPI to benchmark us against the industry.

 

The following table details Revenue and Gross Profit by Sector for Q3 2020 and Q3 2019:

 

    Q3 2020     Mix     Q3 2019     Mix     Q3 2020 YTD     Mix     Q3 2019 YTD     Mix  
Commercial Staffing - US   $ 28,708       59 %   $ 31,644       47 %   $ 79,992       53 %   $ 94,280       44 %
Professional Staffing - US     5,188       11 %     9,387       14 %     19,778       13 %     28,449       13 %
Professional Staffing - UK     14,744       30 %     26,289       39 %     50,923       34 %     91,915       43 %
Total Revenue   $ 48,640             $ 67,320             $ 150,693             $ 214,644          
                                                                 
Commercial Staffing - US   $ 4,642       56 %   $ 5,107       41 %   $ 12,552       47 %   $ 14,823       40 %
Professional Staffing - US     1,664       20 %     3,701       30 %     6,598       25 %     10,904       30 %
Professional Staffing - UK     2,017       24 %     3,677       29 %     7,375       28 %     10,968       30 %
Total Gross Profit   $ 8,323             $ 12,485             $ 26,525             $ 36,695          
                                                                 
Commercial Staffing - US     16.2 %             16.1 %             15.7 %             15.7 %        
Professional Staffing - US     32.1 %             39.4 %             33.4 %             38.3 %        
Professional Staffing - UK     13.7 %             14.0 %             14.5 %             11.9 %        
Total Gross Margin     17.1 %             18.5 %             17.6 %             17.1 %        

 

33

 

 

The following table details Revenue and Gross Profit by Section for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018:

 

    Fiscal 2019     Mix     Fiscal 2018     Mix  
                         
Revenue                                
Commercial Staffing – US   $ 127,330       46 %   $ 107,318       41 %
Professional Staffing – US     37,294       13 %     49,752       19 %
Professional Staffing – UK     113,854       41 %     103,856       40 %
Total Service Revenue   $ 278,478             $ 260,926          
                                 
Gross Profit                                
Commercial Staffing – US   $ 20,080       42 %   $ 17,496       36 %
Professional Staffing – US     14,081       29 %     15,610       32 %
Professional Staffing – UK     14,148       29 %     15,199       32 %
Total Gross Profit   $ 48,309             $ 48,304          
                                 
Gross Margin                                
Commercial Staffing – US     15.8 %             16.3 %        
Professional Staffing – US     37.8 %             31.4 %        
Professional Staffing – UK     12.4 %             14.6 %        
Total Gross Margin     17.3 %             18.5 %        

 

Adjusted EBITDA This measure is defined as net loss attributable to common stock before: interest expense and amortization of debt discount and financing costs, benefit from (provision for) income taxes; depreciation and amortization, income (loss) from sale of business; impairment of intangible assets and goodwill; operational restructuring and other charges; deferred consideration settlement, re-measurement gain (loss) on intercompany note, other income (loss), net; non-cash expenses associated with stock compensation and incentive plans; and charges we considers to be non-recurring in nature such as legal expenses associated with litigation, professional fees associated potential and completed acquisitions. We use this measure because we believe it provides a more meaningful understanding of our profit and cash flow generation.

 

    Q3 2020     Q3 2019     Q3 2020 YTD     Q3 2019 YTD    

Trailing Twelve Months

Q3 2020

   

Trailing Twelve Months

Q3 2019

 
Net loss   $ (2,641 )   $ (1,108 )   $ (13,401 )   $ (2,350 )   $ (15,945 )   $ (3,756 )
                                                 
Interest expense and amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs     1,746       2,059       6,277       5,977       8,784       8,365  
Benefit from (Provision for) income taxes     (118 )     28       (247 )     (296 )     (286 )     (196 )
Depreciation and amortization     768       867       2,312       2,621       3,061       3,494  
EBITDA   $ (245 )   $ 1,846     $ (5,059 )   $ 5,952     $ (4,386 )   $ 7,907  
                                                 
Acquisition, capital raising, restructuring charges and other non-recurring expenses (1)     2,073       1,558       4,473       2,511       6,908       2,993  
Other non-cash charges (2)     209       205       555       627       768       834  
Re-measurement (income) loss on intercompany note     (442 )     467       348       484       (519 )     838  
Gain on business sale     (220 )           (220 )           (220 )      
Deferred consideration settlement           (1,138 )           (1,985 )     61       (1,985 )
Impairment of goodwill                 2,969             2,969        
Other loss     (161 )     (51 )     (122 )     (308 )     (140 )     (536 )
Adjusted EBITDA   $ 1,214     $ 2,887     $ 2,944     $ 7,281     $ 5,441     $ 10,051  
                                                 
Trailing Twelve Months (“TTM”) Adjusted EBITDA                   $ 5,441     $ 10,051     $ 5,441     $ 10,051  
                                                 
Pre-Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA (3)                                  

$

    $  
                                                 
Pro Forma TTM Adjusted EBITDA (4)                                   $ 5,441     $ 10,051  
                                                 
Adjusted Gross Profit TTM (5)                                   $ 38,139     $ 49,040  
                                                 
TTM Adjusted EBITDA as percentage of adjusted gross profit TTM                                     14.3 %     20.5 %

 

(1) Acquisition, capital raising and other non-recurring expenses primarily relate to capital raising expenses, acquisition and integration expenses, restructuring charges, and legal expenses incurred in relation to matters outside the ordinary course of business.

 

34

 

 

(2) Other non-cash charges primarily relate to staff option and share compensation expense, expense for shares issued to directors for board services, and consideration paid for consulting services.

 

(3) Pre-Acquisition Adjusted EBITDA excludes the Adjusted EBITDA of acquisitions for the period prior to the acquisition date.

 

(4) Pro Forma TTM Adjusted EBITDA includes the Adjusted EBITDA of acquisitions for the period prior to the acquisition date.

 

(5) Adjusted Gross Profit EBITDA excludes gross profit of business divested in June 2018, for the period prior to divested date.

 

Operating Leverage This measure is calculated by dividing the growth in Adjusted EBITDA by the growth in Adjusted Gross Profit, on a trailing 12-month basis. We use this KPI because we believe it provides a measure of our efficiency for converting incremental gross profit into Adjusted EBITDA.

 

    Twelve Months Ended  
    September 26, 2020     September 28, 2019  
Adjusted Gross Profit - TTM (Current Period)   $ 38,139     $ 49,040  
Adjusted Gross Profit - TTM (Prior Period)     49,040       47,873  
Adjusted Gross Profit - (Decline) Growth   $ (10,901 )   $ 1,167  
                 
Adjusted EBITDA - TTM (Current Period)   $ 5,441     $ 10,051  
Adjusted EBITDA - TTM (Prior Period)     10,051       9,007  
Adjusted EBITDA - (Decline) Growth   $ (4,610 )   $ 1,044  
                 
Operating Leverage     -42.3 %     89.5 %

 

35

 

 

Leverage Ratio Calculated as Total Debt, Net, gross of any Original Issue Discount, divided by Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA for the trailing 12-months. We use this KPI as an indicator of our ability to service its debt prospectively.

 

    September 26, 2020     December 28, 2019  
Total Debt, Net   $ 57,221     $ 38,816  
Addback: Total Debt Discount and Deferred Financing Costs     32       497  
Total Term Debt   $ 57,253     $ 39,313  
                 
TTM Adjusted EBITDA   $ 5,441     $ 9,778  
                 
Pro Forma TTM Adjusted EBITDA   $ 5,441     $ 9,778  
                 
Pro Forma Leverage Ratio     10.5 x     4 x

 

Operating Cash Flow Including Proceeds from Accounts Receivable Financing calculated as net cash (used in) provided by operating activities plus net proceeds from accounts receivable financing. Because much of our temporary payroll expense is paid weekly and in advance of clients remitting payment for invoices, operating cash flow is often weaker in staffing companies where revenue and accounts receivable are growing. Accounts receivable financing is essentially an advance on client remittances and is primarily used to fund temporary payroll. As such, we believe this measure is helpful to investors as an indicator of our underlying operating cash flow.

 

On February 8, 2018, CBS Butler, Staffing 360 Solutions Limited and The JM Group, entered into a new arrangement with HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd (“HSBC”) which provides for HSBC to purchase the subsidiaries’ accounts receivable up to an aggregate amount of £11,500 across all three subsidiaries. The terms of the arrangement provide for HSBC to fund 90% of the purchased accounts receivable upfront and, a secured borrowing line of 70% of unbilled receivables capped at £1,000 (within the overall aggregate total facility of £11,500). The arrangement has an initial term of 12 months, with an automatic rolling three-month extension and carries a service charge of 1.80%. Under ASU 2016-16, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force, the upfront portion of the sale of accounts receivable is classified within operating activities, while the deferred purchase price portion (or beneficial interest), once collected, is classified within investing activities. On April 20, 2020, the terms of the loan with HSBC was amended whereby no capital repayments will be made between April 2020 to September 2020, and only interest payments will be made during this time. On May 15, 2020, the Company entered into a 3-year term loan with HSBC in the UK for £1,000.

 

For 3Q 2020 YTD and Q3 2019 YTD

 

    Q3 2020 YTD     Q3 2019 YTD  
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (10,918 )   $ (7,001 )
                 
Collection of UK factoring facility deferred purchase price     6,830       10,502  
                 
Repayments on accounts receivable financing     (4,999 )     (3,702 )
                 
Net cash used in operating activities including proceeds from accounts receivable financing   $ (9,087 )   $ (201 )
                 

 

For Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018

 

    Fiscal 2019     Fiscal 2018  
             
Net cash flow (used in) provided by operating activities   $ (10,840 )   $ 1,971  
                 
Collection of UK factoring facility deferred purchase price     13,970       10,448  
                 
Repayments on accounts receivable financing     (2,708 )     (13,759 )
             
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities including proceeds from accounts receivable financing   $ 422     $ (1,340 )

 

The Leverage Ratio and Operating Cash Flow Including Proceeds from Accounts Receivable Financing should be considered together with the information in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section, immediately below.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity is the ability of a company to generate funds to support its current and future operations, satisfy its obligations, and otherwise operate on an ongoing basis. Historically, we have funded our operations through term loans, promissory notes, bonds, convertible notes, private placement offerings and sales of equity.

 

Our primary uses of cash have been for debt repayments, repayment of deferred consideration from acquisitions, professional fees related to our operations and financial reporting requirements and for the payment of compensation, benefits and consulting fees. The following trends may occur as we continue to execute on its strategy:

 

  An increase in working capital requirements to finance organic growth;
     
  Addition of administrative and sales personnel as the business grows;
     
  Increases in advertising, public relations and sales promotions for existing and new brands as we expand within existing markets or enter new markets;
     
  A continuation of the costs associated with being a public company; and
     
  Capital expenditures to add technologies.

 

Our liquidity may be negatively impacted by the significant costs associated with our public company reporting requirements, costs associated with newly applicable corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other rules implemented by the SEC. We expect all of these applicable rules and regulations could significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and increase the use of resources.

 

36

 

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, which contemplate continuation of us as a going concern. At September 26, 2020, we had unsecured payments due in the next 12 months associated with historical acquisitions and secured current debt arrangements which are in excess of cash and cash equivalents on hand, in addition to funding operational growth requirements. Historically, we have funded such payments either through cash flow from operations or the raising of capital through additional debt or equity. Although we have raised an aggregate of approximately $19,395 through PPP Loan, if we unable to obtain additional capital, such unsecured payments may not be made on time. In September, we applied for forgiveness of the PPP Loan in the aggregate amount equal to $19,395. Additionally, with the continuation of the COVID-19 pandemic, there is further uncertainty related to our future revenues, gross profit and cash flows.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic is impacting worldwide economic activity, and activity in the United States and the United Kingdom where our operations are based. Much of the independent contractor work we provide to our clients is performed at the site of our clients. As a result, we are subject to the plans and approaches of our clients have made to address the COVID-19 pandemic, such as whether they support remote working or if they have simply closed their facilities and furloughed employees. To the extent that our clients were to decide or are required to close their facilities, or not permit remote work when they close facilities, we would no longer generate revenue and profit from that client. In addition, in the event that our clients’ businesses suffer or close as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may experience decline in our revenue or write-off of receivables from such clients. Moreover, developments such as social distancing and shelter-in-place directives have impacted our ability to deploy our staffing workforce effectively, thereby impacting contracts with customers in our commercial staffing and professional staffing business streams, where we had declines in revenues during Q2 2020 and Q3 2020 and may have declines during Q4 2020 compared to the respective periods in 2019. While some government-imposed precautionary measures have been relaxed in certain countries or states, more strict measures have been or may be put in place again due to a resurgence in COVID-19 cases, as has occurred recently in the United Kingdom in response to the spread of a new strain of COVID-19. As a result of the newly imposed government restrictions in the United Kingdom, we had to close both of our offices in the United Kingdom and our employees have been forced to operate remotely from their homes. Therefore, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic may continue to affect our operation and to disrupt the marketplace in which we operate and may negatively impact our sales in fiscal year 2021 and our overall liquidity.

 

The financial statements included in this prospectus have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the recoverability of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. Significant assumptions underlie this belief, including, among other things, that there will be no material adverse developments in our business, liquidity, capital requirements and that our credit facilities with our lenders will remain available to us.

 

On September 15, 2020, we and certain of our domestic subsidiaries, as guarantors, entered into the Consent and Amendment Agreement (the “Consent and Amendment Agreement”) with Jackson, which amends the Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement with Jackson dated September 15, 2017 (the “Existing Note Purchase Agreement”). Pursuant to the Existing Note Purchase Agreement, the stated maturity of the previously issued notes (the “Existing Jackson Notes”) under the Existing Note Purchase Agreement was extended from September 15, 2020 to October 15, 2020.

 

On October 26, 2020, we entered into the Amended Note Purchase Agreement and the Jackson Note, with Jackson, which amended and restated our Existing Note Purchase Agreement, as amended. The Amended Note Purchase Agreement refinanced an aggregate of $35.7 million of debt provided by Jackson pursuant to the Existing Note Purchase Agreement and the Existing Jackson Notes. The entire outstanding principal balance of the Jackson Notes shall be due and payable on September 30, 2022.

 

The Amended Note Purchase Agreement includes certain financial customary covenants and the Company has had in prior periods had instances of non-compliance. Management has historically been able to obtain from Jackson waivers of any non-compliance; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain such waivers, and should Jackson refuse to provide a waiver in the future, the outstanding debt under the Amended Note Purchase Agreement could become due immediately, which exceeds our current cash balance.

 

37

 

 

For nine-month periods ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019

 

As of and for the nine-month period ended September 26, 2020, we had a working capital deficiency of $16,440 and accumulated deficit of $89,938, and a net loss of $13,401.

 

During Q3 2020 and on October 26, 2020, we and certain of our domestic subsidiaries entered into amendments to the Credit and Security Agreement to extend the maturity date of the facility from August 8, 2020 to September 1, 2022. For more information, see Note 13 to our unaudited interim financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

On September 24, 2020, we entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with FirstPro Recruitment, LLC, pursuant to which Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC d/b/a firstPRO, our wholly-owned subsidiary sold to the FirstPro Recruitment, LLC substantially all of Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC’s Assets (the “First Pro Transaction”). In addition, FirstPro Recruitment, LLC assumed certain liabilities related to the Assets. The purchase price in connection with the FirstPro Transaction was $3,300, of which (a) $1,219 was paid at closing (the “Initial Payment”) and (b) $2,080 was held in a separate escrow account (the “Escrow Funds”), which will be released upon receipt of the forgiveness of the PPP Loan by the U.S. Small Business Administration (the “SBA”). In the event that all or any portion of the PPP Loan is not forgiven by the SBA, all or portion of the Escrow Funds will be used to repay any unforgiven portion of the PPP Loan in full. The FirstPro Transaction closed on September 24, 2020. In September, we submitted the PPP Loan forgiveness applications to the SBA. As of the date of this prospectus, the PPP Loans have not been approved for forgiveness, and there is no guarantee that all or portion of the PPP Loan will be forgiven.

 

In connection with execution of the Asset Purchase Agreement, we and certain of our subsidiaries entered into a Consent Agreement (the “Consent”) with Jackson. Under the terms of the Consent and the Series E Certificate of Designation, in consideration for Jackson’s consent to the FirstPro Transaction, the Initial Payment was used to redeem a portion of the Series E Preferred Stock, and the Escrow Funds, subject to the forgiveness of our PPP Loan discussed above, will be used to redeem a portion of the Series E Preferred Stock. For more information, see Note 2 to our unaudited interim financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Operating activities

 

For Q3 2020 YTD, net cash used in operations of $10,918 was primarily attributable to net loss of $13,401 and changes in operating assets and liabilities totaling $4,860 offset by non-cash adjustments of $7,343. Changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily relates to an increase in accounts receivable of $4,805, decrease in payables and accrued expense of $1,860, decrease in payables to related parties of $871, increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $446, offset by decrease in other assets of $390, increase in current liabilities of $192 and increase in long term liabilities and other of $2,540 primarily resulting from FICA deferrals. Total non-cash adjustments of $7,343 primarily includes impairment of goodwill of $2,969, depreciation and amortization of intangible assets of $2,312, bad debt expense of $879, stock-based compensation of $534, amortization of debt discounts and deferred financing of $521 and foreign currency re-measurement loss on intercompany loan of $348 offset by gain on sale of business of $220.

 

For Q3 2019 YTD, net cash used in operations of $7,001 was primarily attributable to changes in operating assets and liabilities totaling $6,921, net loss of $2,350; offset by non-cash adjustments of $2,270. Changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily relates to an increase in accounts receivable of $8,994, increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $187, increase other assets of $395, decrease in interest payable to related parties of $190, decrease in other non- current liabilities of $54 and decrease in other long term liabilities and other of $341; offset by increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $3,240. Total non-cash adjustments of $2,270 primarily includes depreciation and amortization of intangible assets of $2,621, stock-based compensation of $621, amortization of debt discounts and deferred financing of $529, foreign currency re-measurement on intercompany loan of $484; offset by gain from settlements of the FirstPro and CBS Butler deferred consideration totaling $1,985.

 

Investing activities

 

For Q3 2020 YTD, net cash flows provided by investing activities was $9,904, $6,830 related to collection of the beneficial interest from HSBC, proceeds from sale of business of $3,300 partially offset by purchase of property and equipment of $226.

 

38

 

 

For Q3 2019 YTD, net cash flows provided by investing activities was $10,087, $10,502 related to collection of the beneficial interest from HSBC partially offset by purchase of property and equipment of $415.

 

Financing activities

 

For Q3 2020 YTD, net cash flows provided by financing activities totaled $10,433 primarily due to proceeds from PPP loans of $19,395, proceeds from HSBC term loan of $1,220 offset by repayments of $4,999 on accounts receivable financing, net, repayment of term loan with Jackson of $2,538, dividends paid to Jackson of $2,480 and repayment on HSBC loan of $165.

 

For Q3 2019 YTD, net cash flows used in financing activities totaled $4,468, of which $3,702 relates to repayments on accounts receivable financing, net, payment on deferred consideration for $5,613, third party financing costs of $1,122, dividends paid to related parties of $1,125, dividends paid to shareholders of $249, and repayment on HSBC loan of $522; financing costs – related party of $188; offset by proceeds from equity raise of $5,515 and proceeds from related party term loan of $2,538.

 

Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018

 

For Fiscal 2019, we had a working capital deficiency of $55,353 an accumulated deficit of $76,537, and a net loss of $4,894.

 

Operating activities

 

For Fiscal 2019, net cash used in operations of $10,840 was primarily attributable to changes in operating assets and liabilities totaling $8,697 and a net loss of $4,894; offset by non-cash adjustments of $2,751. Changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily relates to an increase in accounts receivable of $7,574, increase other assets of $590, decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1,893, decrease in other current liabilities of $94, decrease in other long term liabilities of $85; offset by increase in accounts payable – related party of $1,114, decrease in prepaid expenses of $367, and other of $58. Noncash add backs of $2,750 primarily relates to amortization of intangible assets and depreciation of $3,369, amortization of debt discount and deferred financing of $857, stock-based compensation of $832; offset by remeasurement gain on intercompany note of $383 and gain on settlement of deferred consideration of $1,924.

 

Cash provided by operations was $1,971 for Fiscal 2018. This is primarily attributable to changes in operating assets and liabilities totaling $4,048, non-cash adjustments of $4,424, partially offset by net loss of $6,501. Changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily relates to a decrease in accounts receivable of $5,141, decrease in prepaids and other current assets of $188, decrease in other assets of $83, increase in other current liabilities of $198 and other of $332, offset by decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1,456, decrease in related party payables of $184, and decrease in other long term liabilities of $254. Non-cash add backs of $4,424 primarily relate to amortization of intangible assets of $2,536, amortization of debt discount and deferred financing of $580, stock-based compensation of $1,151, depreciation of $588, remeasurement loss on intercompany note of $686, offset by gain from sale of business of $238 and change in fair value of warrant liability of $879.

 

Investing activities

 

For Fiscal 2019, net cash flows provided by investing activities was $13,460, $13,970 related to collection of the beneficial interest from HSBC partially offset by purchase of property and equipment of $510.

 

Net cash flows provided by investing activities for Fiscal 2018 was $1,666 and is due to the acquisitions of Clement May and KRI of $9,760 and purchase of property and equipment of $425; offset by disposal of business, net of $1,403 and the collection of the beneficial interest from HSBC of $10,448.

 

39

 

 

Financing activities

 

For Fiscal 2019, net cash flows used in financing activities totaled $4,389, of which $2,708 relates to repayments on accounts receivable financing, net, payment on deferred consideration for $6,230, third party financing costs of $1,154, dividends paid to related parties of $1,175, dividends paid to shareholders of $337, and repayment on HSBC loan of $650; financing costs – related party of $188; offset by proceeds from equity raise of $5,515 and proceeds from related party term loan of $2,538.

 

For Fiscal 2018, net cash flows used in financing activities totaled $3,556, of which $13,759 related to proceeds from accounts receivable financing, net, payments for earn outs $1,402, repayment of term loans $596, related party financing costs of $280, third party financing costs of $109, dividends to related parties of $200, offset by proceeds from related party loans of $8,428, proceeds from term loans of $2,047 and proceeds from the At-market facility of $2,315.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

On December 31, 2017, the Company adopted the new accounting standard ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers for all open contracts and related amendments as of December 31, 2017 using the modified retrospective method. The adoption had no impact to the reported results. Results for reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2017 are presented under ASC 606, while the comparative information will not be restated and will continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods.

 

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, the core principle of which is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve this core principle, five basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) identify the contract with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

 

The Company accounts for revenues when both parties to the contract have approved the contract, the rights and obligations of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, and collectability of consideration is probable. Payment terms vary by client and the services offered.

 

The Company has primarily two main forms of revenue – temporary contractor revenue and permanent placement revenue. Temporary contractor revenue is accounted for as a single performance obligation satisfied over time because the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the Company’s performance on an hourly basis. The contracts stipulate weekly billing and the Company has elected the “as invoiced” practical expedient to recognize revenue based on the hours incurred at the contractual rate as we have the right to payment in an amount that corresponds directly with the value of performance completed to date. Permanent placement revenue is recognized on the date the candidate’s full-time employment with the customer has commenced. The customer is invoiced on the start date, and the contract stipulates payment due under varying terms, typically 30 days. The contract with the customer stipulates a guarantee period whereby the customer may be refunded if the employee is terminated within a short period of time, however this has historically been infrequent, and immaterial upon occurrence. As such, the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied upon commencement of the employment, at which point control has transferred to the customer.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company utilizes Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each period end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

40

 

 

The Company applies the provisions of ASC 740-10-50, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, which provides clarification related to the process associated with accounting for uncertain tax positions recognized in the financial statements. Audit periods remain open for review until the statute of limitations has passed. The completion of review or the expiration of the statute of limitations for a given audit period could result in an adjustment to the Company’s liability for income taxes. Any such adjustment could be material to the Company’s results of operations for any given quarterly or annual period based, in part, upon the results of operations for the given period. As of the date of this filing, the Company is current on all corporate, federal and state tax returns. The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

 

Business Combinations

 

In accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations”, the Company records acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting, under which the acquisition purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The Company utilizes management estimates and, in some instances, may retain the services of an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration granted. Such estimates and valuations require us to make significant assumptions, including projections of future events and operating performance.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

In accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, the Company measures and accounts for certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, and establishes a framework for measuring fair value and standards for disclosure about such fair value measurements.

 

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:

 

  Level 1: Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

  Level 2: Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data

 

  Level 3: Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill relates to amounts that arose in connection with various acquisitions and represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable intangible and tangible net assets when accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but it is subject to periodic review for impairment. Events that would indicate impairment and trigger an interim impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, current economic and market conditions, a decline in the equity value of the business, a significant adverse change in certain agreements that would materially affect reported operating results, business climate or operational performance of the business and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.

 

In accordance with ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Testing Goodwill for Impairment, or ASU 2011-08, the Company is required to review goodwill by reporting unit for impairment at least annually or more often if there are indicators of impairment present. A reporting unit is either the equivalent of, or one level below, an operating segment. The Company early adopted the provisions in ASU 2017-04, which eliminates the second step of the goodwill impairment test. As a result, the Company’s goodwill impairment tests include only one step, which is a comparison of the carrying value of each reporting unit to its fair value, and any excess carrying value, up to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit, is impaired.

 

41

 

 

The carrying value of each reporting unit is based on the assignment of the appropriate assets and liabilities to each reporting unit. Assets and liabilities were assigned to each reporting unit if the assets or liabilities are employed in the operations of the reporting unit and the asset and liability is considered in the determination of the reporting unit fair value.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses in the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the accrual of costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced the Company may differ materially and adversely from its estimates. To the extent there are material differences between estimates and the actual results, future results of operations will be affected. Significant estimates for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, include the valuation of intangible assets, including goodwill, liabilities associated with earn-out obligations, testing long-lived assets for impairment and valuation reserves against deferred tax assets.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

On December 31, 2019, the FASB issued ASC 2019-12 “Income Taxes: Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (Topic 740). The amendments in this update simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing the certain exceptions. For public business entities, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption of the amendments is permitted, including adoption in any interim period for (1) public business entities for periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued and (2) all other entities for periods for which financial statements have not yet been made available for issuance. An entity that elects to early adopt the amendments in an interim period should reflect any adjustments as of the beginning of the annual period that includes that interim period. Additionally, an entity that elects early adoption must adopt all the amendments in the same period. The Company will adopt the guidance when it becomes effective.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”). This standard requires an impairment model (known as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model) that is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. Under the new guidance, each reporting entity should estimate an allowance for expected credit losses, which is intended to result in more timely recognition of losses. This model replaces multiple existing impairment models in current U.S. GAAP, which generally requires a loss to be incurred before it is recognized. The new standard applies to trade receivables arising from revenue transactions such as contract assets and accounts receivable. Under ASC 606, revenue is recognized when, among other criteria, it is probable that an entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to when goods or services are transferred to a customer. When trade receivables are recorded, they become subject to the CECL model and estimates of expected credit losses on trade receivables over their contractual life will be required to be recorded at inception based on historical information, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. This guidance is effective for smaller reporting companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, including the interim periods in the year. Early adoption is permitted. The Company will adopt the guidance when it becomes effective.

 

42

 

 

BUSINESS

 

General

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Nevada on December 22, 2009, as Golden Fork Corporation, which changed its name to Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., ticker symbol “STAF”, on March 16, 2012. On June 15, 2017, the Company changed its domicile to the State of Delaware.

 

Business Model and Acquisitions

 

The Company is an international staffing company engaged in the acquisition of United States and United Kingdom based staffing companies. Its services principally consist of providing temporary contractors, and, to a much lesser extent, the recruitment of candidates for permanent placement. As part of its consolidation model, the Company pursues a broad spectrum of staffing companies supporting primarily accounting and finance, information technology, engineering, administration and commercial disciplines. The Company’s business model is based on finding and acquiring, suitable, mature, profitable, operating, domestic and international staffing companies. The Company’s targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the accounting and finance, information technology, engineering, administration and light industrial disciplines. The Company has completed ten acquisitions since November 2013.

 

Industry Background

 

The staffing industry is divided into three major segments: temporary staffing services, professional employer organizations (“PEOs”) and placement agencies. Temporary staffing services provide workers for limited periods, often to substitute for absent permanent workers or to help during periods of peak demand. These workers, who are often employees of the temporary staffing agency, will generally fill clerical, technical, or industrial positions. PEOs, sometimes referred to as employee leasing agencies, contract to provide workers to customers for specific functions, often related to human resource management. In many cases, a customer’s employees are hired by a PEO and then contracted back to the customer. Placement agencies, sometimes referred to as executive recruiters or headhunters, find workers to fill permanent positions at customer companies. These agencies may specialize in placing senior managers, mid-level managers, technical workers, or clerical and other support workers.

 

The Company considers itself a temporary staffing company within the broader staffing industry. However, the Company provides permanent placements at the request of existing clients and some consulting services clients.

 

Staffing companies identify potential candidates through online advertising and referrals, and interview, test and counsel workers before sending them to the customer for approval. Pre-employment screening can include skills assessment, drug tests and criminal background checks. The personnel staffing industry has been radically changed by the internet. Many employers list available positions with one or several internet personnel sites like www.monster.com or www.careerbuilder.com, and on their own sites. Personnel agencies operate their own sites and often still work as intermediaries by helping employers accurately describe job openings and by screening candidates who submit applications.

 

Major end-use customers include businesses from a wide range of industries such as manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail. Marketing involves direct sales presentations, referrals from existing clients and advertising. Agencies compete both for customers and workers. Depending on market supply and demand at any given time, agencies may allocate more resources either to finding potential employers or potential workers. Permanent placement agencies work either on a retained or on a contingency basis. Clients may retain an agency for a specific job search or on contract for a specific period. Temporary staffing services charge customers a fixed price per hour or a standard markup on prevailing hourly rates.

 

For many staffing companies, demand is lower late in the fourth calendar quarter and early in the first calendar quarter, partly because of holidays, and higher during the rest of the year. Staffing companies may have high receivables from customers. Temporary staffing agencies and PEOs must manage a high cash flow because they funnel payroll payments from employers. Cash flow imbalances also occur because agencies must pay workers even if they have not been paid by clients.

 

43

 

 

The revenue of staffing companies depends on the number of jobs they fill, which in turn can depend upon the economic environment. During economic slowdowns, many client companies stop hiring altogether. Internet employment sites expand a Company’s ability to find workers without the help of traditional agencies. Staffing companies often work as intermediaries, helping employers accurately describe job openings and screen candidates. Increasing the use of sophisticated, automated job description and candidate screening tools could make many traditional functions of personnel agencies obsolete. Free social networking sites such as LinkedIn and Facebook are also becoming a common way for recruiters and employees to connect without the assistance of a staffing agency.

 

To avoid large placement agency fees, big companies may use in-house personnel staff, current employee referrals, or human resources consulting companies to find and hire new personnel. Because placement agencies typically charge a fee based on a percentage of the first year’s salary of a new worker, companies with many jobs to fill have a financial incentive to avoid agencies.

 

Many staffing companies are small and may depend heavily on a few big customers for a large portion of revenue. Large customers may lead to increased revenue, but also expose agencies to higher risks. When major accounts experience financial hardships, and have less need for temporary employment services, agencies stand to lose large portions of revenue.

 

The loss of a staff member who handles a large volume of business may result in a large loss of revenue for a staffing company. Individual staff members, rather than the staffing company itself, often develop strong relationships with customers. Staff members who move to another staffing company are often able to move customers with them.

 

Some of the best opportunities for temporary employment are in industries traditionally active in seasonal cycles, such as manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail. However, seasonal demand for workers creates cash flow fluctuations throughout the year.

 

Staffing companies are regulated by the U.S. Department of Labor and the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and often by state authorities. Many federal anti-discrimination rules regulate the type of information that employment firms can request from candidates or provide to customers about candidates. In addition, the relationship between the agency and the temporary employees, or employee candidates may not always be clear, resulting in legal and regulatory uncertainty. PEOs are often considered co-employers along with the client, but the PEO is responsible for employee wages, taxes and benefits. State regulation aims to ensure that PEOs provide the benefits they promise to workers.

 

Trends in the Staffing Business

 

Start-up costs for a staffing company are very low. Individual offices can be profitable, but consolidation is driven mainly by the opportunity for large agencies to develop national relationships with big customers. Some agencies expand by starting new offices in promising markets, but most prefer to buy existing independent offices with proven staff and an existing customer roster.

 

At some companies, temporary workers have become such a large part of the workforce that staffing company employees sometimes work at the customer’s site to recruit, train, and manage temporary employees. The Company has a number of onsite relationships with its customers. Staffing companies try to match the best qualified employees for the customer’s needs, but often provide additional training specific to that company, such as instruction in the use of proprietary software.

 

Some personnel consulting firms and human resource departments are increasingly using psychological tests to evaluate potential job candidates. Psychological or liability testing has gained popularity, in part, due to recent fraud scandals. In addition to stiffer background checks, headhunters often check the credit history of prospective employees.

 

44

 

 

We believe the trends of outsourcing entire departments and dependence on temporary and leased workers will expand opportunities for staffing companies. Taking advantage of their expertise in assessing worker capabilities, some staffing companies manage their clients’ entire human resource functions. Human resources outsourcing (“HRO”) may include management of payroll, tax filings, and benefit administration services. HRO may also include recruitment process outsourcing (“RPO”), whereby an agency manages all recruitment activities for a client.

 

New online technology is improving staffing efficiency. For example, some online applications coordinate workflow for staffing agencies, their clients and temporary workers, and allow agencies and customers to share work order requests, submit and track candidates, approve timesheets and expenses, and run reports. Interaction between candidates and potential employers is increasingly being handled online.

 

Initially viewed as rivals, some Internet job-search companies and traditional employment agencies are now collaborating. While some Internet sites do not allow agencies to use their services to post jobs or look through resumes, others find that agencies are their biggest customers, earning the sites a large percentage of their revenue. Some staffing companies contract to help client employers find workers online.

 

Competition

 

The Company’s staffing divisions face competition in attracting clients as well as temporary candidates. The staffing industry is highly competitive, with a number of firms offering services similar to those provided by the Company on a national, regional or local basis. In many areas, the local staffing companies are our strongest competitors. The most significant competitive factors in the staffing business are price and reliability of service. The Company believes its competitive advantage stems from its experience in niche markets, and commitment to the specialized employment market, along with its growing global presence.

 

The staffing industry is characterized by a large number of competing companies in a fragmented sector. Major competitors also exist across the sector, but as the industry affords low barriers to entry, new entrants are constantly introduced to the marketplace.

 

The top layer of competitors includes large corporate staffing and employment companies which have yearly revenue of $75 million or more. The next (middle) layer of the competition consists of medium-sized entities with yearly revenue of $10 million or more. The largest portion of the marketplace is the bottom layer of this competitive landscape consisting of small, individual-sized or family-run operations. As barriers to entry are low, sole proprietors, partnerships and small entities routinely enter the industry.

 

Employees

 

The Company employs approximately 201 full-time employees as part of our internal operations. Additionally, the Company employs more than 4,000 individuals that are placed directly with our clients through our various operating subsidiaries.

 

Properties

 

Our headquarters is based in New York, New York. We lease approximately 4,000 square feet of office space.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation that arises through the normal course of business. We are currently party to the following material litigation:

 

Whitaker v. Monroe Staffing Services, LLC & Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

 

On December 5, 2019, former owner of Key Resources, Inc. (“KRI”), Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker”, “Plaintiff”), filed a complaint in Guilford County, North Carolina (the “North Carolina Action”) asserting claims for breach of contract and declaratory judgment against Monroe Staffing Services LLC (“Monroe”) and the Company (the “Defendants” arising out of the alleged non-payment of certain earn-out payments and interest purportedly due under a Share Purchase Agreement pursuant to which Whitaker sold all issued and outstanding shares in her staffing agency, KRI to Monroe in August 2018. Whitaker is seeking $4,054,000 in alleged damages.

 

Defendants removed the action to the Middle District of North Carolina on January 7, 2020, and Plaintiff moved to remand on February 4, 2020. Briefing on the motion to remand concluded on February 24, 2020. Separately, Defendants moved to dismiss the action on January 14, 2020 based on Plaintiff’s failure to state a claim, improper venue, and lack of personal jurisdiction as to defendant Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. Alternatively, Defendants sought a transfer of the action to the Southern District of New York, based on the plain language of the Share Purchase Agreement’s forum selection clause. Briefing on Defendants’ motion to dismiss concluded on February 18, 2020. On February 28, 2020, Plaintiff moved for leave to file an amended complaint. Defendants filed their opposition to the motion for leave on March 19, 2020. Plaintiff has filed a reply.

 

45

 

 

On June 29, 2020, Magistrate Judge Webster issued a Report and Recommendation on the pending motions, recommending that Defendants’ motion to dismiss be granted with regard to Defendants’ request to transfer the matter to the Southern District of New York, and denied in all other regards without prejudice to Defendants raising those arguments again in the new forum. Magistrate Judge Webster also recommended that Plaintiff’s motion to remand be denied and motion to amend be left to the discretion of the Southern District of New York.

 

Plaintiff filed an objection to the Report and Recommendation on July 9, 2020. Defendants responded on July 23, 2020. A decision regarding Plaintiff’s objection, and whether the District Court will accept Magistrate Judge Webster’s recommendations on the motions remains pending.

 

Separately, on February 26, 2020, the Company and Monroe filed an action against Whitaker in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (Case No. 1:20-cv-01716) (the “New York Action”). The New York Action concerns claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement arising from various misrepresentations made by Whitaker to the Company and Monroe in advance of, and included in, the share purchase agreement. The Company and Monroe are seeking damages in an amount to be determined at trial but in no event less than $6 million. On April 28, 2020, Whitaker filed a motion to dismiss the New York Action on both procedural and substantive grounds. On June 11, 2020, Monroe and the Company filed their opposition to Whitaker’s motion to dismiss. On July 9, 2020 Whitaker filed reply papers in further support of the motion.

 

On October 13, 2020, the Court denied Whitaker’s motion to dismiss, in part, and granted the motion, in part. The Court rejected Whitaker’s procedural arguments, but granted the motion on substantive grounds. However, the Court ordered that Monroe and the Company may seek leave to amend the complaint by letter application by December 1, 2020. Monroe and the Company filed a letter of motion for leave to amend and a proposed Amended Complaint on December 1, 2020. On January 5, 2021, Whitaker filed an opposition to the letter motion. On January 25, 2021, Monroe and the Company filed a reply in further support of the letter motion. A decision on the motion remains pending.

 

Monroe and the Company intend to pursue their claims vigorously.

 

As of the date of this filing, we are not aware of any other material legal proceedings to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party or to which any of our property is subject, other than as disclosed above.

 

46

 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and the members of our board of directors.

 

Name and Address   Age   Positions
Brendan Flood   55  

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and

Director

Khalid Anwar   57   Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
Alicia Barker   50   Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and Director
Dimitri Villard   77   Director
Jeff Grout   67   Director
Nicholas Florio   56   Director

 

Brendan Flood, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director. Mr. Flood has been the Chairman or Executive Chairman and a Director of the Company since January 7, 2014. He assumed the role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) on December 19, 2017 and has been in the staffing industry for over 20 years. Mr. Flood joined the Company upon the sale of his business, Initio International Holdings Limited (“Initio”), on January 3, 2014, where he was the chairman and chief executive officer, to the Company. He acquired Initio as part of a management buy-out, which he led, in January 2010. Prior to Initio, Mr. Flood worked in several staffing companies including Hudson Global Resources Inc. (“Hudson Global Resources”), which he brought to the Nasdaq National Market on April 1, 2003, as a spin-off from Monsterworldwide Inc. (“Monsterworldwide”). His experience while at Monsterworldwide included numerous M&A transactions, operational management in both London and New York, and various senior financial roles. Mr. Flood graduated from Dublin City University in Ireland with a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Accounting and Finance. Mr. Flood’s strong financial background and years of experience at major staffing firms like Monsterworldwide and Hudson Global Resources qualifies him to be the President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors given the Company’s core business in the staffing industry.

 

Khalid Anwar, Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance. Mr. Anwar joined the Company in February 2020 as Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance. Since December 15, 2020, he has served as the Company’s principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. Mr. Anwar has more than 20 years of experience in finance leadership roles in a variety of industries ranging in size from $20 billion to startups. From 2015 to 2019 he was the Executive, Financial Planning and Analysis, for Element Solutions Inc., a specialty chemicals company. From 2011 to 2015 he was the Chief Financial Officer of Pemco Holdings, an investor/operator of turnkey energy programs. He has an MBA from Booth School of Business at The University of Chicago and is a CPA.

 

Alicia Barker, Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and Director. Alicia Barker has served as a Director of the Company since April 2018 and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since July 2018. Ms. Barker brings over two decades of extensive human resources, communication and operational expertise to her role. From July 2016 to July 2018, she served as principal and owner of Act II Consulting, providing human resources consulting and professional coaching services to individuals and corporations. From May 2014 to May 2016, Ms. Barker served as senior vice president, Human Resources at Barker, a full-service advertising agency where she led talent procurement and executive development. She also previously served on the executive team as vice president, Human Resources at Hudson North America, a global talent solutions company, as vice president, Human Resources, at Grey Group, a global advertising and marketing agency, and before that, as Human Resources Director at Icon/Nicholson, which designs, develops, and produces prepackaged computer software. Over the past several years, Ms. Barker has held positions on not for profit boards in her local community. Ms. Barker was also solicited to be the Campaign Manager for the Mayoral Campaign in the town of Westfield, NJ during the 2018 election. Ms. Barker’s educational background includes a major in Communications, a SHRM-CP Certification in HR and a Professional Coaching Certification. Ms. Barker’s extensive human resources expertise qualifies her to be a director of the Company.

 

47

 

 

Dimitri Villard, Director. Dimitri Villard has been a Director of the Company since July 2012. Mr. Villard was chairman and chief executive officer of Peer Media Technologies, Inc., a public company Internet technology business, from February 2009 to December 2012. Peer Media Technologies, Inc. changed its name from ARTISTdirect, Inc. in May 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Villard served as interim chief executive officer from March 6, 2008 and as a director from January 2005 until 2012. Mr. Villard has also served as president and a director of Pivotal BioSciences, Inc., a biotechnology company, from September 1998 to August 2018. In addition, since January 1982, he has served as president and director of Byzantine Productions, Inc. Previously, Mr. Villard was a director at the investment banking firm of SG Cowen and affiliated entities, a position he held from January 1997 to July 1999. From 2004 to 2008, Mr. Villard served as chairman of the board of directors of Dax Solutions, Inc., an entertainment industry digital asset management venture, and from July 2012 until September 2013, he was a member of the board of directors of The Grilled Cheese Truck Company, a public company. He is also a member of the executive committee of the Los Angeles chapter of the Tech Coast Angels, a private venture capital group. Mr. Villard received a Bachelor of Arts from Harvard University and a Master of Science degree from China International Medical University. He is the Chairman of the Company’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and also serves on the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and on the Audit Committee. Mr. Villard’s experience as an officer and/or director of several public companies, as well as an investment banker, qualifies him to be a Director of the Company.

 

Jeff Grout, Director. Jeff Grout has been a Director of the Company since February 2014. He is a successful business speaker, consultant and coach. From 1980 to 2001, he served as U.K. managing director of Robert Half International, a leading international recruitment consultancy, and business manager to Sir Clive Woodward, head coach of the England Rugby Team. From 2001, Mr. Grout has been an independent business consultant specializing in leadership, people management, team building, peak performance, recruitment and retention issues. He has spoken at Henley Business School, Ashridge Management College, Cardiff Business School and the Danish Centre for Leadership, and his clients include Amazon, Deloitte, LinkedIn, British Airways, Barclays, Ernst & Young, Virgin, etc. He holds several corporate advisory and executive coaching appointments and is also a successful business author. Mr. Grout has written books on leadership, recruitment, career success, the psychology of peak performance and his police detective father’s first murder case. His eighth book entitled “What You Need to Know about Leadership” was published in May 2011. Mr. Grout holds a Bachelor of Science (Economics) Degree from the London School of Economics and Political Science. Mr. Grout brings valuable operational experience within the staffing industry having grown the U.K. business of Robert Half International from $1 million to $100 million in sales and from 12 to 365 employees. He also identified and integrated several acquisitions of staffing businesses in the U.K. and continental Europe. He is the Chairman of the Company’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee and serves on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and on the Audit Committee. Mr. Grout’s extensive staffing industry experience, including his role as former Managing Director of Robert Half International, qualifies him to be a director of the Company.

 

Nicholas Florio, Director. Nicholas Florio has been a Director of the Company since May 2014. Mr. Florio provides business consulting and financial advice to a variety of closely held private businesses. He is a retired audit and accounting partner for Citrin Cooperman & Company, LLP (“Citrin Cooperman”). Mr. Florio has been with Citrin Cooperman for over 25 years. He currently serves as a consultant with Citrin Cooperman. With over 30 years of experience in the staffing and employment arena, Mr. Florio served as the practice leader of Citrin Cooperman’s employment and staffing area. Mr. Florio’s experience in this area included providing advice on corporate structuring; design of stock incentive and deferred compensation plans; merger and acquisition due diligence and consulting; among general business and tax advice. He was also a member of the board of directors of both the New York Staffing Association (“NYSA”) and New Jersey Staffing Association and was the president of the Industry Partner Group of NYSA for over 20 years. Prior to his retirement Mr. Florio was also a long-standing member of the Citrin Cooperman’s executive committee. A graduate of Pace University, Mr. Florio is a member of the New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants as well as the American Institute of CPAs. He is the Chairman of the Company’s Audit Committee and serves on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and on the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. Mr. Florio’s acute knowledge of financial and accounting matters, with an emphasis in the staffing industry through his role as audit and accounting partner for Citrin Cooperman, qualifies him to be a director of the Company.

 

48

 

 

Independence of Directors

 

In determining the independence of our directors, the Board applied the definition of “independent director” provided under the listing rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. Under the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of our Board, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. After considering all relevant facts and circumstances, the Board has determined that each of Messrs. Villard, Florio and Grout are independent within the definition of independence under the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC rules. Our Board has determined that Mr. Flood and Ms. Barker are not independent directors. In making this determination, the Board considered, among other things, (i) relationships and transactions involving directors or their affiliates or immediate family members and (ii) other relationships and transactions involving directors or their affiliates or immediate family members that did not rise to the level of requiring such disclosure, of which there were none.

 

Board Committees

 

Our Board currently has three standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and a Compensation and Human Resources Committee, each of which is described below. All standing committees operate under a charter that has been approved by the Board.

 

Audit Committee. Our Audit Committee is composed of Messrs. Nicholas Florio (Chairman), Dimitri Villard and Jeff Grout. Our Board has determined that each member of our Audit Committee is an independent director under current Nasdaq Stock Market LLC rules and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, and that each of the members of the Audit Committee is financially sophisticated and is able to read and understand our financial statements. Our Board has also determined that Mr. Florio qualifies as an Audit Committee ‘‘financial expert’’ as defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K and that he has accounting or related financial management expertise as required under the applicable Nasdaq Stock Market LLC rules.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is composed of Messrs. Dimitri Villard (Chairman), Nicholas Florio and Jeff Grout. Our Board has determined that each member of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee qualifies as an “independent” member of the Board as defined by the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.

 

Compensation and Human Resources Committee. Our Compensation and Human Resources Committee is composed of Messrs. Jeff Grout (Chairman), Dimitri Villard and Nicholas Florio. Our Board has determined that each member of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee (i) meets the definition of “independence” under the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq Stock Market LLC and (ii) is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

There have been no material legal proceedings that would require disclosure under the federal securities laws that are material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of our directors or executive officers, or in which any director, officer, nominee or principal stockholder, or any affiliate thereof, is a party adverse to us or has a material interest adverse to us.

 

Family Relationships

 

We have no family relationships amongst our directors and executive officers.

 

49

 

 

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

 

Executive Compensation Overview

 

The compensation program for our executive officers, as presented in the Summary Compensation Table below, is administered by our Board and the Compensation and Human Resources Committee of our Board. The intent of our compensation program is to align our executives’ interests with those of our stockholders, while providing reasonable and competitive compensation.

 

The purpose of this Executive Compensation discussion is to provide information about the material elements of compensation that we pay or award to, or that is earned by: (i) the individuals who served as our principal executive officer during fiscal 2020; (ii) our two most highly compensated executive officers, other than the individuals who served as our principal executive officer, who were serving as executive officers, as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, as of January 2, 2021, with compensation during fiscal year 2020 of $100,000 or more; and (iii) an additional individual for whom disclosure would have been provided pursuant to clause (ii) but for the fact that such individuals were not serving as executive officers on January 2, 2021. We refer to these individuals as our “named executive officers.” For 2020, our named executive officers and the positions in which they served are:

 

Brendan Flood, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer;

 

Sharnika Viswakula, our former Senior Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Corporate Controller;

 

Khalid Anwar, our Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance; and

 

Alicia Barker, our Chief Operating Officer.

 

The named executive officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, do not participate in any part of the process of reviewing and setting their own compensation levels. The Chief Executive Officer acts in an advisory capacity in setting compensation for executives other than himself and defers to the decisions of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee.

 

For 2020, the compensation of our named executive officers consisted of salary, an annual cash bonus and equity awards, as well as benefits such as medical coverage, life insurance and 401(k) contributions.

 

All amounts presented in this section are in whole dollar amounts. All compensation amounts presented in British pounds have been translated using the foreign currency average exchange rates, unless otherwise indicated.

 

Compensation of Executive Officers

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table sets forth the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers in respect of their services to us for the year ended January 2, 2021 and, where applicable, December 28, 2019.

 

50

 

 

Name and Principal Position  

Fiscal

Year

 

Salary

($)

   

Bonus

($)

   

Stock

Awards (1)

($)

   

All

Other

Compensation

(2)

($)

   

Total

($)

 
Brendan Flood   Fiscal 2020     359,532             369,000       36,377       764,909  
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   Fiscal 2019     357,202       135,144             33,350       525,696  
Sharnika Viswakula (3)   Fiscal 2020     191,689             3,075       5,907       200,671  
Former Senior Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Corporate Controller   Fiscal 2019     175,000       46,298             13,503       234,801  
Khalid Anwar (4)   Fiscal 2020     103,841             3,075             106,916  
Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance   Fiscal 2019                              
Alicia Barker   Fiscal 2020     254,803             3,640       17,400       275,843  
Chief Operating Officer   Fiscal 2019     251,471       92,883       8,246       19,171       371,771  

 

(1) Represents the amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Stock awards vest in full on the third anniversary of the grant date, and the value of stock award is based upon the fair value of the award at issuance over the vesting term on a straight-line basis. The fair value of the award is calculated by multiplying the number of restricted shares by the Company’s stock price on the date of issuance. The valuation assumptions used in calculating the value of stock awards is set forth in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

On October 27, 2020, Mr. Flood, Ms. Viswakula and Mr. Anwar were issued 300,000, 2,500 and 2,500 shares, respectively at $1.23 per share. On January 7, 2020, September 25, 2020 and October 1, 2020, Ms. Barker was issued 1,400 shares at $0.85 per share, 2,800 shares at $0.56 per share and 1,400 shares at $0.63 per share, respectively. On January 7, 2019, April 4,2019, July 2, 2019 and November 18, 2019, Ms. Barker was issued 1,400 shares at $1.79 per share, 1,400 shares at $1.58 per share, 1,400 shares at $1.71 per share and 1,400 shares at $0.84 per share, respectively. 

 

(2) Includes vacation pay, car allowance, 401(k) match, pensions and life insurance premiums.

(3) Ms. Viswakula’s employment with the company ceased as of December 15, 2020.

(4) Mr. Anwar became our Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance on June 29, 2020. He has served as our principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, effective as of December 15, 2020.

 

Employment Agreements

 

The Flood Employment Agreement

 

On January 3, 2014, in connection with our acquisition of Initio, we entered into a services agreement (the “Flood Employment Agreement”) with Brendan Flood. Pursuant to the Flood Employment Agreement, Mr. Flood initially served as Executive Chairman of the Board. Mr. Flood was initially paid a salary of £192,000 per annum, less statutory deductions, plus other benefits including reimbursement for reasonable expenses, paid vacation and insurance coverage for his roles with both the Company and our U.K. subsidiary. Under the Flood Employment Agreement, Mr. Flood’s salary is required to be adjusted (but not decreased) annually in connection with the CPI Adjustment (as defined in the Flood Employment Agreement). Mr. Flood is also entitled to an annual bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary based reaching certain financial milestones. Additionally, Mr. Flood was entitled to a gross profit appreciation participation, which entitled the participants to 10% of Initio’s “Excess Gross Profit,” which is defined as the increase in Initio gross profits in excess of 120% of the base year’s gross profit, up to $400,000. Mr. Flood’s participating level was 62.5%. On May 29, 2015, the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus associated with this employment agreement was converted into 1,039,380 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. On January 8, 2021, all of his Series A Preferred Stock were converted into 27,024 shares of our common stock.

 

The Flood Employment Agreement had an initial term of five years and automatically renews thereafter unless 12 months’ written notice is provided by either party. It also includes customary non-compete/solicitation language for a period of 12 months after termination of employment, and in the event of a change in control, we may request that Mr. Flood continue employment with the new control entity. In December 2017, upon the reorganization of the Company and departure of Mr. Briand, Mr. Flood’s title was changed to Chairman and he assumed the roles of Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company. On January 1, 2018 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment. On January 1, 2019 and on January 1, 2020, Mr. Flood was eligible for a CPI salary adjustment and chose to waive this adjustment. All other terms of the Flood Employment Agreement remained unchanged.

 

The Barker Employment Agreement

 

We entered into an employment agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as our Chief Operating Officer effective July 1, 2018 (the “Barker Employment Agreement”). Ms. Barker also serves as a member of our Board and receives stock compensation for her service as a member of the Board.

 

Under the terms of the Barker Employment Agreement, Ms. Barker currently receives an annual base salary of $250,000 and is entitled to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 75% of her base salary based on the achievement of certain performance metrics. Ms. Barker’s base salary is required to be reviewed by the Board on an annual basis and may be increased, but not decreased, in its sole discretion. Ms. Barker is also entitled to reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with her services to the Company and to participate in the benefit plans generally made available to other executives of the Company.

 

51

 

 

In the event Ms. Barker is terminated without cause or for good reason (as such terms are defined in the Barker Employment Agreement), she is entitled to receive (subject to certain requirements, including signing a general release of claims): (i) any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date; (ii) severance pay in an amount equal to 12 months’ base salary; and (iii) any earned but unpaid performance bonus. In the event Ms. Barker is terminated for cause or without good reason, she is only entitled to receive any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date.

 

The Barker Employment Agreement also contains customary confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement clauses.

 

The Anwar Employment Agreement

 

We entered into an employment agreement with Khalid Anwar that appointed him as our Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance effective June 29, 2020 (the “Anwar Employment Agreement”).

 

Under the terms of the Anwar Employment Agreement, Mr. Anwar currently receives an annual base salary of $200,000 and is entitled to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 50% of his base salary based on the achievement of certain performance metrics. The Anwar Employment Agreement will automatically renew for successive one-year terms after the initial employment term unless terminated by either party upon written notice provided not less than three months before the end of the initial term or renewal term. Mr. Anwar is also entitled to reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with his services to the Company and to participate in the benefit plans generally made available to other executives of the Company.

 

In the event Mr. Anwar is terminated without cause or for good reason (as such terms are defined in the Anwar Employment Agreement), he is entitled to receive (subject to certain requirements, including signing a general release of claims) (i) any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through his termination date and (ii) any earned but unpaid performance bonus. In the event Mr. Anwar is terminated for cause or without good reason, he is only entitled to receive any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date.

 

The Anwar Employment Agreement also contains customary confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement clauses.

 

The Viswakula Employment Agreement

 

We entered into an employment agreement with Sharnika Viswakula that appointed her as our Corporate Controller effective November 7, 2016 (the “Viswakula Employment Agreement”).

 

Under the terms of the Viswakula Employment Agreement, Ms. Viswakula received an annual base salary of $170,000 and was entitled to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 35% of her base salary based on the achievement of certain performance metrics. In addition, Ms. Viswakula received 25,000 restricted shares, vesting 50% on her 1st anniversary and 50% on her 2nd anniversary. Ms. Viswakula was also entitled to reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with her services to the Company and to participate in the benefit plans generally made available to other executives of the Company. On December 31, 2019, upon her appointment of Ms. Viswakula as our principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, her salary was increased to $190,000. In addition, on April 20, 2020, her salary was increased to $200,000. On December 15, 2020 Ms. Viswakula, tendered her resignation from all positions with the Company. Upon her resignation, the Viswakula Employment Agreement was terminated.

 

52

 

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at January 2, 2021

 

The following table sets forth information concerning the outstanding equity awards for each named executive as of January 2, 2021.

 

Name   Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) exercisable     Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) unexercisable     Equity incentive plan awards: Number of securities underlying unexercised unearned options (#)     Option Exercise Price ($)     Option Expiration Date  
    Option awards  
Brendan Flood(1)     6,600 (1)           6,600     $ 100.00        01/07/2024   
      3,000 (2)           3,000       50.00        03/01/2025   
      9,600 (3)           9,600       6.75        02/28/2027   
Sharnika Viswakula                              
Khalid Anwar                                        
Alicia Barker                              

 

(1) These options are fully vested, were issued pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and are exercisable for a period of 10 years from the date of grant.

 

(2) These options are fully vested, were issued pursuant to the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and are exercisable for a period of 10 years from the date of grant.

 

(3) These options are fully vested, were issued pursuant to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and are exercisable for a period of 10 years from the date of grant.

 

Employee Benefits Plans

 

We currently provide broad-based health and welfare benefits that are available to all of our employees, including our named executive officers, including medical, dental, vision, life and disability insurance. In addition, we maintain a 401(k) plan, under which eligible employees may elect to defer their current eligible compensation, subject to the limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) plan also provides that we will make company matching contributions equal to 100% of each employee’s elective deferrals up to 3% of base salary, plus 50% of each employee’s elective deferrals between 3% and 5% of base salary. Other than the 401(k) plan, we do not provide any qualified or non-qualified retirement or deferred compensation benefits to our employees, including our named executive officers.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

The following table provides compensation information for the year ended January 2, 2021 for each member of our Board during the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021:

 

   

Fees Earned

or Paid in

Cash ($)

   

Stock

Awards ($) (1)

    Total ($)  
Brendan Flood(2)                  
Dimitri Villard(3)     75,000       3,640       78,640  
Jeff Grout(4)     75,000       3,640       78,640  
Nicholas Florio(5)     75,000       3,640       78,640  
Alicia Barker(6)           3,640        

 

53

 

 

(1) We account for stock-based instruments issued to employees in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Stock awards vest in full on the third anniversary of the grant date, and the value of stock award is based upon the fair value of the award at issuance over the vesting term on a straight-line basis. The fair value of the award is calculated by multiplying the number of restricted shares by our stock price on the date of issuance. The valuation assumptions used in calculating the value of stock awards is set forth in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. We issued these shares under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan, whereby these shares vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. A nonemployee who sits on the Board and is compensated by us solely for the individual’s role as a director will be treated as an employee under ASC 718.

 

On January 7, 2020, September 25, 2020 and October 1, 2020, Mr. Villard, Mr. Grout, Mr. Florio and Ms. Barker were each issued 1,400 shares at $0.85 per share, 2,800 shares at $0.56 per share and 1,400 shares at $0.63 per share, respectively.

 

(2) Mr. Flood does not receive any compensation for his service as a director. For information concerning Mr. Flood’s compensation as our President and Chief Executive Officer, please see “Compensation of Executive Officers—Summary Compensation Table.” As of January 2, 2021, Mr. Flood had outstanding stock awards of 695,512 shares of common stock and outstanding options representing the right to purchase 19,200 shares of common stock, none of which were received in return for his services as a Board or committee member.

 

(3) In May 2014, Mr. Villard was named the Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and was named as a member of the Audit Committee and of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. As a member of our Board, Mr. Villard receives an annual payment of $75,000, effective April 1, 2017, payable in monthly installments of $6,250. In addition, for his services as a Board and committee member, Mr. Villard receives 1,400 shares of restricted common stock per quarter. During fiscal 2019, Mr. Villard received 5,600 restricted common shares valued at $3,640 for his services as a Board and committee member. As of January 2, 2021, Mr. Villard had outstanding stock awards of 41,950 shares of common stock and outstanding options representing the right to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock.

 

(4) In February 2014, Mr. Grout was named the Chairman of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and was also named as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. In June 2015, Mr. Grout was also named as a member of the Audit Committee. As a member of our Board, Mr. Grout receives an annual payment of $75,000, effective April 1, 2017, payable in monthly installments of $6,250. In addition, for his services as a Board and committee member, Mr. Grout receives 1,400 shares of restricted common stock per quarter. During fiscal 2020 Mr. Grout received 5,600 restricted common shares valued at $3,640 for his service as a Board and committee member. As of January 2, 2021, Mr. Grout had outstanding stock awards of 42,534 shares of common stock and outstanding options representing the right to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock.

 

(5) In May 2014, Mr. Florio was named the Chairman of the Audit Committee and was also named as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. As a member of our Board, Mr. Florio receives an annual payment of $75,000, effective April 1, 2017, payable in monthly installments of $6,250. At the request of Mr. Florio, all cash payments, common stock issuances and stock option issuances have been made in the name of Citrin Cooperman & Company, LLP. In addition, for his services as a Board and committee member, Mr. Florio receives 1,400 shares of restricted common stock per quarter. During fiscal 2020, Mr. Florio received 5,600 restricted common shares valued at $3,640 for his services as a Board and committee member. As of January 2, 2021, Mr. Florio, in the name of Citrin Cooperman, had outstanding stock awards of 43,099 shares of common stock and outstanding options representing the right to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock.

 

(6) As a non-independent director, Ms. Barker receives equity compensation but is not entitled to cash compensation for services as a director. For her services as a director, Ms. Barker receives 1,400 shares of restricted common stock per quarter. During fiscal 2020, Ms. Barker received 5,600 restricted common shares valued at $3,640 for her services as a Board member. For information concerning Ms. Barker’s compensation as our Chief Operating Officer, please see “Executive and Director Compensation—Summary Compensation Table.” As of January 2, 2021, Ms. Barker had outstanding stock awards of 55,400 shares of common stock and outstanding options representing the right to purchase 0 shares of common stock.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

The following table provides information as of January 2, 2021 about the common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights under our equity compensation plans:

 

Plan Category  

Number of securities to be issued

upon exercising outstanding

options, warrants and rights

    Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights     Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans  
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders     43,400     $ 6.75       740,321  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(1)     33,100     $ 50.00       0  

 

(1) At January 2, 2021, the Company had two equity compensation plans (2014 Equity Incentive Plan and 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan) not approved by security holders, which are more fully described below.

 

54

 

 

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

On January 28, 2014, our Board adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Under the 2014 Plan, we may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the Company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2014 Plan is to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of our Company and its affiliates. A maximum of 50,000 shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan expires on January 28, 2024. As of January 2, 2021, the Company had issued 50,000 options and shares of common stock pursuant to the 2015 Plan and therefore there are no remaining shares eligible to be issued under the 2014 Plan.

 

The authority to administer the 2014 Plan currently resides with the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. They have the power to determine which persons eligible under the 2014 Plan will be granted option awards.

 

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

On September 23, 2015, our Board adopted the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). Under the 2015 Plan, the Company may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the Company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2015 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the company and its affiliates.

 

The 2015 Plan provides for an aggregate of 90,000 shares of common stock to be available for awards. The number of shares available for grant pursuant to awards under the 2015 Plan is referred to as the “Available Shares”. If an award is forfeited, canceled, or if any option terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, the common stock subject to such award will again be made available for future grant. However, shares that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or that are withheld to satisfy the participant’s tax withholding obligation will not be available for re-grant under the 2015 Plan.

 

The 2015 Plan has a term of ten years and no further awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after that date. As of January 2, 2021, we had issued 90,000 in options and shares of common stock and had 0 unissued securities remaining under this plan.

 

2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

On October 25, 2016, our Board adopted the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) to, among other things, attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to employees, directors and consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. On January 26, 2017, our stockholders approved the 2016 Plan, pursuant to which 500,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance under stock and stock option awards. On May 30, 2018, our stockholders approved an amendment to the 2016 Plan to increase the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan to 1,250,000 shares of our common stock. As of January 2, 2021, we had issued 1,234,276 shares and options to purchase shares of common stock pursuant to the 2016 Plan and therefore has 15,724 shares remaining under the 2016 Plan. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee administers the 2016 Plan. No stock options were granted in Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019.

 

2019 Performance Unit Grants

 

In January 2019, the Board approved the 2019 Performance Unit Grants (the “2019 Performance Grants”). The Board granted 310,000 units to adequately motivate the participants and drive performance as of January 2, 2021. Units vest upon the following:

 

  50% upon the employee being in good standing on December 31, 2020; and
     
  50% upon the average share price of the Company’s common stock during the 90-day period leading up to December 31, 2020, based upon the following Vesting Rate table:

 

55

 

 

Average 90-day Price   Vesting Rate
<$8 per share   0
>$8 per share   Pro-rated
>=$12 per share   Full Vesting

 

A fair valuation of the 2019 Performance Grants has not been completed; however, it is not expected to be material.

 

2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

On June 30, 2020, the Board approved the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”) pursuant to which we may grant equity incentive awards to key employees, key contractors, and non-employee directors of the Company. The 2020 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, dividend equivalent rights, and other awards, which may be granted singly or in combination, and that may be paid in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and common stock. A total of 750,000 shares of common stock are reserved for grant under the 2020 Plan, plus any Prior Plan Awards (as defined in the 2020 Plan), subject to adjustment in certain circumstances to prevent dilution or enlargement. On September 29, 2020, our stockholders approved the 2020 Plan. As of January 2, 2021, we had issued 31,003 shares and options to purchase shares of common stock pursuant to the 2020 Plan, and therefore, has 718,997 shares remaining under the 2020 Plan. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee administers the 2020 Plan.

 

56

 

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons.

 

Pursuant to our Audit Committee charter, our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving all related party transactions, including those required to be disclosed as a “related party transaction” under applicable federal securities laws. The Audit Committee has not adopted any specific procedures for conducting reviews of potential conflicts of interest and considers each transaction in light of the specific facts and circumstances presented. However, to the extent a potential related party transaction is presented to the Audit Committee, the Company expects that the Audit Committee would become fully informed regarding the potential transaction and the interests of the related party, and would have the opportunity to deliberate outside of the presence of the related party. The Company expects that the Audit Committee would only approve a related party transaction that was in the best interests of, and fair to, the Company, and further would seek to ensure that any completed related party transaction was on terms no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained in a transaction with an unaffiliated third party.

 

Transactions with Related Persons.

 

On August 27, 2018, Company entered into a First Omnibus Amendment, Joinder and Reaffirmation Agreement with Jackson, a significant stockholder of the Company, pursuant to which the Existing Note Purchase Agreement was amended to make a new senior debt investment of approximately $8,428,000 in the Company in exchange for a senior secured note in the principal amount of approximately $8,428,000 (the “2018 Jackson Note”). Terms of the additional investment were the same as the 2017 Jackson Note. From the proceed of this additional investment, the Company paid a closing fee of $280,000 and legal fees of $39,000 and issued 192,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as a closing commitment fee.

 

In connection with the additional investment, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement (“Warrant Amendment”) with Jackson. The Warrant Amendment amended that certain Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, dated as of April 25, 2018 (the “Warrant Agreement” and such warrant issued thereunder, the “Warrant”), to reduce the exercise price of the Warrant from $5.00 per share to $3.50 per share.

 

During the Company’s fiscal year ending 2018, the Company paid $0 of principal and $5,055,515 in interest pursuant to such term loan. In November 2018, the remaining outstanding amount under the Term Loan was converted into preferred equity under the Debt Exchange Agreement (as defined below).

 

On November 15, 2018, the Company, entered into a Debt Exchange Agreement (the “Debt Exchange Agreement”) with Jackson, pursuant to which, among other things, Jackson agreed to exchange $13,000,000 of indebtedness of the Company held by Jackson in exchange for 13,000 shares of a newly created class of preferred stock designated as the Series E Preferred Stock.

 

In connection with the Debt Exchange Agreement, Jackson and the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Warrant Agreement to reduce the exercise price of the Warrant from $3.50 per share to $1.66 per share and extend the period within which the Warrant may be exercised from January 26, 2022 to January 26, 2024.

 

On August 29, 2019, the Company entered into a Fourth Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement with Jackson, as lender, which, among other things, amends the 2018 Jackson Note. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company issued and sold to Jackson a 18% Senior Secured Note due December 31, 2019 in the aggregate principal amount of $2,538,000. All accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of this term note was due and payable monthly on the first day of each month, beginning on October 1, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of this note, if this note is not repaid by December 31, 2019, the Company was required to issue 100,000 shares of its common stock to Jackson on a monthly basis until this term note is fully repaid, subject to certain exceptions to comply with Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC listing standards. The Company repaid the principal amount of this term note on May 20, 2020, and through that date had issued 500,000 shares of its common stock to Jackson.

 

57

 

 

On October 26, 2020, the Company entered into the Amended Note Purchase Agreement and the Jackson Note, with Jackson, which amended and restated Existing Note Purchase Agreement. The Amended Note Purchase Agreement refinanced an aggregate of $35.7 million of debt provided by Jackson pursuant to the Existing Note Purchase Agreement and a Senior Secured 12% Promissory Note. In connection with the amendment and restatement, we paid Jackson an amendment fee of $488,000. As the date of this filing, $32,710,485 of principal is outstanding under the Jackson Note. The Company used the proceeds from the December 2020 Public Offering and the December 2020 Registered Direct Offering to pay $3,029,309 in principal on the Jackson Note.

 

In connection with the entry into the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, we also amended the terms of Series E Preferred Stock. Under the amended terms, holders of Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to monthly cash dividends on our Series E Preferred Stock at an annual rate of 12%. At our option, up to 50% of the cash dividend on the Base Series E Preferred Stock may be paid in kind by adding such 50% portion to the outstanding liquidation value of the Base Series E Preferred Stock (the “PIK Dividend Payment”), commencing on October 26, 2020 and ending on October 25, 2022. If the PIK Dividend Payment is elected, a holder of Series E Preferred Stock is entitled to additional fee to be paid in shares of our common stock an amount equal to $10 divided by the average closing price, as reported by Nasdaq of such shares of common stock over the 5 trading days prior to the applicable monthly interest payment date. If such average market price is less than $0.50, or is otherwise undeterminable because such shares are no longer publicly traded or the closing price is no longer reported by Nasdaq, then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $0.50, and if such average closing price is greater than $3.50 then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $3.50. Dividends on the Series E-1 Preferred Stock may only be paid in cash. If we fail to make dividend payments on our Series E Preferred Stock, it will be an event of default under the Amended Note Purchase Agreement.

 

Under the terms of the Amendment, shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock are convertible into our common stock at a conversion rate equal to the liquidation value of each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock divided by $1.00 per share commencing October 31, 2020. Each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. Our shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock will be also convertible into shares of our common stock after October 31, 2022. The conversion rate for our Base Series E Preferred Stock is equal to the liquidation value of each shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock divided by $1.00 per share. Each share of Base Series E Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $1,000 per share.

 

The Company used the proceeds from the December 2020 Public Offering and the December 2020 Registered Direct Offering to pay $1,010,000 to redeem a portion of the Base Series E Preferred Stock.

 

On October 26, 2020, in connection with the entry into the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, we entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Warrant Agreement (the “Warrant”), with Jackson. Pursuant to Amendment No. 3, the exercise price of the Warrant was reduced from $1.66 per share to $1.00 per share and the term of the Warrant was extended to January 26, 2026.

 

On February 5, 2021, we entered into a Limited Consent and Waiver with Jackson whereby, among other things, Jackson agreed that we may use 75% of the proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of the Jackson Note, which currently has an outstanding principal amount and accrued interest of $32,710,485, and 25% of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of our Base Series E Preferred Stock notwithstanding certain provisions of the certificate of designation for the Base Series E Preferred Stock that would have required us to use all the proceeds from this offering to redeem the Base Series E Preferred Stock. In addition, we also agreed in the Limited Consent and Waiver to additional limits on our ability to incur other indebtedness, including limits on advances under our revolving loan facility with MidCap Funding Trust. We also agreed that to the extent that any of our PPP Loans are forgiven after this offering, Jackson may convert the Base Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock that remains outstanding into a secured note that is substantially similar to the Jackson Note.

 

Jackson also entered into a Limited Waiver and Agreement with us on February 5, 2021, whereby Jackson agreed that it would not convert any shares of the Base Series E Preferred Stock or Series E-1 Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock or exercise any warrants to purchase shares to the extent that doing so would cause the number of our authorized shares of common stock to be less than the number of shares being offered pursuant to this Prospectus. Jackson also waived any event of default under the Series E Certificate of Designation and the Jackson Note that would result from the Company having an insufficient number of authorized shares of common stock to honor conversions of the Base Series E Preferred Stock and exercise of Jackson’s warrants.

 

58

 

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of February 4, 2021 for: (i) each of our directors; (ii) each of our named executive officers; (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and (iv) all persons, to our knowledge, that are the beneficial owners of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities.

 

Except as indicated in footnotes to this table, we believe each person named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of common stock set forth opposite such person’s name. Percentage ownership is based on 17,391,248 shares of common stock outstanding on February 4, 2021.

 

Beneficial Owner   Address  

Common

Stock

Beneficially Owned(1)

   

Percent of

Common

Stock

 
Brendan Flood(2)   3 London Wall Buildings,
London Wall, London, EC2M 5SY
    714,712       4.1 %
Khalid Anwar(3)   641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701
New York, NY 10022
    30,000       *  
Dimitri Villard(4)   8721 Santa Monica Blvd, Suite 100
Los Angeles, CA 90069
    44,350       *  
Jeff Grout(5)   3 London Wall Buildings,
London Wall, London, EC2M 5SY
    44,934       *  
Nicholas Florio(6)   Citrin Cooperman & Company LLP
529 Fifth Avenue, NY, NY 10017
    45,499       *  
Alicia Barker(7)   641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701
New York, NY 10022
    116,800       *  
Directors and officers as a group of six persons         996,295       5.6 %
                     
Greater than 5% Holders:                    
Jackson Investment Group, LLC (8)   2655 Northwinds Parkway
Alpharetta, GA 30009
    15,071,204      

49.6

%
Iroquois Capital Management L.L.C. (9)   125 Park Avenue, 25th Floor, New York, NY 10017     1,331,298       7.7 %

 

* Less than 1%.

 

(1) Shares of common stock beneficially owned and the respective percentages of beneficial ownership of common stock assume the exercise of all options and other securities convertible into common stock beneficially owned by such person or entity currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of February 4, 2021, except as otherwise noted. Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options and other securities convertible into common stock exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding and held by the holder of such options or other securities for computing the percentage of outstanding common stock beneficially owned by such person but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of outstanding common stock beneficially owned by any other person.

 

(2) Includes 695,512 shares of common stock owned and 19,200 options that are currently exercisable or may be exercised by Mr. Flood within 60 days of February 4, 2021

 

(3) Includes 22,500 shares issued for services and 7,500 shares in 2019 Performance Unit Grants.

 

(4) Includes 5,550 shares of common stock held personally by Mr. Villard and 37,800 shares held through Byzantine Productions, Inc., for which Mr. Villard is deemed the beneficial owner with sole voting and dispositive power over the securities held by the entity, and Mr. Villard holds options to purchase 1,000 shares.

 

(5) Mr. Grout owns 43,934 shares of common stock and holds options to purchase 1,000 shares of stock.

 

59

 

 

(6) Includes 4,200 shares of common stock held personally by Mr. Florio and 40,299 shares of common stock and options to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock held in the name of Citrin Cooperman for which Mr. Florio is deemed the beneficial owner with sole voting and dispositive power over the securities held by the firm.

 

(7) Ms. Barker owns 116,800 shares of common stock, including 16,800 shares for her services as a board member, 40,000 shares issued as part of her employment agreement, 40,000 shares issued for services and 20,000 shares issued in 2019 performance unit grants.

 

(8) Includes 2,068,696 shares of common stock owned, 905,508 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants with an exercise price of $1.00, 10,690,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 10,690 shares of Series E preferred stock, and 1,407,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 1,407 shares of Series E Preferred Stock. Does not give effect to the Limited Waiver and Agreement Jackson and we executed on February 5, 2021.

 

(9) Based on information contained in Schedule 13G filed on January 4, 2021. Reflects 1,331,298 shares of our common stock owned by Iroquois Master Fund Ltd. (“Iroquois Master Fund”). Mr. Richard Abbe shares authority and responsibility for the investments made on behalf of Iroquois Master Fund with Ms. Kimberly Page, each of whom is a director of the Iroquois Master Fund. As such, Mr. Abbe and Ms. Page may each be deemed to be the beneficial owner of all shares of common stock held by Iroquois Master Fund. Iroquois Capital Management L.L.C. is the investment advisor for Iroquois Master Fund, and Mr. Abbe is the President of Iroquois Capital. As such, Mr. Abbe may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of all shares of common stock held by Iroquois Master Fund.

 

60

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES WE ARE OFFERING

 

We are offering shares of our common stock and pre-funded warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. For each pre-funded warrant we sell, the number of shares of common stock we are offering will be decreased on a one-for-one basis. We are also registering the shares of common stock issuable from time to time upon exercise of the pre-funded warrants offered hereby.

 

Authorized Capital Stock

 

We have authorized 60,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 40,000,000 are shares of common stock and 20,000,000 are shares of “blank check” preferred stock. On February 4, 2021, there were 17,391,248 shares of common stock, 10,690,000 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock, and 1,407 shares of our Series E-1 Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. We currently have 1,663,008 shares of preferred stock designated as Series A Preferred Stock, 200,000 shares of preferred stock designated as Series B Preferred Stock, 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock designated as Series C Preferred Stock, 13,000 shares of preferred stock designated as Series E Preferred Stock and 6,500 shares of preferred stock as Series E-1 Preferred Stock. The authorized and unissued shares of common stock and the authorized and undesignated shares of preferred stock are available for issuance without further action by our stockholders, unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange on which our securities may be listed. Unless approval of our stockholders is so required, our board of directors does not intend to seek stockholder approval for the issuance and sale of our common stock or preferred stock.

 

Common Stock

 

The following is a summary of the material terms and provisions of our common stock that are being offered hereby. This summary is subject to and qualified in its entirety by our Certificate of Incorporation, any certificates of designation for our preferred stock, and the Bylaws, as may be amended from time to time, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the members of the Board are divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Non-Classified. Class I or Class II directors shall be elected to hold office for a two-year term and until such directors’ respective successors shall be duly elected and qualified. Each member of the board of directors who is not assigned to either Class I or Class II, including such member’s respective successors shall be designated “Non-Classified Directors”, and shall, at each annual meeting of stockholders, be elected to serve for a term of one year and until such director’s successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

 

Our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, and does not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election.

 

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. At our Board’s discretion, we paid a quarterly cash dividend of $0.01 per share to holders of our common stock on February 28, 2019 and May 30, 2019. We are limited in our ability to pay dividends by certain of our existing agreements and the certificates of designations of our preferred stock. In particular, the Amended Note Purchase Agreement with Jackson prohibits payment of dividends on our common stock in cash. In addition, our Series E Certificate of Designation only permits us to pay a quarterly cash dividend of one cent per share of issued and outstanding common stock; provided, that such cash dividend does not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate per fiscal quarter. We may not pay such dividends if any events of default exist under our debt agreements or the Series E Certificate of Designation.

 

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that are outstanding or that we may designate and issue in the future.

 

61

 

 

Our common stock is listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “STAF.” The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The transfer agent’s address is 1 State Street, 30th Floor, New York, New York 10004.

 

As of February 4, 2021, we had 514 holders of record of our shares of common stock.

 

Pre-Funded Warrants

 

The following is a summary of the material terms and provisions of the pre-funded warrants that are being offered hereby. This summary is subject to and qualified in its entirety by the form of pre-funded warrants, which has been provided to the investors in this offering and filed as Exhibit 4.7 to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Prospective investors should carefully review the terms and provisions of the form of pre-funded warrant for a complete description of the terms and conditions of the pre-funded warrants.

 

Duration and Exercise Price

 

The pre-funded warrants offered hereby will have an exercise price of $0.0001 per share. The pre-funded warrants will be immediately exercisable and may be exercised at any time after their original issuance until such pre-funded warrants are exercised in full. The exercise price and number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise are subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of share dividends, share splits, reorganizations or similar events affecting our shares of common stock.

 

Exercisability

 

The pre-funded warrants will be exercisable, at the option of each holder, in whole or in part, by delivering to us a duly executed exercise notice accompanied by payment in full for the number of shares of our common stock purchased upon such exercise (except in the case of a cashless exercise as discussed below). A holder (together with its affiliates) may not exercise any portion of the pre-funded warrant to the extent that the holder would own more than 4.99% (or at the election of a holder prior to the date of issuance, 9.99%) of the outstanding common stock immediately after exercise; provided, however, that upon notice to us, the holder may increase or decrease the such beneficial ownership limitation, provided that in no event shall the Beneficial Ownership Limitation exceed 9.99% and any increase in the beneficial ownership limitation will not be effective until 61 days following notice of such increase from the holder to us.

 

Cashless Exercise

 

At the time a holder exercises its pre-funded warrants, in lieu of making the cash payment otherwise contemplated to be made to us upon such exercise in payment of the aggregate exercise price, the holder may elect instead to receive upon such exercise (either in whole or in part) the net number of shares of common stock determined according to a formula set forth in the pre-funded warrant.

 

Fundamental Transactions

 

In the event of a fundamental transaction, as described in the pre-funded warrants and generally including any reorganization, recapitalization or reclassification of our common stock, the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of our properties or assets, our consolidation or merger with or into another person, the acquisition of more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, or any person or group becoming the beneficial owner of 50% of the voting power represented by our outstanding common stock, the holders of the pre-funded warrants will be entitled to receive upon exercise of the pre-funded warrants the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property that the holders would have received had they exercised the pre-funded warrants immediately prior to such fundamental transaction.

 

62

 

 

Transferability

 

Subject to applicable laws, a pre-funded warrant may be transferred at the option of the holder upon surrender of the pre-funded warrant to us together with the appropriate instruments of transfer.

 

Fractional Shares

 

No fractional shares of common stock will be issued upon the exercise of the pre-funded warrants. Rather, the number of shares of common stock to be issued will, at our election, either be rounded up to the nearest whole number or we will pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the exercise price.

 

Trading Market

 

There is no established trading market for the pre-funded warrants, and we do not expect a market to develop. We do not intend to apply for a listing for the pre-funded warrants on any securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system. Without an active trading market, the liquidity of the pre-funded warrants will be limited. The common stock issuable upon exercise of the pre-funded warrants is currently listed on Nasdaq.

 

Rights as a Stockholder

 

Except as otherwise provided in the pre-funded warrants or by virtue of the holders’ ownership of shares of common stock, the holders of pre-funded warrants do not have the rights or privileges of holders of our shares of common stock, including any voting rights, until such pre-funded warrant holders exercise their warrants.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our Board has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to an aggregate of 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. Issuance of preferred stock by our board of directors may result in such shares having dividend and/or liquidation preferences senior to the rights of the holders of our Common Stock and could dilute the voting rights of the holders of our common stock.

 

63

 

 

Prior to the issuance of shares of each series of preferred stock, the Board is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law and our Certificate of Incorporation to adopt resolutions and file a certificate of designation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The certificate of designation fixes for each class or series the designations, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions, including, but not limited to, some or all of the following:

 

  the number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series, which number may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) from time to time by action of the board of directors;
  the dividend rate and the manner and frequency of payment of dividends on the shares of that series, whether dividends will be cumulative, and, if so, from which date;
  whether that series will have voting rights, in addition to any voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;
  whether that series will have conversion privileges, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provision for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the board of directors may determine;
  whether or not the shares of that series will be redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption
  whether that series will have a sinking fund for the redemption or purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;
  whether or not the shares of the series will have priority over or be on a parity with or be junior to the shares of any other series or class in any respect;
  the rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, and the relative rights or priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series; and
  any other relative rights, preferences and limitations of that series.

 

Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock

 

The following is a summary of the material terms and provisions of Series E Preferred Stock. This summary is subject to and qualified in its entirety by the Series E Certificate of Designation, which is filed as Exhibit 3.8, as amended by certificate of correction, certificate of amendment, dated February 7, 2019, and certificate of amendment, dated October 23, 2020, filed as Exhibits 3.9, 3.10, and 3.11, respectively, to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Series E Preferred Stock ranks senior to common stock and any other series or classes of preferred stock now or after issued or outstanding with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution.

 

Holders of Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to monthly cash dividends at a per annum rate of 12%. At our option, up to 50% of the cash dividend on the Base Series E Preferred Stock may be paid in kind by adding such 50% portion to the outstanding liquidation value of the Base Series E Preferred Stock (the “PIK Dividend Payment”), commencing on October 26, 2020 and ending on October 25, 2021. If the PIK Dividend Payment is elected, a holder of Base Series E Preferred Stock is entitled to additional fee to be paid in shares of our common stock an amount equal to $10 divided by the average closing price, as reported by Nasdaq of such shares of common stock over the 5 trading days prior to the applicable monthly interest payment date. If such average market price is less than $0.50, or is otherwise undeterminable because such shares are no longer publicly traded or the closing price is no longer reported by Nasdaq, then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $0.50, and if such average closing price is greater than $3.50 then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $3.50. Dividends on the Series E-1 Preferred Stock may only be paid in cash. If we fail to make dividend payments on the Series E Preferred Stock, it will be an event of default. No dividends shall be declared or paid nor funds set apart for the payment of dividends on any securities that are junior to Series E Preferred Stock for so long as any Series E Preferred Stock is issued and outstanding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we are permitted to pay a quarterly cash dividend to the holders of our common stock in the amount of one cent per share of common stock issued and outstanding, provided, that such cash dividend does not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate per our fiscal quarter, and provided, at the time of the making of such dividend, there is no Preferred Default (as defined in the certificate of designation of Series E Preferred Stock).

 

Shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock are convertible into our common stock at a conversion rate equal to the liquidation value of each shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock divided by $1.00 per share commencing October 31, 2020. Each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. Shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock are also convertible into shares of our common stock after October 31, 2022. The conversion rate for Base Series E Preferred Stock is equal to the liquidation value of each shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock divided by $1.00 per share. Each share of Base Series E Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $1,000 per share.

 

64

 

 

Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and as provided below, holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall have no right to vote on any matter presented to our stockholders for their action or consideration.

 

However, at any time that any shares of Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding, we shall not, either directly or indirectly, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting separately as a class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect.

 

liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs, effect any merger or consolidation or any other deemed liquidation event, or consent to any of the foregoing;
amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences or rights of the Series E Preferred Stock;
create or authorize the creation of any new class or series of capital stock, or issue or authorize or commit to the issuance of any shares of any class or series of our capital stock or any security convertible into or excisable for any such capital stock, including pursuant to grants to directors, employees or contractors (other than pursuant to binding agreements entered into prior to the issue date of Base Series E Preferred Stock), business acquisitions or combinations, or otherwise; provided, however, this provision shall not prohibit us from (i) issuing shares of common stock upon the conversion or exercise of warrants, options, notes, preferred stock or other instruments that are convertible into or exercisable for shares of common stock in accordance with their terms and outstanding as of the issue date of Base Series E Preferred Stock, and (ii) issuing up to 450,000 shares of common stock pursuant to a new long-term incentive plan providing for grants to management that would not vest or be payable until the later to occur of December 31, 2020 and the redemption in full of all Series E Preferred.
reclassify, alter or amend (i) any existing securities pari passu with Series E Preferred Stock if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Series E Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference, or privilege, or (ii) any existing junior to Series E Preferred Stock if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series E Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;
purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of our capital stock other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Series E Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the common stock solely in the form of additional shares of common stock and (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for us or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value thereof; or
enter into any transaction with a “related person” as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act, or with any of our director, officer, or employee or any “associate” (as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any such director, officer, or employee.

 

Unless prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders, we may redeem shares of Series E Preferred Stock at a per share price equal to the stated value ($1,000 per share), plus all accrued but unpaid dividends thereon, at any time. While the Series E Preferred Stock is outstanding, we are required to use the proceeds of any sales of equity securities, exclusively to redeem any outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

 

We do not plan on making an application to list the shares of Series E Preferred Stock on the Nasdaq, any national securities exchange or other nationally recognized trading system.

 

As of February 4, 2021, there were 10,690 shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock and 1,407 shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock outstanding.

 

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law, Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

 

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 generally prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

  ●  prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
  ●  the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding (i) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
  ●  on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

  ●  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
  ●  any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;
  ●  subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder; or
  ●  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

 

65

 

 

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with, or controlling, or controlled by, the entity or person. The term “owner” is broadly defined to include any person that, individually, with or through that person’s affiliates or associates, among other things, beneficially owns the stock, or has the right to acquire the stock, whether or not the right is immediately exercisable, under any agreement or understanding or upon the exercise of warrants or options or otherwise or has the right to vote the stock under any agreement or understanding, or has an agreement or understanding with the beneficial owner of the stock for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of the stock.

 

The restrictions in Section 203 do not apply to corporations that have elected, in the manner provided in Section 203, not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or, with certain exceptions, which do not have a class of voting stock that is listed on a national securities exchange or held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws do not opt out of Section 203.

 

Section 203 could delay or prohibit mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts with respect to us and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us even though such a transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price.

 

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws may delay or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in our control or change in our management, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares, or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Therefore, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock. Among other things, our Certificate of incorporation and Bylaws:

 

  ●  permit our board of directors to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, without further action by the stockholders, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change in control;
  ●  provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors;
  ●  except for directors, if any, elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to any other provision, provide that all vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;
  ●  do not provide for cumulative voting rights (therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose);
  ●  provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our board of directors; and
  ●  provide for a classified board of directors.

 

66

 

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

We engaged H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC to act as our exclusive placement agent to solicit offers to purchase the securities offered by this prospectus. Wainwright is not purchasing or selling any such securities, nor is it required to arrange for the purchase and sale of any specific number or dollar amount of such securities, other than to use its “reasonable best efforts” to arrange for the sale of such securities by us. Therefore, we may not sell all of the securities being offered. The terms of this offering were subject to market conditions and negotiations between us, Wainwright and prospective investors. Wainwright will have no authority to bind us. We will enter into a securities purchase agreement directly with the institutional investors, at the investors’ option, who purchase our securities in this offering. Investors who do not enter into a securities purchase agreement shall rely solely on this prospectus in connection with the purchase of our securities in this offering.

 

We have agreed to pay the placement agent (i) a total cash fee equal to 7.5% of the aggregate gross proceeds of this offering, (ii) up to $100,000 for the placement agent’s legal expenses, and (iii) $12,900 for the clearing expenses of the placement agent in connection with this offering.

 

We estimate the total expenses of this offering paid or payable by us will be approximately $1.9 million. After deducting the fees due to the placement agent and our estimated expenses in connection with this offering, we expect the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $20.2 million.

 

Placement Agent Warrants

 

In addition, we have agreed to issue to the placement agent or its designees warrants, or the placement agent warrants, to purchase up to 7.5% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock sold in this offering (including shares underlying any pre-funded warrants), at an exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price for a share of common stock to be sold in this offering. The placement agent warrants will be exercisable commencing when the Company has increased its authorized common stock and will expire five years from the commencement of sales under this offering.

 

If at the time of exercise there is no effective registration statement registering, or the prospectus contained therein is not available for the resale of warrant shares by the holders of the placement agent warrants, then the placement agent warrants may be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a “cashless exercise” in which the holders shall be entitled to receive a number of warrant shares as calculated in the placement agent warrants.

 

The placement agent warrants provide for customary anti-dilution provisions (for share dividends, splits and recapitalizations and the like) consistent with FINRA Rule 5110.

 

If at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any common stock equivalents or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of shares of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then the holders of the placement agent warrants will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the holders could have acquired if the holders had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of the placement agent warrants immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights.

 

Tail Financing Payments

 

In the event that any investors other than Jackson that were contacted by the placement agent or were introduced to the Company by the placement agent during the term of our engagement agreement with the placement agent provide any capital to us in a public or private offering or capital-raising transaction within 12 months following the date of this prospectus, we shall pay the placement agent the cash and warrant compensation provided above on the gross proceeds from such investors.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We and each of our officers and directors have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) directly or indirectly, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any shares of common stock of the Company or securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into, shares of common stock of the Company beneficially owned, held or hereafter acquired for a period of 90 days after the date of the securities purchase agreement. The placement agent may, in its sole discretion and without notice, waive the terms of any of these lock-up agreements.

 

We have also agreed for a period of 24 months following the closing date of this offering not to (i) issue or agree to issue equity or debt securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, common stock at a conversion price, exercise price or exchange price which floats with the trading price of our o common stock or which may be adjusted after issuance upon the occurrence of certain events or (ii) enter into any agreement, including an equity line of credit, whereby we may issue securities at a future-determined price. This agreement does not apply to the offer, issuance or sale by us of our common stock pursuant to an at-the-market offering facility we may enter with the placement agent following expiration of the 90-day lock-up period.

 

Indemnification

 

We have agreed to indemnify the placement agent against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the placement agent may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

 

In addition, we will indemnify the purchasers of securities in this offering against liabilities arising out of or relating to (i) any breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements made by us in the securities purchase agreement or related documents or (ii) any action instituted against a purchaser by a third party (other than a third party who is affiliated with such purchaser) with respect to the securities purchase agreement or related documents and the transactions contemplated thereby, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Other Relationships

 

From time to time, the placement agent and its affiliates may provide various advisory, investment and commercial banking and other services to us in the ordinary course of business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. The placement agent acted as our underwriter for the December 2020 Public Offering, and as placement agent for the December 2020 Registered Direct Offering, for which it received compensation.

 

Transfer Agent

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

 

Nasdaq listing

 

Our shares of common stock are listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “STAF.”

 

67

 

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the securities being offered hereby will be passed upon by Haynes and Boone, LLP, New York, New York. Certain matters will be passed upon for the placement agent by Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP, New York, New York.

 

EXPERTS

 

BDO USA, LLP an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 included in this prospectus.

 

Our consolidated financial statements are included in this prospectus in reliance on the report of BDO USA, LLP (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to our ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 2 to the audited financial statements) given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website is www.sec.gov.

 

We make available free of charge on or through our website at www. www.staffing360solutions.com, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with or otherwise furnish it to the SEC.

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act, relating to the offering of these securities. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits, contains additional relevant information about us and the securities. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. You can obtain a copy of the registration statement for free at www.sec.gov. The registration statement is also available on our website, www.staffing360solutions.com.

 

We have not incorporated by reference into this prospectus the information on our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

  

68

 

 

You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone else to provide you with different information. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of this prospectus.

 

We will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of this prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request. Any such request should be addressed to us at:

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

Attn: Khalid Anwar, Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance

641 Lexington Ave., 27th Floor

New York, New York 10022

 

69

 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC.

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  Page
Audited Financial Statements  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 F-3
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the Years Ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018 F-7
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements F-8
   
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements  
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 26, 2020 (unaudited) and December 28, 2019 F-39
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019   F-40
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the three and nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019   F-41
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the three and nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019   F-42
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019   F-44
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements F-45

 

70

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

New York, NY

 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 28, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 28, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Emphasis of Matter Regarding Going Concern

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses, has a net capital deficiency, and faces uncertainty as to the operational impact of the COVID-19 outbreak, that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Change in Accounting Principle

 

As discussed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842) effective December 30, 2018.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

New York, NY

May 11, 2020

 

F-1
 

 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values)

 

 

 

As of Fiscal 2019

 

 

As of Fiscal 2018

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

1,196

 

 

$

3,181

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

26,604

 

 

 

32,746

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

842

 

 

 

1,197

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

28,642

 

 

 

37,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,528

 

 

 

1,639

 

Goodwill

 

 

31,049

 

 

 

32,061

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

19,511

 

 

 

22,657

 

Other assets

 

 

3,223

 

 

 

2,956

 

ROU assets

 

 

4,888

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

88,841

 

 

$

96,437

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

16,577

 

 

$

18,283

 

Accrued expenses - related party

 

 

3,884

 

 

 

1,457

 

Current debt, related party

 

 

37,780

 

 

 

 

Current portion of debt

 

 

676

 

 

 

657

 

Accounts receivable financing

 

 

19,374

 

 

 

21,979

 

Leases - current liabilities

 

 

1,797

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

3,907

 

 

 

9,642

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

83,995

 

 

 

52,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, related party

 

 

 

 

 

34,568

 

Long-term debt

 

 

360

 

 

 

997

 

Leases - non current

 

 

3,183

 

 

 

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

1,670

 

 

 

4,659

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

89,208

 

 

 

92,242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series E-1 Preferred Stock, 6,500 designated, $0.00001 par value, 729 and 81 shares issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock, related party, 1,663,008 designated, $0.00001 par value, $1.00 stated value, 1,663,008 shares issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series E Preferred Stock, 13,000 designated, $0.00001 par value, 13,000 and 13,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively

 

 

13

 

 

 

13

 

Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized; 8,785,748 and 5,326,068 shares issued and outstanding as of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, respectively

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

76,214

 

 

 

73,772

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

(58

)

 

 

2,053

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(76,537

)

 

 

(71,643

)

Total Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

 

 

(367

)

 

 

4,195

 

Total Liabilities, Mezzanine Equity and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

 

$

88,841

 

 

$

96,437

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and per share values)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Revenue

 

$

278,478

 

 

$

260,926

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

230,169

 

 

 

212,622

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

 

 

48,309

 

 

 

48,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

44,327

 

 

 

43,579

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

3,369

 

 

 

3,124

 

Operating expenses – restructuring

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(57

)

Total Operating Expenses

 

 

47,686

 

 

 

46,646

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income From Operations

 

 

623

 

 

 

1,658

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other (Expenses) Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(7,628

)

 

 

(8,386

)

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs

 

 

(857

)

 

 

(580

)

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

 

 

 

879

 

Re-measurement gain (loss) on intercompany note

 

 

383

 

 

 

(686

)

Gain from sale of business

 

 

 

 

 

238

 

Gain on settlement of deferred consideration

 

 

1,924

 

 

 

 

Other, net

 

 

326

 

 

 

398

 

Total Other Expenses, net

 

 

(5,852

)

 

 

(8,137

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss Before Benefit (Provision) For Income Tax

 

 

(5,229

)

 

 

(6,479

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

 

 

335

 

 

 

(22

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

 

(4,894

)

 

 

(6,501

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends - Series A preferred stock - related party

 

 

200

 

 

 

200

 

Dividends - Series E preferred stock - related party

 

 

1,560

 

 

 

195

 

Dividends - Series E-1 preferred stock - related party

 

 

728

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss Attributable to Common Stockholders

 

$

(7,382

)

 

$

(6,987

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

$

(0.60

)

 

$

(1.46

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss Attributable to Common Stockholders

 

$

(0.90

)

 

$

(1.57

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding – Basic and Diluted

 

 

8,198,519

 

 

 

4,444,033

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(All amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Net Loss

 

$

(4,894

)

 

$

(6,501

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange translation (loss) gain

 

 

(2,111

)

 

 

1,270

 

Comprehensive Loss Attributable to the Company

 

$

(7,005

)

 

$

(5,231

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values)

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

 

Total Equity

 

 

Series D

 

 

 

Series A

 

 

Series E

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance December 30, 2017

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

3,909,114

 

 

$

 

 

$

57,574

 

 

$

783

 

 

$

(65,142

)

 

 

(6,785

)

Shares issued to/for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees, directors and consultants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

166,548

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,151

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,151

 

Acquisition of Clement May

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Term loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

492,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

371

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

371

 

At-Market-Facility, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

742,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,245

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,245

 

Debt Conversion, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,227

 

Warrant adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

682

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

682

 

Dividends - Series A Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(200

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(200

)

Dividends - Series E Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(195

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(195

)

Dividends - Series E-1 Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

81

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(91

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(91

)

Foreign currency translation gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,270

 

Additional shares issues on share split

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

426

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,501

)

 

 

(6,501

)

Balance December 29, 2018

 

81

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

$

13

 

 

 

5,326,068

 

 

$

 

 

$

73,772

 

 

$

2,053

 

 

$

(71,643

)

 

$

4,195

 

 

The accompany notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values)

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

 

Total Equity (Deficit)

 

 

Series E-1

 

 

 

Series A

 

 

Series E

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance December 29, 2018

 

81

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

$

13

 

 

 

5,326,068

 

 

$

 

 

$

73,772

 

 

$

2,053

 

 

$

(71,643

)

 

$

4,195

 

Shares issued to/for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees, directors and consultants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

832

 

Sale of common stock, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,331,280

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

4,360

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,361

 

Share issuance - Jackson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75

 

Dividends - Series A Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(200

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(200

)

Dividends - Series E Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,560

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,560

)

Dividends - Series E-1 Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(728

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(728

)

Dividends - Common stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(337

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(337

)

Foreign currency translation loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,111

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,111

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,894

)

 

 

(4,894

)

Balance December 28, 2019

 

729

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

$

13

 

 

 

8,785,748

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

76,214

 

 

$

(58

)

 

$

(76,537

)

 

$

(367

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(All amounts in thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(4,894

)

 

$

(6,501

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by

   operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets

 

 

3,369

 

 

 

3,124

 

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs

 

 

857

 

 

 

580

 

Gain on settlement of deferred consideration

 

 

(1,924

)

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

832

 

 

 

1,151

 

Gain from sale of business

 

 

 

 

 

(238

)

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

 

 

 

(879

)

Re-measurement loss on intercompany note

 

 

(383

)

 

 

686

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(7,574

)

 

 

5,141

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

367

 

 

 

188

 

Other assets

 

 

(590

)

 

 

83

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

(1,893

)

 

 

(1,456

)

Accounts payable - Related parties

 

 

1,114

 

 

 

(184

)

Other current liabilities

 

 

(94

)

 

 

198

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

(85

)

 

 

(254

)

Other, net

 

 

58

 

 

 

332

 

NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(10,840

)

 

 

1,971

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

(9,760

)

Collection of UK factoring facility deferred purchase price

 

 

13,970

 

 

 

10,448

 

Disposal of business, net of cash

 

 

 

 

 

1,403

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(510

)

 

 

(425

)

NET CASH PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

13,460

 

 

 

1,666

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Third-party financing costs

 

 

(1,154

)

 

 

(109

)

Related-party financing costs

 

 

(188

)

 

 

(280

)

Payments for earn-outs

 

 

(6,230

)

 

 

(1,402

)

Proceeds from term loans - related party

 

 

2,538

 

 

 

8,428

 

Proceeds from term loans

 

 

 

 

 

2,047

 

Repayment of term loans

 

 

(650

)

 

 

(596

)

Repayments on accounts receivable financing, net

 

 

(2,708

)

 

 

(13,759

)

Dividends - related party

 

 

(1,175

)

 

 

(200

)

Proceeds from sale of common stock

 

 

5,515

 

 

 

2,315

 

Dividends paid on common stock

 

 

(337

)

 

 

 

NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(4,389

)

 

 

(3,556

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH

 

 

(1,769

)

 

 

81

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation

 

 

(216

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH - Beginning of period

 

 

3,181

 

 

 

3,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH - End of period

 

$

1,196

 

 

$

3,181

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7
 

 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” “Staffing 360,” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on December 22, 2009, as Golden Fork Corporation, which changed its name to Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., ticker symbol “STAF”, on March 16, 2012. On June 15, 2017, the Company reincorporated in the State of Delaware. We are a rapidly growing public company in the international staffing sector. Our high-growth business model is based on finding and acquiring, suitable, mature, profitable, operating, domestic and international staffing companies. Our targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the accounting and finance, information technology (“IT”), engineering, administration (“Professional”) and light industrial (“Commercial”) disciplines.

 

The Company effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split on September 17, 2015 and a one-for-five reverse stock split on January 3, 2018. All share and per share information in these consolidated financial statements has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split.

 

 

 

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

 

These consolidated financial statements and related notes are presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), expressed in U.S. dollars. All amounts are in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments including normal recurring adjustments, which, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in accordance with the GAAP. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Change of Year End

 

On February 28, 2017, the board of directors (the “Board”) approved the change of the Company’s fiscal year end from May 31 to a 52-53-week year ending on the Saturday closest to the 31st of December, effective December 31, 2016. On April 12, 2017, the company filed a transition report (“Transition Report”), Form 10-K/T, for the period from June 1, 2016 through December 31, 2016, (“Transition Period”). Following that Transition Report, we will file annual reports for each twelve-month period ending the Saturday closest to December 31. This report is for the period from December 30, 2018 to December 28, 2019, “Fiscal 2019”. The prior year’s report was for the period from December 31, 2017 to December 29, 2018, “Fiscal 2018”.

 

Liquidity

 

The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments or classifications that may result from the possible inability of the Company to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. As shown in the accompanying financial statements as of the year ended December 28, 2019, the Company has an accumulated deficit of $76,537 and a working capital deficit of $55,353. At December 28, 2019, we had total debt of $39,313 and $1,196 of cash on hand. We have historically met our cash needs through a combination of cash flows from operating activities, term loans, promissory notes, bonds, convertible notes, private placement offerings and sales of equity. Our cash requirements are generally for operating activities and debt repayments

 

The financial statements included in this annual report have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the recoverability of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. Significant assumptions underlie this belief, including, among other things, that there will be no material adverse developments in our business, liquidity, capital requirements and that our credit facilities with our lenders will remain available to us.

 

Further, our note issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (“Jackson”) includes certain financial customary covenants and the Company has had instances, including as of the year ended December 28, 2019, of non-compliance. Management has historically been able to obtain from Jackson waivers of any non-compliance, including as of December 28, 2019, and management expects to continue to be able to obtain necessary waivers in the event of future non-compliance; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain such waivers, and should Jackson refuse to provide a waiver in the future, the outstanding debt under the agreement could become due immediately, which exceeds our current cash balance.

 

Due to substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, the Company was not in compliance with its covenant with MidCap for the period ended December 28, 2019, as such amounts due are callable by the lender which exceeds our

 

F-8
 

 

current cash balance. On May 8, 2020, the Company received a notice from Midcap that they would currently not pursue available rights and remedies but reserve the right to do so at a later date

 

Going Concern

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern. The Company’s debt obligations and an unsecured payment associated with a historical acquisition are due in the next 12 months, and in the case our debt obligations with Jackson and MidCap Funding X Trust are due on demand due to certain covenant violations discussed above, which are in excess of cash and cash equivalents on hand. Historically, the Company has funded such payments either through cash flow from operations or the raising of capital through additional debt or equity. If the Company is unable to obtain additional capital, such payments may not be made on time.

 

The Novel Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”), is impacting worldwide economic activity, and activity in the United States and the United Kingdom where our operations are based. The nature of work of the contractors we support mostly are on the site of our clients.  As a result, we are subject to the plans and approaches of our clients to work during this period.  This includes whether they support remote working when they have decided to close their facilities.  To the extent that our clients have decided to or are required to close their facilities or not permit remote work when they decide to close facilities, we would no longer generate revenue and profit from that client.  Developments such as social distancing and shelter-in-place directives have impacted the Company’s ability to deploy its staffing workforce effectively thereby impacting contracts with customers in the Company’s Commercial Staffing and Professional Staffing business streams where we have seen declines in revenues during the months of March and April 2020. While expected to be temporary, prolonged workforce disruptions can negatively impact sales in fiscal year 2020 and the Company’s overall liquidity.

 

These factors combined with the uncertainty generated by the economic reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak continues to evolve as of the date of this report. As such, it is uncertain as to the full magnitude that the pandemic will have on the Company’s financial condition, liquidity, and future results of operations. Management is actively monitoring the impact of the global situation on its financial condition, liquidity, operations, industry, and workforce. Given the daily evolution of the COVID-19 outbreak and the global responses to curb its spread, the Company is not able to estimate the effects of the COVID-19 outbreak on its results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity for fiscal year 2020.

 

On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed into law the “Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act.” The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations, increased limitations on qualified charitable contributions, and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. It also appropriated funds for the SBA Paycheck Protection Program loans that are forgivable in certain situations to promote continued employment, as well as Economic Injury Disaster Loans to provide liquidity to small businesses harmed by COVID-19. The Company has applied for such funds and there is no assurance that the Company is eligible for these funds or will be able to obtain them.

 

Effective March 27, 2020, Company is deferring Federal Insurance Contributions Act (“FICA”) taxes under the CARES Act section 2302. Payment of these tax deferrals are delayed to December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022.

 

The Company continues to examine the impact that the CARES Act may have on our business. Currently, the Company is unable to determine the impact that the CARES Act will have on its financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity. The Company is, additionally, reviewing all of the available stimulus options in support of its UK business that have been implemented by the UK government including, but not limited to, furloughing of staff at the UK Government’s expense.

 

Acquisitions

 

Clement May Acquisition

 

On June 28, 2018, the Company and Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (formerly known as Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into share purchase agreements (“Share Purchase Agreements”) to acquire all of the share capital of Clement May Limited (“CML”). Consideration for the acquisition of all the shares was (i) an aggregate cash payment of £1,550 ($2,047), (ii) 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, (iii) an earn-out payment of up to £500, the amount to be calculated and paid on or around December 28, 2019 pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, and (iv) deferred consideration of £350, to be paid on or around June 28, 2019, depending on the satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in that Share Purchase Agreement. To finance the above acquisition, the Company entered into a term loan with HSBC Bank plc. The Company paid deferred consideration of £350 ($444) on June 26, 2019. The earnout payment of £500 ($656) was fully paid in December 2019.

 

F-9
 

 

Key Resources Inc. Acquisition

 

On August 27, 2018, the Company and Monroe Staffing Services, LLC (“Monroe Staffing”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a share purchase agreement with Pamela D. Whitaker (“Seller”), pursuant to which the Seller sold 100% of the common shares of Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”) to Monroe Staffing (the “KRI Transaction”).

 

The KRI Transaction closed simultaneously with the signing of the share purchase agreement. The purchase price in connection with the KRI Transaction was approximately $12,163, of which (a) approximately $8,109 was paid to the Seller at closing, (b) up to approximately $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2019 and (c) up to $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2020.  The payment of the earnout consideration is contingent on KRI’s achievement of certain trailing gross profit amounts.

 

To finance the KRI Transaction, the Company entered into an agreement with Jackson Investment Group, LLC (“Jackson”) on August 27, 2018, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended to add an additional senior debt investment of approximately $8,428. On September 11, 2019, the Company entered into an amended agreement with the seller to delay the payment of the first year earnout of $2,027 until no later than February 27, 2020. For each full calendar month beyond August 27, 2019, that such payment is delayed, the Company shall pay the seller interest in the amount of $10 with the first such payment of interest due on September 30, 2019.  In addition, the amended agreement was further amended to change the due date for the second year earnout payment of $2,027 from August 27, 2020, to February 27, 2020. The seller of KRI, Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker”) has filed a lawsuit against the Company asserting claims for breach of contract and declaratory judgment against the Company due under a share purchase agreement and is seeking $4,054 in alleged damages. While the Company had recognized the liability for the earnout consideration of $4,054 due to Whitaker, within current liabilities as of December 28, 2019, in February 2020, the Company filed an action against Whitaker for breach of contract which more than approximates the earnout consideration recognized. The Company paid interest of $30 in Fiscal 2019 and $40 subsequent to Fiscal 2019 year end.

 

PeopleServe Disposition

 

On June 6, 2018, the Company divested the stock of PeopleServe Inc., and PeopleServe PRS, Inc. for total consideration of $1,502. The Company recorded a gain of $238 from the sale of the business.  

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses in the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the accrual of costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced by the Company may differ materially and adversely from its estimates. To the extent there are material differences between estimates and the actual results, future results of operations will be affected. Significant estimates for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 include the valuation of intangible assets, including goodwill, liabilities associated with earn-out obligations, testing long-lived assets for impairment and valuation reserves against deferred tax assets.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

On December 31, 2017, the Company adopted the new accounting standard ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers for all open contracts and related amendments as of December 31, 2017 using the modified retrospective method.  The adoption had no impact to the reported results. Results for reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2017 are presented under ASC 606, while the comparative information will not be restated and will continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods.

 

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, the core principle of which is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve this core principle, five basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) identify the contract with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

 

The Company accounts for revenues when both parties to the contract have approved the contract, the rights and obligations of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, and collectability of consideration is probable. Payment terms vary by client and the services offered.

 

The Company has primarily two main forms of revenue – temporary contractor revenue and permanent placement revenue.  Temporary contractor revenue is accounted for as a single performance obligation satisfied over time because the customer simultaneously receives

F-10
 

 

and consumes the benefits of the Company’s performance on an hourly basis. The contracts stipulate weekly billing and the Company has elected the “as invoiced” practical expedient to recognize revenue based on the hours incurred at the contractual rate as we have the right to payment in an amount that corresponds directly with the value of performance completed to date. Permanent placement revenue is recognized on the date the candidate’s full-time employment with the customer has commenced. The customer is invoiced on the start date, and the contract stipulates payment due under varying terms, typically 30 days. The contract with the customer stipulates a guarantee period whereby the customer may be refunded if the employee is terminated within a short period of time, however this has historically been infrequent, and immaterial upon occurrence. As such, the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied upon commencement of the employment, at which point control has transferred to the customer. Revenue in Fiscal 2019 was comprised of $266,974 of temporary contractor revenue and $11,504 of permanent placement revenue, compared with $250,416 and $10,510 for Fiscal 2018, respectively. Refer to Note 13 for further details on breakdown by segments.

  

Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Agencies

 

The Company records taxes on customer transactions due to governmental agencies as a receivable and a liability on the consolidated balance sheets. Sales taxes are recorded net on the consolidated statement of operations.

 

Advertising Costs

 

Costs for advertising are expensed when incurred. Advertising expenses for the Company were $1,365 and $1,332 for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, respectively.

 

Legal Contingencies and Expenses

 

From time to time, the Company may become involved in various claims, disputes and legal or regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business and relate to contractual and other obligations. The Company assesses its potential contingent and other liabilities by analyzing its claims, disputes and legal and regulatory matters using all available information and developing its views on estimated losses in consultation with its legal and other advisors. The Company determines whether a loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. If the contingency is not probable or cannot be reasonably estimated, disclosure of the contingency shall be made when there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss may be incurred. Expenses associated with legal contingencies are expensed as incurred.

 

Restructuring Charges

 

The Company records a liability for significant costs associated with exit or disposal activities, including lease termination costs, certain employee severance costs associated with formal restructuring plans, facility closings or other similar activities and related asset impairments, when the liability is incurred.

 

The determination of when the Company accrues for severance and related costs depends on whether the termination benefits are provided under a one-time benefit arrangement or under an ongoing benefit arrangement. Where the Company has either a formal severance plan or a history of consistently providing severance benefits representing a substantive plan, it recognizes severance costs when they are both probable and estimable. Costs associated with restructuring actions that include one-time severance benefits are only recorded once a liability has been incurred, including when management with the proper level of authority has committed to a restructuring plan and the plan has been communicated to employees. These charges are included in operational restructuring and other charges on the consolidated statements of operations. Other charges include knowledge transfer costs directly related to the restructuring initiatives and are expensed as incurred.

 

The Briand Separation Agreement

 

Matthew Briand, the Company’s former employee, board member and officer, resigned from his positions with the Company and subsidiaries. The Company entered into an agreement (the “Briand Separation Agreement”) with Mr. Briand dated December 21, 2017, with an effective date (“Separation Date”) of January 31, 2018, pursuant to which Mr. Briand may provide advisory services, if requested by the Company, through the effective date. The Company paid approximately $190 and $690 in Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, respectively, to Mr. Briand, in full settlement of his separation agreement.

 

The Faiman Separation Agreement

 

On September 11, 2019, David Faiman, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, and the Company entered into an agreement whereby Mr. Faiman agreed to transition his position and responsibilities with the Company (“Faiman Separation Agreement”), and Mr. Faiman’s Employment Agreement, dated February 5, 2016, was terminated.

 

Under the terms of the Faiman Separation Agreement, Mr. Faiman will continue as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, including acting as the Company’s principal financial officer, for a period lasting until the earlier of (i) December 31, 2019 and (ii) either (a) such

 

F-11
 

 

date that is a reasonable time, as determined by the Company, prior to the commencement of a new position by Mr. Faiman, or (b) upon the Company’s termination of Mr. Faiman’s obligation to provide transition services for Cause.

 

Pursuant to the Faiman Separation Agreement, Mr. Faiman will be entitled to receive, among other things, (i) pay in an amount equal to his base salary through the separation date, payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies, (ii) continuation of Mr. Faiman’s current Company-sponsored employee benefits through the separation date, (iii) accelerated vesting of any outstanding equity awards held by Mr. Faiman and the elimination of any obligations to forfeit such awards upon the termination of Mr. Faiman’s employment (provided that no award shall be extended beyond its original term) and (iv) a positive reference from the management of the Company. Effective January 1, 2020, Mr. Faiman was no longer with the Company. The Company has recognized approximately $190 in severance costs related to Mr. Faiman and has paid 91 subsequent to year end in 2020.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less when acquired, to be cash equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents held at financial institutions may at times exceed federally insured amounts. We believe we mitigate such risk by investing in or through major financial institutions. The Company had no cash equivalents at the end of Fiscal 2019 or Fiscal 2018.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses. The Company reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. In evaluating the collectability of individual receivable balances, the Company considers many factors, including the age of the balance, a customer’s historical payment history, its current credit-worthiness and current economic trends. Accounts are written off after all efforts to collect have been exhausted. As of the end of Fiscal 2019 and the Fiscal 2018, the Company had an allowance for doubtful accounts of $210 and $248, respectively.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company utilizes Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” which requires

the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns.  Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each period end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

The Company applies the provisions of ASC 740-10-50, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, which provides clarification related to the process associated with accounting for uncertain tax positions recognized in the financial statements. Audit periods remain open for review until the statute of limitations has passed. The completion of review or the expiration of the statute of limitations for a given audit period could result in an adjustment to the Company’s liability for income taxes. Any such adjustment could be material to the Company’s results of operations for any given quarterly or annual period based, in part, upon the results of operations for the given period. As of the date of this filing, the Company is current on all corporate, federal and state tax returns. The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating in foreign countries are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date and equity is translated at historical rate. Results of operations are translated using average exchange rates. The effects of exchange rate fluctuations on translating foreign currency assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars are included in a separate component of stockholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive income), while gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in operations.

 

Deferred Financing Costs

 

Costs incurred in connection with obtaining certain financing are deferred and amortized on an effective interest method basis over the term of the related obligation. In accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-03, “Imputation of Interest – Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs”, debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability are presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability, consistent with the presentation of a debt discount.

 

F-12
 

 

Business Combinations

 

In accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations”, the Company records acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting, under which the acquisition purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The Company utilizes management estimates and, in some instances, may retain the services of an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration granted. Such estimates and valuations require us to make significant assumptions, including projections of future events and operating performance.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

In accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, the Company measures and accounts for certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, and establishes a framework for measuring fair value and standards for disclosure about such fair value measurements.

 

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:

 

Level 1:

Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2:

Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

 

There were no Level 1or 2 assets or liabilities or Level 3 assets in any period. The Company’s Level 3 liabilities were its warrants issued to Jackson and contingent consideration in connection with acquisitions. The Company had accounted for the warrants issued to Jackson as a liability under ASC 815-40 due to certain anti-dilution protection provisions. On April 25, 2018, the Company and Jackson amended the Warrant to remove the anti-dilution clauses. No economic terms were adjusted. These clauses were the basis for recording the warrants as a liability. Therefore, upon execution of this amendment, the Company recorded a mark-to-market gain and reclassed the remaining liability to Additional paid-in capital. The Company recorded a change in fair value of the warrant liability of $0 and $879 in Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, respectively.

The table below represents a rollforward of the Level 3 warrant liability and contingent consideration:

 

 

 

Contingent Consideration

 

Balance at December 30, 2017

 

$

5,029

 

CBS Butler earnout adjustment

 

 

(146

)

CBS Butler interest accretion

 

 

682

 

KRI deferred consideration

 

 

3,531

 

Clement May earnout

 

 

635

 

Balance at December 29, 2018

 

$

9,731

 

CBS Butler earnout payment

 

 

(3,930

)

CBS Butler gain on settlement of earnout

 

 

(1,077

)

KRI deferred consideration

 

 

408

 

Clement May earnout

 

 

(656

)

Change in fair value

 

 

(537

)

Balance at December 28, 2019

 

$

3,939

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash is considered to be highly liquid and easily tradable and therefore classified as Level 1 within our fair value hierarchy.

ASC 825-10-25, “Fair Value Option” expands opportunities to use fair value measurements in financial reporting and permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The Company did not elect the fair value options for any of its qualifying financial instruments. 

 

F-13
 

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives for each category as follows:

 

Computers

 

3-5 years

Computer equipment

 

3-5 years

Network equipment

 

3-5 years

Software

 

3-5 years

Office equipment

 

3-7 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

3-7 years

Leasehold improvements

 

3-5 years

 

Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Major improvements are capitalized.

 

At the time of retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gains or losses are reflected in Other income/(expenses).

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

In accordance with ASC 360 “Property, Plant, and Equipment”, the Company periodically reviews its long-lived assets, including intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable.  The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the sum of expected undiscounted future cash flows will not be sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount.  The amount of impairment is measured as the difference between the estimated fair value and the book value of the underlying asset.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill relates to amounts that arose in connection with various acquisitions and represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable intangible and tangible net assets when accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but it is subject to periodic review for impairment. Events that would indicate impairment and trigger an interim impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, current economic and market conditions, a decline in the equity value of the business, a significant adverse change in certain agreements that would materially affect reported operating results, business climate or operational performance of the business and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.

 

In accordance with ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Testing Goodwill for Impairment, or ASU 2011-08, the Company is required to review goodwill by reporting unit for impairment at least annually or more often if there are indicators of impairment present. A reporting unit is either the equivalent of, or one level below, an operating segment. The Company early adopted the provisions in ASU 2017-04, which eliminates the second step of the goodwill impairment test. As a result, the Company’s goodwill impairment tests include only one step, which is a comparison of the carrying value of each reporting unit to its fair value, and any excess carrying value, up to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit, is impaired.

 

The carrying value of each reporting unit is based on the assignment of the appropriate assets and liabilities to each reporting unit. Assets and liabilities were assigned to each reporting unit if the assets or liabilities are employed in the operations of the reporting unit and the asset and liability is considered in the determination of the reporting unit fair value.

 

Convertible Instruments

 

The Company evaluates and accounts for conversion options embedded in its convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivative and Hedging”.

 

Accounting standards generally provides three criteria that, if met, require companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free standing derivative financial instruments. These three criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not re-measured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur, and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would

 

F-14
 

 

be considered a derivative instrument.  Professional standards also provide an exception to this rule when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as defined under professional standards as “The Meaning of Conventional Convertible Debt Instrument.”

 

The Company accounts for convertible instruments (when it has determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) in accordance with professional standards when “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features,” as those professional standards pertain to “Certain Convertible Instruments.” Accordingly, the Company records, when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Original issue discounts (“OID”) under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their earliest date of redemption. The Company also records when necessary deemed dividends for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred shares based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note.

 

ASC 815-40 provides that, among other things, generally, if an event is not within the entity’s control and could require net cash settlement, then the contract shall be classified as an asset or a liability.

 

Stock-Based Compensation 

 

The Company accounts for stock-based instruments issued to employees in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation”, which requires companies to recognize in the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity based compensation issued to employees. The Company accounts for non-employee share-based awards in accordance with ASC Topic 505-50, “Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees”.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

On December 31, 2017, the Company adopted the new accounting standard ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers for all open contracts and related amendments as of December 31, 2017 using the modified retrospective method. The adoption had no impact to the reported results. Results for reporting periods beginning after December 31, 2017 are presented under ASC 606, while the comparative information will not be restated and will continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for those periods.

 

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, the core principle of which is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve this core principle, five basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) identify the contract with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

The Company accounts for revenues when both parties to the contract have approved the contract, the rights and obligations of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, and collectability of consideration is probable. Payment terms vary by client and the services offered.

 

The Company has primarily two main forms of revenue – temporary contractor revenue and permanent placement revenue. Temporary contractor revenue is accounted for as a single performance obligation satisfied over time because the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the Company’s performance on an hourly basis. The contracts stipulate weekly billing and the Company has elected the “as invoiced” practical expedient to recognize revenue based on the hours incurred at the contractual rate as we have the right to payment in an amount that corresponds directly with the value of performance completed to date. Permanent placement revenue is recognized on the date the candidate’s full-time employment with the customer has commenced. The customer is invoiced on the start date, and the contract stipulates payment due under varying terms, typically 30 days. The contract with the customer stipulates a guarantee period whereby the customer may be refunded if the employee is terminated within a short period of time, however this has historically been infrequent, and immaterial upon occurrence. As such, the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied upon commencement of the employment, at which point control has transferred to the customer.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842).  The Company adopted this guidance effective December 30, 2018. Under the new provisions, all lessees will report a right-of-use asset and a liability for the obligation to make payments for all leases with the exception of those leases with a term of 12 months or less.  All other leases will fall into one of two categories: (i) Financing leases, similar to capital leases, which will require the recognition of an asset and liability, measured at the present value of the lease payments and (ii) Operating leases which will require the recognition of an asset and liability measured at the present value of the lease payments. Lessor accounting remains substantially unchanged with the exception that no leases entered into after the effective date will be classified as leveraged leases. For sale leaseback transactions, the sale will only be recognized if the criteria in the new

F-15
 

 

revenue recognition standard are met. The new standard provides a number of optional practical expedients in transition. The Company has elected to apply the ‘package of practical expedients’ which allow us to not reassess i) whether existing or expired arrangements contain a lease, ii) the lease classification of existing or expired leases, or iii) whether previous initial direct costs would qualify for capitalization under the new lease standard. The Company has also elected to apply i) the practical expedient which allows us to not separate lease and non-lease components, and (2) the short-term lease exemption for all leases with an original term of less than 12 months, for purposes of applying the recognition and measurements requirements in the new standard. The adoption of the new standard resulted in the recognition of additional lease liabilities of approximately $4,980, and right-of-use assets of approximately $4,888 as of December 28, 2019 related to the Company’s operating leases. The new standard did not have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated statement of operations or consolidated statement of cash flows.

 

F-16
 

 

NOTE 3 – LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

 

The Company utilizes the guidance per ASC 260, “Earnings per Share”.  Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing income/loss available to stockholders by the weighted average number of common stock shares outstanding during each period. Our Series A preferred stock holders receive certain dividends or dividend equivalents that are considered participating securities and our loss per share is computed using the two-class method. Diluted earnings per share are computed using the weighted average number of common stock shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during the period. Dilutive common stock share equivalents consist of common shares issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock, certain equity awards and the exercise of stock options and warrants (calculated using the modified treasury stock method).  Such securities, shown below, presented on a common share equivalent basis and outstanding as of the end of Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, have been excluded from the per share computations since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive:

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Warrants

 

 

925,935

 

 

 

925,935

 

Long term incentive plan (LTIP)

 

 

365,000

 

 

 

 

Options

 

 

76,500

 

 

 

111,400

 

Convertible preferred shares

 

 

7,785,766

 

 

 

7,395,404

 

Restricted shares - unvested

 

 

590,440

 

 

 

572,256

 

Total

 

 

9,743,641

 

 

 

9,004,995

 

 

 

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Computer software

 

$

314

 

 

$

251

 

Office equipment

 

 

323

 

 

 

208

 

Computer equipment

 

 

1,009

 

 

 

960

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

1,175

 

 

 

965

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

956

 

 

 

862

 

Total property and equipment, gross

 

 

3,777

 

 

 

3,246

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(2,250

)

 

 

(1,607

)

Total property and equipment, net

 

$

1,528

 

 

$

1,639

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 was $643 and $588, respectively.

 

 

NOTE 5 – OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

The following provides a breakdown of other non-current assets:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Collateral associated with workers’ compensation insurance

 

$

3,204

 

 

$

2,956

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

3,223

 

 

$

2,956

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-17
 

 

NOTE 6 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The following provides a breakdown of intangible assets as of:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

 

Tradenames

 

 

Non-Compete

 

 

Customer

Relationships

 

 

Total

 

Intangible assets, gross

 

$

9,458

 

 

$

2,488

 

 

$

22,757

 

 

$

34,703

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(3,558

)

 

 

(2,349

)

 

 

(9,285

)

 

 

(15,192

)

Intangible assets, net

 

$

5,900

 

 

$

139

 

 

$

13,472

 

 

$

19,511

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

 

Tradenames

 

 

Non-Compete

 

 

Customer

Relationships

 

 

Total

 

Intangible assets, gross

 

$

9,580

 

 

$

2,487

 

 

$

23,234

 

 

$

35,301

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

(2,747

)

 

 

(2,259

)

 

 

(7,638

)

 

 

(12,644

)

Intangible assets, net

 

$

6,833

 

 

$

228

 

 

$

15,596

 

 

$

22,657

 

 

In connection with the acquisition of Clement May and KRI, the Company recognized intangible assets of $1,194 and $7,400, respectively, representing trade names, non compete and customer relationships. These assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their weighted average estimated useful life of 10 years.  On June 6, 2018, the Company divested the stock of PeopleServe Inc., and PeopleServe PRS, Inc. and wrote off gross intangibles of $2,999 and accumulated amortization of $2,460.  

 

As of December 28, 2019, estimated annual amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years is as follows:

 

Fiscal year ended December

 

Amount

 

2020

 

$

2,591

 

2021

 

 

2,546

 

2022

 

 

2,500

 

2023

 

 

2,500

 

2024

 

 

2,500

 

Thereafter

 

 

6,874

 

Total

 

$

19,511

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets for the period ended Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 was $2,726 and $2,811, respectively. The weighted average useful life remaining of intangible assets remaining is 8 years.

 

 

NOTE 7 – GOODWILL

 

The following table provides a roll forward of goodwill:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Beginning balance, gross

 

$

38,139

 

 

$

33,247

 

Accumulated impairment losses

 

 

(6,078

)

 

 

(6,078

)

Beginning balance, net

 

 

32,061

 

 

 

27,169

 

Acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

4,892

 

Currency translation adjustment

 

 

(1,012

)

 

 

 

Ending balance, net

 

$

31,049

 

 

$

32,061

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded goodwill of $1,545 and $3,347 related to the acquisition of Clement May and KRI, respectively.

 

Goodwill by reportable segment is as follows:

F-18
 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Commercial Staffing – US

 

$

6,102

 

 

$

6,102

 

Professional Staffing – US

 

 

10,527

 

 

 

10,527

 

Professional Staffing – UK

 

 

14,420

 

 

 

15,432

 

Ending balance, net

 

$

31,049

 

 

$

32,061

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. ASC 350, requires that goodwill be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on an annual basis and between annual tests when circumstances indicate that the recoverability of the carrying amount of goodwill may be in doubt. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of September 29, 2019 and no impairment was recognized. The Company employed a combination of market approach (valuations using comparable company multiples) and income approach (discounted cash flow analysis) to derive the fair value of the reporting unit when performing its annual impairment testing. Volatility in the Company’s stock price can result in the net book value of our reporting unit approximating, or even temporarily exceeding market capitalization, however, the fair value of our reporting unit is not driven solely by the market price of our stock. As described above, fair value of our reporting unit is derived using a combination of an asset approach, an income approach and a market approach. These valuation techniques consider several other factors beyond our market capitalization, such as the estimated future cash flows of our reporting units, the discount rate used to present value such cash flows and the market multiples of comparable companies. Changes to input assumptions used in the analysis could result in materially different evaluations of goodwill impairment.

 

No impairments to goodwill were recognized during the year ended December 28, 2019, however, in the case of two reporting units, the fair value exceeded the carrying value by a minimal percentage. Reporting Unit A has goodwill of $14.4 million and an estimated fair value that exceeds its carrying value by approximately 16.1% and Reporting Unit B has goodwill of $3.4 million and an estimated fair value that exceeds its carrying value by approximately 7%. Goodwill for these two reporting units should be considered at risk given the approximation of the estimated fair value to the carrying value of the respective reporting units. In the assumptions utilized by management, declines to revenue are expected in 2020 and then improve in future years with modest growth rates of between 2% and 6%. Further, management expects to recognize expense synergies in both Reporting Units as the Company continues to integrate recently acquired businesses. The assumed discount rate utilized in the income approach model was considered to be commensurate with the estimation uncertainty for these reporting units. If the assumptions utilized by management are not achieved and declines to operations are greater than anticipated in 2020 while failing to achieve growth in future periods an impairment to goodwill could be recorded and such amount could be material to the financial statements. A reduction in the projected long-term operating performance of either of these reporting units, market declines, changes in discount rates or other conditions could result in an impairment in the future.

 

The forecasts utilized by management in the goodwill impairment test for the year ended December 28, 2019 excluded any potential adverse operational impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

NOTE 8 – ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

The following provides a breakdown of accounts payable and accrued expenses:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Accounts payable

 

$

1,412

 

 

$

3,213

 

Accrued payroll, taxes and bonuses

 

 

12,700

 

 

 

11,378

 

Severance costs

 

 

190

 

 

 

201

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

2,275

 

 

 

3,491

 

Total

 

$

16,577

 

 

$

18,283

 

 

NOTE 9 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FINANCING

 

Midcap Funding Trust

 

Prior to September 15, 2017, certain U.S. subsidiaries of the Company were parties to a $25,000 revolving loan facility with MidCap Funding X Trust (“MidCap”), with the option to increase the amount by an additional $25,000, with a maturity of April 8, 2019.   The facility provided for borrowing of 85% against eligible receivables and carried an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.0%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.0% per annum. The Company could prepay all or any portion of the balance at any time subject to a prepayment premium of: (i) 2.0% if prepaid in the first year of the loan; and (ii) 1.0% if prepaid thereafter. This loan is secured by a first priority lien in favor of MidCap on all of the Company’s US based assets except for the CSI assets. The Company entered into customary pledge and guaranty agreements to evidence the security interest in favor of MidCap.

 

F-19
 

 

On September 15, 2017, the Company amended the facility with Midcap to allow for additional borrowing against unbilled receivables up to 85% with a cap of $1,300 borrowing against such receivables. In addition, the maturity date of the facility was extended to April 8, 2020 and the prepayment premiums reset to: (i) 2% if prepaid in the first or second year post the amendment; and (ii) 1.0% if prepaid thereafter. No other material terms were amended on this date.

 

On August 2, 2019, the Company amended the facility with Midcap to allow for additional borrowing against the unbilled receivables by $1,000 to a cap of $2,300 and extended the maturity of the facility to August 2020.

 

The availability to the Company under the Midcap Facility is reduced by any outstanding letters of credit. The Midcap Facility allows the Company to issue letters of credit up to $150. As of December 28, 2019, $85 letters of credit were issued and outstanding.

 

The facility provides events of default including: (i) failure to make payment of principal or interest on any MidCap loans when required, (ii) failure to perform obligations under the facility and related documents, (iii) not paying its debts as such debts become due and similar insolvency matters, and (iv) material adverse changes to the Company (subject to a 10-day notice and cure period). Upon an event of default, the Company’s obligations under the credit facility may, or in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy will automatically, be accelerated. Upon the occurrence of any event of default, facility will bear interest at a rate equal to the lesser of: (i) 3.0% above the rate of interest applicable to such obligations immediately prior to the occurrence of the event of default; and (ii) the maximum rate allowable under law.

 

Under the terms of this agreement, the Company is subject to affirmative covenants which are customary for financings of this type, including: (i) maintain good standing and governmental authorizations, (ii) provide certain information and notices to MidCap, (iii) deliver monthly reports and quarterly financial statements to MidCap, (iv) maintain insurance, (v) discharge all taxes, (vi) protect their intellectual property, and (vii) generally protect the collateral granted to MidCap. The Company is also subject to negative covenants customary for financings of this type, including that it may not: (i) enter into a merger or consolidation or certain change of control events, (ii) incur liens on the collateral, (iii) except for certain permitted acquisitions, acquire any significant assets other than in the ordinary course of business, (iv) assume certain additional senior debt, or (v) amend any of their organizational documents. During the period August 31, 2015 through May 31, 2016, the Company was not in compliance with one or more of the covenants, however, did receive a waiver from MidCap for such covenants during this period. On July 11, 2016, the Company and MidCap amended the agreement and related covenants prospectively. The Company has since been in compliance with the covenants.

 

The balance of the Midcap Facility as of Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 was $17,298 and $17,893, respectively, and is included in Accounts receivable financing on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

Due to substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, the Company was not in compliance with its covenant with MidCap for the period ended December 28, 2019, as such amounts due are callable by the lender which exceeds our current cash balance. On May 8, 2020, the Company received a notice from Midcap that they would currently not pursue available rights and remedies but reserve the right to do so at a later date.

 

HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd

 

CBS Butler had a revolving accounts receivable financing arrangement with HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd “HSBC”. The facility, whose maximum capacity was £8,500, had an original expiration of January 2011, and provided for termination by either party with 90 days notice. Under the arrangement, CBS Butler could borrow against eligible short-term trade receivables in exchange for cash and a subordinated interest. The Company would receive cash equal to approximately 90% (varies slightly by geographical location of the receivable) of the value of the eligible receivables.

 

In conjunction with the HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd – New Facility, on February 8, 2018, CBS Butler terminated this facility and the remaining balance was paid in full.

 

HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd – New Facility

 

On February 8, 2018, CBS Butler, Staffing 360 Solutions Limited and The JM Group, entered into a new arrangement with HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd (“HSBC”) which provides for HSBC to purchase the subsidiaries’ accounts receivable up to an aggregate amount of £11,500 ($15,042) across all three subsidiaries. The terms of the arrangement provide for HSBC to fund 90% of the purchased accounts receivable upfront and, a secured borrowing line of 70% of unbilled receivables capped at £1,000 ($1,308)(within the overall aggregate total facility of £11,500 ($15,042)). The arrangement has an initial term of 12 months, with an automatic rolling three-month extension and carries a service charge of 1.80%.

 

On June 28, 2018, CML, the Company’s new subsidiary entered into a new agreement with a minimum term of 12 months for purchase of debt (“APD”) with HSBC, joining CBS Butler, Staffing 360 Solutions Limited and The JM Group (collectively, with CML, the

F-20
 

 

“Borrowers”) as “Connected Clients” as defined in the APD. The new Connected Client APDs carry an aggregate Facility Limit of £20,000 across all Borrowers. The obligations of the Borrowers are secured by a fixed charge and a floating charge on the Borrowers’ respective accounts receivable and are subject to cross-company guarantees among the Borrowers. In addition, the secured borrowing line against unbilled receivables was increased to £1,500 for a period of 90 days. In July 2019, the aggregate Facility Limit was extended to £22,500 across all Borrowers.

 

Under ASU 2016-16, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force), the upfront portion of the sale of accounts receivable is classified within operating activities, while the deferred purchase price portion (or beneficial interest), once collected, is classified within investing activities.

 

NOTE 10 – DEBT

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Jackson Investment Group - related party

 

 

38,278

 

 

 

35,740

 

HSBC Term Loan

 

 

1,035

 

 

 

1,653

 

Total Debt

 

 

39,313

 

 

 

37,393

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less Deferred Financing Costs

 

 

(497

)

 

 

(1,171

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Debt, Net

 

 

38,816

 

 

 

36,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Total Current Debt, Net

 

 

(38,456

)

 

 

(657

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Long-Term Debt

 

$

360

 

 

$

35,565

 

 

Jackson Note – Related Party

 

On September 15, 2017, the Company entered into a $40,000 note agreement with Jackson. The proceeds of the sale of the secured note were used to repay the existing subordinated notes previously issued to Jackson pursuant to the existing note purchase agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $11,165 and to fund a portion of the purchase price consideration of the Firstpro Acquisition and the CBS Butler Acquisition and repay certain other outstanding indebtedness of the Company. The maturity date for the amounts due under the Jackson Note is September 15, 2020.  The Jackson Note will accrue interest at 12% per annum, due quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 in each year, with the first such payment due on January 1, 2018. Interest on any overdue payment of principal or interest due under the Jackson Note will accrue at a rate per annum that is 5% in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable thereunder.

 

The Company paid a closing fee of $1,000 in connection with its entry into the A&R Note Purchase Agreement and agreed to issue 450,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as a closing commitment fee. These shares are subject to registration rights in favor of Jackson which was included in a new resale registration statement which was filed by the Company on November 1, 2017. The Jackson Note resulted in the extinguishment of the old notes of $11,165 and recording of the new debt of $40,000 at fair value.

 

Immediately prior to closing the Jackson Note, Jackson owned 526,697 shares of common stock and 905,508 warrants.

On August 27, 2018, Company entered into an amended agreement with Jackson, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended and made a new senior debt investment of approximately $8,428. Terms of the additional investment are the same as the Jackson Note. From the proceed of the additional investment, the Company paid a closing fee of $280 and legal fees of $39 and issued 192,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as a closing commitment fee.

 

In connection with the additional investment, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement (“Warrant Agreement”) with Jackson.  The Warrant Amendment amended that certain Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, dated as of April 25, 2018 (the “Warrant”), to reduce the exercise price of the Warrant from $5.00 per share to $3.50 per share. The incremental fair value of repricing the Warrant to $3.50 per share is $135 and was recognized as deferred financing costs to be amortized over the term of the loan.

 

Debt Exchange Agreement

 

On November 15, 2018 the Company, entered into a Debt Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Jackson, pursuant to which, among other things, Jackson agreed to exchange $13,000 (the “Exchange Amount”) of indebtedness of the Company held by Jackson in exchange for 13,000 shares of a newly created class of preferred stock designated as the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock,

F-21
 

 

par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (the “Series E Preferred Stock”). The Company evaluated the accounting for the conversion of debt to preferred stock and concluded this conversion is a troubled debt restructuring. Accordingly, the issuance of the Series E Preferred Stock to Jackson in full settlement of the $13,000 in debt is accounted for similar to the transfer of assets, with the equity interest being measured at its fair value, less legal fees and other direct costs. ASC 470-60 requires that the excess of the carrying amount of the payable over the fair value of the assets or equity interest transferred be recognized as a gain. However, given that Jackson is a related party, ASC 470-50-40-2 states that this type of restructuring is in essence a capital transaction. As a result, no gain was recorded. Instead, the difference between the fair value of the Preferred Stock and Term Loan being extinguished was recorded within additional paid in capital. The Company recorded a total of $12,214 related to this conversion, net of legal fees and other direct costs including the write off of $445 in deferred financing costs related to the $13,000 debt.

 

The Series E Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Company’s common stock and any other series or classes of preferred stock now or after issued or outstanding with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution.  Each share of Series E Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 561 shares of common stock of the Company at any time after October 31, 2020 or the occurrence of a Preferred Default (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock).  A holder of Series E Preferred Stock is not required to pay any additional consideration in exchange for conversion of such Series E Preferred Stock into the Company’s common stock.  Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable by the Company at any time at a price per share equal to the stated value ($1,000 per share) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon.

 

The Series E Preferred Stock carries quarterly dividend rights of (a) cash dividends accruing (i) at an annual rate per share equal to 12% from the date of issuance and (ii) 17% after the occurrence of a Preferred Default, and (b) a dividend payable in shares of Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock.  The shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock have all the same terms, preferences and characteristics as the Series E  Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the right to receive cash dividends), except (i) Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock are mandatorily redeemable by the Company within thirty (30) days after written demand received from any holder at any time after the earlier of the occurrence of a Preferred Default or November 15, 2020, for a cash payment equal to the Liquidation Value (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, (ii) each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 602 shares of the Company’s common stock, and (iii) Series E‑1 Convertible Preferred Stock may be cancelled and extinguished by the Company if all shares of Series E Preferred Stock are redeemed by the Company on or prior to October 31, 2020.  

 

In connection with the debt exchange agreement with Jackson on November 15, 2018, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, where by the exercise price of the Warrant was reduced from $3.50 per share to $1.66 per share and the period within which the Warrant may be exercised was extended from January 26, 2022 to January 26, 2024. The Company calculated the $357 incremental fair value by calculating the fair value of the warrants immediately before and immediately after the modification and recorded this in additional paid in capital.

 

On August 29, 2019, the Company, entered into a Fourth Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement with Jackson, as lender, which, among other things, amends the Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2017. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company agreed to issue and sell to Jackson a 18% Senior Secured Note due December 31, 2019 in the aggregate principal amount of $2,538. All accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of this term note will be due and payable monthly on the first day of each month, beginning on October 1, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of this note, if this term note is not repaid by December 31, 2019, the Company will be required to issue 100,000 shares of its common stock to Jackson on a monthly basis until this term note is fully repaid, subject to certain exceptions to comply with Nasdaq listing standards. This note and all accrued interest remains unpaid. The Company has issued 500,000 shares to Jackson subsequent Fiscal 2019 year end.

 

The Jackson Note includes certain financial customary covenants, including a leverage ratio covenant. As of December 28, 2019, the Company was not in compliance with all covenants. On May 5, 2020, the Company received a waiver from Jackson curing the non-compliance as of March 30, 2020 and December 28, 2019, the past due interest payments that were due on October 1, 2019, January 1, 2020 and April 1, 2020 and the non payment of the $2,538 loan that was due on December 31, 2019. The Company has been making penalty payments of 100,000 shares monthly for the $2,538 loan that remains unpaid at the date of this filing.  

 

HSBC Loan

 

On April 20, 2020, the terms of the loan with HSBC was amended whereby no capital repayments will be made between April 2020 to September 2020, and only interest payments will be made during this time.  Further, the Company is currently working with HSBC in the UK for an additional £1,000 term loan.

 

NOTE 11 – LEASES

 

F-22
 

 

On December 30, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 842 using the modified retrospective transition approach allowed under ASU 2018-11 which releases companies from presenting comparative periods and related disclosures under ASC 842 and requires a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Company has elected to apply the short-term lease exception to all leases of one year or less. In Fiscal 2019, as a result of the adoption of ASC 842, we have recorded a right of use (“ROU”) lease asset of approximately $4,888 with a corresponding lease liability of approximately $4,980 based on the present value of the minimum rental payments of such leases. The Company’s finance leases are immaterial both individually and in the aggregate.

 

Quantitative information regarding the Company’s leases for Fiscal 2019 is as follows:

 

Lease Cost

 

Classification

Fiscal 2019

 

Operating lease cost

 

SG&A Expenses

 

1,732

 

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

 

 

3.7

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

 

6.45

%

 

 

 

 

 

Future Lease Payments

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

1,825

 

2021

 

 

1,443

 

2022

 

 

594

 

2023

 

 

329

 

2024

 

 

321

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,143

 

 

 

$

5,655

 

Less: Imputed Interest

 

 

675

 

 

 

$

4,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leases – Current

 

$

1,797

 

Leases - Non current

 

$

3,183

 

 

As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use the Company’s incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. This methodology was deemed to yield a measurement of the Right of Use Asset and associated lease liability that was appropriately stated in all material respects.

 

NOTE 12 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

The Company effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split on September 17, 2015 and a one-for-five reserve stock split effective after the market close on January 3, 2018. All share and per share information in these consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split.

 

The Company issued the following shares of common stock during the Fiscal 2019:

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Fair Value at Issuance

 

 

 

Common Shares

 

 

of Shares

 

 

(minimum and maximum

 

Shares issued to/for:

 

Issued

 

 

Issued

 

 

per share)

 

Equity raise

 

 

3,331,280

 

 

$

5,515

 

 

$

1.40

 

$

2.00

 

Consultants

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

1.56

 

 

1.56

 

Board and committee members

 

 

22,400

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

0.83

 

 

1.79

 

Jackson Investment Group

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

0.75

 

 

0.75

 

 

 

 

3,459,680

 

 

$

5,632

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company issued the following shares of common stock during the Fiscal 2018:

 

F-23
 

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

Fair Value at Issuance

 

 

 

Common Shares

 

 

of Shares

 

 

(minimum and maximum

 

Shares issued to/for:

 

Issued

 

 

Issued

 

 

per share)

 

At-The-Market facility

 

 

742,980

 

 

$

2,315

 

 

$

1.61

 

$

4.23

 

Jackson Investment Group

 

 

492,000

 

 

 

899

 

 

 

1.76

 

 

1.93

 

Employees

 

 

125,000

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

1.54

 

 

1.61

 

Board and committee members

 

 

21,000

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

1.40

 

 

3.25

 

Consultants

 

 

20,548

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

1.40

 

 

3.42

 

Acquisition

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

1.38

 

 

1.38

 

Reverse stock split (rounding up shares)

 

 

426

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,416,954

 

 

$

3,534

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company’s authorized common stock consists of 40,000,000 shares having a par value of $0.00001. As of the end of Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company has issued and outstanding 8,785,748 and 5,326,068 common shares, respectively.

 

In May 2017, the Company entered into an At-The-Market offering (“ATM”) agreement with Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC to establish an at-the-market equity offering program pursuant to which they are able, with the Company’s authorization, to offer and sell up to $3 million of the Company’s common stock at prevailing market prices from time to time. In Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company sold 428,600 and 742,980 shares of common stock under this program for net proceeds value of $528 (gross $600) and $2,245, respectively.

 

On January 22, 2019 the Company issued and sold 387,500 shares of the Company’s common stock to an institutional purchaser at a purchase price of $2.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $775, before placement fees and estimated offering expenses. The offering of the Securities was made under the Company’s shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-208910) (the “Registration Statement”), including a base prospectus, previously filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 22, 2016. The offering of the Securities was made only by means of a prospectus supplement that forms a part of the registration statement.

 

On February 12, 2019, the Company closed its previously announced firm commitment underwritten public offering in which, pursuant to an underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter, dated as of February 8, 2019, the Company issued and sold 2,425,000 shares of its common stock, at a public offering price of $1.65 per share. The gross proceeds from the offering were approximately $4,001 (net $3,078), excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses. Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the Company granted the underwriter an over-allotment option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days following the date of the prospectus for the offering, to purchase up to 363,750 additional shares of Common Stock.

 

On March 14, 2019, our underwriters exercised a portion of the over-allotment option for 90,180 shares at an exercise price of $1.65 per share. The Company received a total of $138 in net proceeds.

 

Restricted Shares

 

The Company has issued shares to employees and board and committee members under its 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Under these plans, the shares are restricted for a period of three years from issuance. As of Fiscal 2019, the Company has a total of 590,440 shares unvested issued to employees and Board and committee members. In accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, the Company recognizes stock based compensation from restricted stock based upon the fair value of the award at issuance over the vesting term on a straight line basis. The fair value of the award is calculated by multiplying the number of restricted shares by the Company’s stock price on the date of issuance. The impact of forfeitures has historically been immaterial to the financial statements. In Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded compensation expense associated with these restricted shares of $539 and $896, respectively. The table below is a rollforward of unvested restricted shares issued to employees and board of directors.

 

 

Restricted Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average

Price Per Share

 

Balance at December 30, 2017

 

471,132

 

 

$

6.14

 

Granted

 

168,424

 

 

 

1.66

 

Vested

 

(67,300

)

 

 

19.90

 

Balance at December 29, 2018

 

572,256

 

 

$

3.47

 

Granted

 

22,400

 

 

 

1.48

 

Vested/adjustments

 

(4,216

)

 

 

5.52

 

Balance at December 28, 2019

 

590,440

 

 

$

3.12

 

F-24
 

 

Series A Preferred Stock – Related Party

 

On May 29, 2015, the Company filed a Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock with the Nevada Secretary of State, whereby the Company designated 1,663,008 shares of preferred stock as Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share. On June 15, 2017, the Company reincorporated in the State of Delaware. The Series A Preferred Stock has a stated value of $1.00 per share and is entitled to a 12% dividend.

 

Shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of common stock at the holder’s election at any time prior to December 31, 2020 (the “Redemption Date”), at a conversion rate of one and three tenths (1.3) shares of common stock for every 50 shares of Series A Preferred Stock that the Holder elects to convert. Originally the redemption date was December 31, 2018 and this was extended to December 31, 2020 in January 2019.  Except as otherwise required by law, the Series A Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

 

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution, prior to and in preference to distributions to the holders of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share or classes and series of securities of the Company which by their terms do not rank senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, and either in preference to or pari passu with the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future that is expressly made senior or pari passu, as the case may be, an amount equal to the Stated Value of the Series A Preferred Stock less any dividends previously paid out on the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

The holders will be entitled to receive cash dividends at the rate of 12% of the Stated Value per annum, payable monthly in cash, prior to and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock. So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company shall not declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend on any shares of common stock, unless at the time of such dividend the Company shall have paid all accrued and unpaid dividends on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

The Certificate of Designation filed on May 29, 2015, designating the Series A Preferred Stock, was filed in connection with the Company’s issuance of an aggregate of 1,663,008 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Brendan Flood and Matthew Briand for the conversion of the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus (as defined in each employment agreement) associated with their employment agreements. The Certificate of Designation was approved and related issuances were ratified by the Company’s Board and Compensation and Human Resources Committee on May 29, 2015.

 

Up until the Redemption Date, holders may convert their shares into common stock at their election. On the Redemption Date, the Company shall redeem all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock of each Holder, for cash or for shares of common stock in the Company’s sole discretion. If the Redemption Purchase Price is paid in shares of common stock, the holders shall initially receive one and three tenths (1.3) shares of common stock for each $50.00 of the Redemption Purchase Price. If the Redemption Purchase Price is paid in cash, the redemption price paid to each Holder shall be equal to the Stated Value for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, multiplied by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such Holder, less the aggregate amount of dividends paid to such Holder through the Redemption Date.

 

As of Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, we had issued and outstanding 1,663,008 Series A Preferred Stock shares and no accrued dividends.  In Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company paid dividends of $200 and $200, respectively. Subsequent to year end, the Company converted the Series A Preferred Shares awarded to Mr. Briand into 16,215 shares of common shares on January 21, 2020.   

 

Series E Preferred Stock

 

The Series E Preferred Stock ranks senior to common stock and any other series or classes of preferred stock now or after issued or outstanding with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution. Each share of Series E Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 561.8 shares of our common stock at any time after October 31, 2020 or the occurrence of a Preferred Default. A holder of Series E Preferred Stock is not required to pay any additional consideration in exchange for conversion of such Series E Preferred Stock into our common stock. Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable by the Company at any time at a price per share equal to the stated value ($1,000 per share) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. While the Series E Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Company is required to use the proceeds of any sales of equity securities, exclusively to redeem any outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, except that the Company is permitted to use up to an aggregate of $3,000 of the gross proceeds from any equity offering completed on or before November 15, 2019 for working capital purposes. On January 22, 2019, the Company completed a registered direct offering of our common stock that generated $775 in gross proceeds that are to be used for working capital purposes. On February 12, 2019, the Company closed its previously announced firm commitment underwritten public offering in which, pursuant to an underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter, dated as of February 8, 2019, the Company issued and sold 2,425,000 shares of its common stock, at a public offering price of $1.65 per share. Notwithstanding the terms of the certificate of designations for Series E Preferred Stock, Jackson, the holder our outstanding shares of Series E Preferred

F-25
 

 

Stock, did not require us to use the proceeds from our recent offerings in excess of $3,000 to redeem outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock.  Instead, we used such excess proceeds to make a terminal payment to the sellers of FirstPro in final settlement of all deferred consideration due under our asset purchase agreement with such sellers.

 

In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to receive out of the Company assets legally available for distribution, prior to and in preference to distributions to the holders of common stock or classes and series of securities which by their terms do not rank senior to the Series E Preferred Stock, and either in preference to or pari passu with the holders of any other series of preferred stock that may be issued in the future that is expressly made senior or pari passu, as the case may be, an amount equal to the stated value of the Series E Preferred Stock plus any accrued but unpaid dividends.

 

The Series E Preferred Stock carries quarterly dividend rights of (a) cash dividends accruing (i) at an annual rate per share equal to 12% from the date of issuance and (ii) 17% after the occurrence of a Preferred Default, and (b) a dividend payable in shares of Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock equal to 5% per annum of the liquidation value of the outstanding Series E Preferred Stock. The shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock have all the same terms, preferences and characteristics as the Series E Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the right to receive cash dividends), except (i) Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock are mandatorily redeemable by us within thirty (30) days after written demand received from any holder at any time after the earlier of the occurrence of a Preferred Default or November 15, 2020, for a cash payment equal to the Liquidation Value (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, (ii) each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 602 shares of our common stock, and (iii) Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock may be cancelled and extinguished by us if all shares of Series E Preferred Stock are redeemed by us on or prior to October 31, 2020. As of December 28, 2019, 7,303,371 shares and 439,157 of common stock were issuable upon the potential conversion of Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock, respectively. Due to the contingent nature of the cash redemption feature of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, the Company classified the shares as mezzanine equity on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

Warrants

 

On January 26, 2017, the Company issued the Warrant to Jackson which entitled Jackson to purchase up to 630,000 shares of common stock at an initial exercise price of $6.75 per share (subject to adjustment). The Warrant is exercisable beginning on July 25, 2017 for a term of four and a half (4.5) years thereafter. The exercise price was subject to anti-dilution protection, including protection in circumstances where common stock is issued pursuant to the terms of certain existing convertible securities, provided that the exercise price shall not be adjusted below a price that is less than the consolidated closing bid price of the common stock. The Warrant had anti-dilution provisions which provided the holder with additional warrants and adjusted strike price in the event of stock repurchases by the Company or additional shares being issued in connection with the Series D Preferred Shares or Lighthouse promissory notes. As such, the Company has historically classified the Warrant as a liability.

 

On April 5, 2017, the Company amended the Warrant and entered into a second subordinated secured note with Jackson for $1,650. Under the terms of the amended Warrant, Jackson may purchase up to an additional 275,508 shares of common stock at $5.00 per share. The Warrant was amended to increase the amount of common stock issuable to Jackson pursuant to the anti-dilution clause contained therein, and to adjust the initial exercise price to $5.00 per share. The modification cost associated with this change was not material.

 

The Company had accounted for the warrants issued to Jackson as a liability under ASC 815-40 due to certain anti-dilution protection provisions. The warrants issued to Jackson were considered to be Level 3 liabilities under ASC 820.  On April 25, 2018, the Company and Jackson amended the Warrant to remove the anti-dilution clauses. No economic terms were adjusted. These clauses were the basis for recording the warrants as a liability. Therefore, upon execution of this amendment, the Company recorded a mark-to-market gain and reclassed the remaining liability to Additional paid-in capital. The Company recorded a gain from the change in fair value of the warrant liability of $0 and $879 in Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, respectively, using Black-Scholes valuation model.

 

In connection with the additional investment from Jackson, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement (“Warrant agreement”) with Jackson.  The Warrant Amendment amended that certain Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, dated as of April 25, 2018 (the “Warrant”), to reduce the exercise price of the Warrant from $5.00 per share to $3.50 per share. The incremental fair value of repricing the Warrants to $3.50 per share is $135 and was recognized as deferred financing costs to be amortized over the term of the Jackson Note.

 

In connection with the debt exchange agreement with Jackson on November 15, 2018, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, where by the exercise price of the Warrant was reduced from $3.50 per share to $1.66 per share and the period within which the Warrant may be exercised was extended from January 26, 2022 to January 26,

F-26
 

 

2024. The Company calculated the $357 incremental fair value by calculating the fair value of the warrants immediately before and immediately after the modification and recorded this in additional paid in capital.

 

Transactions involving the Company’s warrant issuances are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Exercise Price

 

Outstanding at December 30, 2017

 

 

925,934

 

 

$

5.03

 

Issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired or cancelled

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 29, 2018

 

 

925,934

 

 

$

1.76

 

Issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired or cancelled

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 28, 2019

 

 

925,934

 

 

$

1.76

 

 

The following table summarizes warrants outstanding as of Fiscal 2019:

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

 

Remaining Contractual

 

 

Average

 

 

Exercise Price

 

and Exercisable

 

 

Life (years)

 

 

Exercise price

 

 

$1.66 - $62.50

 

 

925,934

 

 

 

2.09

 

 

$

1.76

 

 

Incentive Plans

 

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

On January 28, 2014, our Board adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”). Under the 2014 Plan, we may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2014 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the company and its affiliates. A maximum of 50,000 shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under this plan. The 2014 Plan expires on January 28, 2024. As of Fiscal 2018, all 50,000 shares have been issued.

 

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

On September 23, 2015, our Board adopted the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”). This plan has not been approved by our stockholders. Under the 2015 Plan, we may grant a variety of equity instruments to employees, directors, senior management of the company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2015 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the company and its affiliates.

 

The 2015 Plan provides for an aggregate of 90,000 shares of common stock to be available for awards under the 2015 Plan (“Awards”). The number of shares available for grant pursuant to Awards under the 2015 Plan is referred to as the “Available Shares”. If an Award is forfeited, canceled, or if any Option terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, the common stock subject to such Award will again be made available for future grant. However, shares that are used to pay the exercise price of an Option or that are withheld to satisfy the Participant’s tax withholding obligation will not be available for re-grant under the 2015 Plan.

 

The Plan will have a term of ten years and no further Awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after that date.

 

2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan

F-27
 

 

On October 25, 2016, our Board adopted the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) to, among other things, attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to employees, directors and consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. The 2016 Plan’s terms and conditions are similar to that of the 2015 Plan. On January 26, 2017, our stockholders approved the 2016 Plan, pursuant to which 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock will be reserved for issuance under stock, restricted stock and stock option awards.  On May 30, 2018, our stockholders approved an amendment to the 2016 Plan to increase the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan to 1,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. To date, the Company has issued 647,388 shares and options to purchase shares of common stock and therefore has 602,612 shares remaining under this plan. No stock options were granted in Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018.

 

A summary of option activity during the Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 of the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan is presented below:

 

 

 

Options

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price

 

Outstanding at December 30, 2017

 

 

125,400

 

 

$

43.98

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired or cancelled

 

 

(14,000

)

 

 

85.00

 

Outstanding at December 29, 2018

 

 

111,400

 

 

$

28.46

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired or cancelled

 

 

(34,900

)

 

 

29.99

 

Outstanding at December 28, 2019

 

 

76,500

 

 

$

27.76

 

 

During the Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded total share-based payment expense of $49 and $198, respectively, in connection with all options outstanding.

 

The total compensation cost related to options not yet amortized is $56 at Fiscal 2019. The Company will recognize this charge over approximately 2.5 years.   

 

2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

In May 2016, the Company’s Board approved the 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2016 LTIP”). This plan was approved by our stockholders on January 26, 2017.

 

The material features of the 2016 LTIP are:

 

 

The maximum number of shares of common stock to be issued under the 2016 LTIP is 260,000 shares;

 

The award of performance units is permitted;

 

The term of the 2016 LTIP expired on December 31, 2018.

 

Board selected 260,000 shares to adequately motivate the participants and drive performance for the period.  

 

The estimated fair value of the 2016 LTIP plan based on third party valuation was $136. As of Fiscal 2017, all units had been issued and all compensation expense amortized.  For Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded $0 and $0 in compensation expense, respectively, associated with the 2016 LTIP. All the units under this plan expired on December 31, 2018.

 

2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

In January 2019, the Company’s Board approved the 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2019 LTIP”).

 

The Board granted 365,000 units to adequately motivate the participants and drive performance for the period.  

 

Units vest upon the following:

 

 

50% upon the employee being in good standing on December 31, 2020; and,

 

50% upon the average share price of the Company’s common stock during the 90-day period leading up to December 31, 2020, based upon the following Vesting Rate table:

F-28
 

 

Average 2019 Price

Vesting Rate

<$8 per share

0

>$8 per share

Pro-rated

>=$12 per share

Full Vesting

 

The company has recognized expense of $232 related to the 2019 LTIP in Fiscal 2019.

 

 

 

NOTE 13 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Employment Agreements

 

The Flood Employment Agreement

 

On January 3, 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Initio, the Company entered into a services agreement (the “Flood Employment Agreement”) with Brendan Flood. Pursuant to the Flood Employment Agreement, Mr. Flood initially served as Executive Chairman of the Board. Mr. Flood was initially paid a salary of £192 per annum, less statutory deductions, plus other benefits including reimbursement for reasonable expenses, paid vacation and insurance coverage for his roles with both the Company and our U.K. subsidiary. Under the agreement, Mr. Flood’s salary is required to be adjusted (but not decreased) annually in connection with the CPI Adjustment (as defined in the Flood Employment Agreement). Mr. Flood is also entitled to an annual bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary based reaching certain financial milestones. Additionally, Mr. Flood was entitled to a gross profit appreciation participation, which entitled the participants to 10% of Initio’s “Excess Gross Profit,” which is defined as the increase in Initio gross profits in excess of 120% of the base year’s gross profit, up to $400. Mr. Flood’s participating level was 62.5%. On May 29, 2015, the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus associated with this employment agreement was converted into Series A Preferred Stock.

 

The Flood Employment Agreement has a term of five years and will automatically renew thereafter unless 12 months written notice is provided by either party. This employment agreement includes customary non-compete/solicitation language for a period of 12 months after termination of employment, and in the event of a change in control, the Company may request that Mr. Flood continue employment with the new control entityOn January 1, 2017 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment and provided an additional bonus of up to 25% of his base salary based upon achieving a certain leverage ratio. In December 2017, upon the reorganization of the Company and departure of Mr. Briand, Mr. Flood’s title was changed to Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. On January 1, 2018 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment. On January 1, 2019 and January 1, 2020, Mr. Flood was eligible for a CPI salary adjustment and chose to waive this adjustment. All other terms of Mr. Flood’s employment agreement remained unchanged.

 

The Faiman Employment Agreements

 

On February 5, 2016, the Company entered into an employment agreement (the “Faiman Employment Agreement”) with David Faiman. Pursuant to the Faiman Employment Agreement, Mr. Faiman was appointed as Chief Financial Officer effective March 1, 2016 and was granted an initial base salary of $275 per annum. Mr. Faiman was later appointed Treasurer and Executive Vice President of the Company until his departure from January 1, 2020 (refer to below for details).

 

The Faiman Employment Agreement provides for severance payments of continued regular salary through the end of the year in the event of a termination by the Company not for cause or a resignation by the employee for good reason, which includes a change in title, duties, responsibilities or direct report superior. Mr. Faiman’s salary is required to be increased (but not decreased) annually in connection with the CPI Adjustment as defined in the Faiman Employment Agreement. In connection with his employment, Mr. Faiman also received a grant of 10,000 restricted shares of the Company’s common stock, which fully vested on the second anniversary of Mr. Faiman’s employment start date. Annual adjustments to salary, as well as bonus and additional stock option awards may be granted at the discretion of the Board based on meeting personal and corporate objectives each year. Mr. Faiman’s annual bonus target is 50% of annual base salary. On January 1, 2017 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment and provided an additional bonus of up to 25% of his base salary based upon achieving a certain leverage ratio. On January 1, 2018 the Company increased his salary to an annualized salary of $320. On January 1, 2019 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment for the duration of Fiscal 2019.

 

On September 11, 2019, David Faiman and the Company entered into an agreement whereby Mr. Faiman agreed to transition his position and responsibilities with the Company (“Faiman Separation Agreement”), and Mr. Faiman’s Employment Agreement, dated February 5, 2016, was terminated.  Under the terms of the Faiman Separation Agreement, Mr. Faiman continued as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer including acting as the Company’s principal financial officer, for a period lasting until December 31, 2019.

 

Pursuant to the Faiman Separation Agreement, Mr. Faiman will be entitled to receive, among other things, (i) pay in an amount equal to his base salary through the separation date, payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies, (ii) continuation of Mr. Faiman’s current Company-sponsored employee benefits through the separation date, (iii) accelerated vesting

F-29
 

 

of any outstanding equity awards held by Mr. Faiman and the elimination of any obligations to forfeit such awards upon the termination of Mr. Faiman’s employment (provided that no award shall be extended beyond its original term) and (iv) a positive reference from the management of the Company.

 

In exchange for the consideration described above, Mr. Faiman granted a general release of claims in favor of the Company covering the period leading up to, and including, the date of the Separation Agreement. The Separation Agreement provides that, following the Separation Date and subject to Mr. Faiman executing another general release of claims in favor of the Company covering any claims leading up to, and including, the Separation Date, Mr. Faiman will also be entitled to additional consideration of, among other things, (i) severance in an amount equal to Mr. Faiman’s annual base salary for six (6) months, payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies, and (ii) coverage under COBRA, payable directly by the Company, for all health insurance plan benefits to which Mr. Faiman was entitled prior to the Separation Date for a six (6) month period. The Company has recorded severance payable of approximately $190 in Fiscal 2019.

 

The Lutzo Employment Agreement 

 

Effective August 10, 2018, Mr. Lutzo, our former legal counsel, is no longer with the Company. As part of his severance, he received severance pay in an amount equal to his annual base salary for six months and for a period of six months following his separation, all health insurance plan benefits which he was entitled to receive prior to the separation date.

 

The Barker Employment Agreement

 

The Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer effective July 1, 2018. Ms. Barker also serves as a member of our Board, but effective as of her appointment as our Chief Operating Officer, she no longer serves as a member of any Board committee and is not considered an independent director. Ms. Barker receives stock compensation for her service as a member of the Board.

 

Under the terms of her employment agreement, Ms. Barker currently receives an annual base salary of $250 and is entitled to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 50% of her base salary based on the achievement of certain performance metrics. Ms. Barker’s base salary is required to be reviewed by the Board on an annual basis and may be increased, but not decreased, in its sole discretion. Ms. Barker’s employment agreement also entitles her to reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with her services to the Company and to participate in the benefit plans generally made available to other executives of the Company.

 

In the event Ms. Barker is terminated without cause or for good reason (as such terms are defined in her employment agreement), she is entitled to receive (subject to certain requirements, including signing a general release of claims): (i) any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date; (ii) severance pay in an amount equal to 12 months base salary; and (iii) any earned but unpaid performance bonus. In the event Ms. Barker is terminated for cause or without good reason, she is only entitled to receive any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date. Ms. Barker’s employment agreement also contains customary confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement clauses.

 

The Gibbens Employment Agreement

 

The Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Mark Gibbens that appoints him as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer effective February 18, 2020, appointing Mr. Gibbens as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer commencing February 18, 2020 for an initial employment term of six months (“Initial Employment Term”). The Employment Agreement may be terminated at any time for any reason during the Initial Employment Term by either party upon no less than thirty days’ written notice, and will otherwise be automatically renewed for successive one year terms after the Initial Employment Term. Mr. Gibbens will also serve as the Company’s principal accounting officer and principal financial officer.

 

Under the Employment Agreement with Mr. Gibbens, he will receive an annual base salary of $325. Provided that Mr. Gibbens is employed by the Company through the Initial Employment Term, as soon as administratively possible following the commencement of the first Renewal Term, and in no event later than thirty days following the commencement of the first Renewal Term, Mr. Gibbens shall receive, pursuant to the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan, (i) an award covering 40,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, which will vest in three (3) equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the award’s grant, provided Mr. Gibbens is still employed by the Company through the applicable vesting date, and (ii) an additional award covering 40,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, which will vest in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Company’s standard form of performance compensation award agreement. In the event that Mr. Gibbens’ employment continues beyond the Initial Employment Term, for each calendar year or portion thereof during his employment, Mr. Gibbens shall be eligible for a discretionary bonus prorated for any partial year upon the same terms and criteria as provided for the Company’s Chief Operating Officer, as set forth separately to Mr. Gibbens.

F-30
 

 

On April 13, 2020, the Company and Mark Gibbens, agreed by mutual understanding that Mr. Gibbens’ employment as an officer and employee of the Company will cease as of May 13, 2020, in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement with the Company dated February 17, 2020. Mr. Gibbens ceased to serve as the Company’s principal accounting officer and principal financial officer, effective as of April 17, 2020.

 

Earn-out Liabilities and Stock Value Guarantees

 

Pursuant to the acquisition of CBS Butler on September 15, 2017, the purchase price includes an earn-out payment of up to £4,214 (payable in December 2018, based upon CBS Butler’s operating performance during the period September 1, 2017 through August 31, 2018) and deferred consideration of £150 less the aggregate amount of any net asset shortfall amount, if any, as determined pursuant to the acquisition agreements for the acquisition of CBS Butler. In September 2018, the Company paid the deferred consideration of £150 ($195).

 

While the Company had recognized the liability for the contingent earn-out due the sellers of CBS Butler within current liabilities as of December 29, 2018, in March 2019 the Company filed a warranty claim against the sellers asserting certain misrepresentations for an amount which approximates the contingent earn-out. In April 2019, the sellers of CBS Butler responded denying the Company’s warranty claim and asserting that the earn-out amount is due. On July 5, 2019, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the selling shareholders of CBS Butler for the full and final satisfaction of claims in exchange for a payment of approximately £2,150 by the Company to the CBS Butler shareholders.  The payment was due no later than July 26, 2019. The Company did not make the payment on July 26, 2019, as such the parties agreed to adjust the amount payable to £2,500. The Company paid this in full on August 30, 2019 and recorded a gain of approximately £894 ($1,077) on final settlement. The Company used the proceeds from the term note entered into with Jackson on August 29, 2019 for $2,538, to satisfy this obligation.  

 

Pursuant to the acquisition of FirstPro Inc. (“FirstPro”) on September 15, 2017, the purchase price included deferred quarterly installments of $75 beginning on October 1, 2017, and $2,675 is payable annually in three equal installments beginning on September 15, 2018. The Company made $300 and $892 in quarterly installments and annual installment in Fiscal 2018. On March 1, 2019, the Company paid $1,125 in full satisfaction of the remaining liability, recognizing a gain of $847.

 

Pursuant to the acquisition of Clement May on June 28, 2018, the purchase price includes an earnout payment of up to £500 to be paid on or around December 28, 2019; and deferred consideration of £350, the amount to be calculated and paid pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, on or around June 28, 2019.  The Company paid deferred consideration of £350 ($444) on June 26, 2019. The earnout payment of £500 ($656) was paid in December 2019.

 

Pursuant to the acquisition of Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”) on August 27, 2018, the purchase price includes earnout consideration payable to the seller of $2,027 each on August 27, 2019 and August 27, 2020. The payment of the earnout consideration is contingent on KRI’s achievement of certain trailing gross profit amounts. On September 11, 2019, the Company entered into an amended agreement with the seller to delay the payment of the first year earnout of $2,027 until no later than February 27, 2020. For each full calendar month beyond August 27, 2019, that such payment is delayed, the Company shall pay the seller interest in the amount of $10 with the first such payment of interest due on September 30, 2019.  In addition, the amended agreement was further amended to change the due date for the second year earnout payment of $2,027 from August 27, 2020 to February 27, 2020. The seller of KRI, Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker”) has filed a lawsuit against the Company asserting claims for breach of contract and declaratory judgment against the Company due under a share purchase agreement and is seeking $4,054 in alleged damages. While the Company had recognized the liability for the earnout consideration of $4,054 due to Whitaker, within current liabilities as of December 28, 2019, in February 2020, the Company filed an action against Whitaker for breach of contract which more than approximates the earnout consideration recognized. The Company paid interest of $30 in Fiscal 2019 and $40 subsequent to Fiscal 2019 year end. Refer to legal proceedings below for action filed against Whitaker, the former owner of KRI.

 

Lease Obligations

 

The Company is party to multiple lease agreements for office space. The agreements require monthly rental payments through September 2029. Total minimum obligations are approximately $1,825, $1,443, $594, $329, $321, and $1,143 a for the twelve months ended fiscal 2020, 2021, 2022, 2023, 2024 and beyond, respectively. For Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, rent expense amounted to $1,732 and $1,775, respectively.

 

Legal Proceedings 

 

NewCSI, Inc. vs. Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

 

On May 22, 2014, NewCSI, Inc. (“Newsy”), the former owners of Control Solutions International, filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, Austin Division, against the Company arising from the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 14, 2013 between the Company and Newsy. Newsy claimed that the Company breached a provision of the Stock Purchase Agreement (“SPA § 2.7”) that required the Company to calculate and pay to Newsy 50% of certain “Deferred Tax

F-31
 

 

Assets” within 90 days after December 31, 2013, subject to certain criteria. The case has been fully litigated resulting in the Company paying damages to Neswsy of $1,389 and reimbursing Newsy’s legal fees in the amount of $606 in June 2018.

 

Whitaker v. Monroe Staffing Services, LLC & Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

 

On December 5, 2019, former owner of Key Resources, Inc. (“KRI”), Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker”, “Plaintiff”), filed a complaint in Guilford County, North Carolina (the “North Carolina Action”) asserting claims for breach of contract and declaratory judgment against Monroe and the Company (the “Defendants” arising out of the alleged non-payment of certain earn-out payments and interest purportedly due under a Share Purchase Agreement pursuant to which Whitaker sold all issued and outstanding shares in her staffing agency, KRI to Staffing 360’s subsidiary, Monroe Staffing Services in August 2018.  Whitaker is seeking $4,054 in alleged damages. 

 

Defendants removed the action to the Middle District of North Carolina on January 7, 2020, and Plaintiff moved to remand on February 4, 2020.  Briefing on the motion to remand concluded on February 24, 2020.  Separately, Defendants moved to dismiss the action on January 14, 2020 based on Plaintiff’s failure to state a claim, improper venue, and lack of personal jurisdiction as to defendant Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.  Alternatively, Defendants sought a transfer of the action to the Southern District of New York, based on the plain language of the Share Purchase Agreement’s forum selection clause.  Briefing on Defendants’ motion to dismiss concluded on February 18, 2020.  The parties await decisions from the court on both Plaintiff’s motion to remand and Defendants’ motion to dismiss.  On February 28, 2020, Plaintiff moved for leave to file an amended complaint. Defendants filed their opposition to the motion for leave on March 19, 2020. Plaintiff has filed a reply.

 

Separately, on February 26, 2020, Staffing 360 and Monroe filed an action against Whitaker in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (Case No. 1:20-cv-01716) (the “New York Action”).  The New York Action concerns claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement arising from various misrepresentations made by Whitaker to Staffing 360 and Monroe in advance of, and included in, the share purchase agreement.  Staffing 360 and Monroe are seeking damages in an amount to be determined at trial but in no event less than $6 million.  Whitaker has not yet responded to the claims asserted in the New York Action. On April 28, 2020, Whitaker brought an action to dismiss Monroe’s action. Monroe has until June 11, 2020, to reply to Whitaker’s motion to dismiss.

 

The Company intends to vigorously contest Whitaker’s claims in the North Carolina Action and pursue its claims in the New York Action.

 

Other Matters

 

On February 17, 2016, a previous law firm filed suit in the Supreme Court of the State of New York alleging that the Company owes $759, for legal services rendered. The Company disagreed with the quantity and quality of legal services provided by the firm to the Company. On March 17, 2016, the Company reached a settlement with the law firm in the amount of $505 to be paid in equal installments over 24 months beginning April 2016. The final payment was made on March 1, 2018.

 

 

NOTE 14 – SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

In December 2017, the Company reorganized its operations into three reportable segments: Commercial – US; Professional – US and Professional - UK.

 

F-32
 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Commercial Staffing – US

 

$

127,330

 

 

$

107,318

 

Professional Staffing – US

 

 

37,294

 

 

 

49,752

 

Professional Staffing – UK

 

 

113,854

 

 

 

103,856

 

Total Revenue

 

$

278,478

 

 

$

260,926

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Staffing – US

 

$

20,080

 

 

$

17,496

 

Professional Staffing – US

 

 

14,081

 

 

 

15,610

 

Professional Staffing – UK

 

 

14,148

 

 

 

15,199

 

Total Gross Profit

 

$

48,309

 

 

$

48,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

$

(44,327

)

 

$

(43,579

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(3,369

)

 

 

(3,124

)

Operating expenses – restructuring

 

 

10

 

 

 

57

 

Interest expense

 

 

(7,628

)

 

 

(8,386

)

Amortization of debt discount and deferred

   financing costs

 

 

(857

)

 

 

(580

)

Change in fair value of warrant liability

 

 

-

 

 

 

879

 

Re-measurement gain (loss) on intercompany note

 

 

383

 

 

 

(686

)

Gain from sale of business

 

 

-

 

 

 

238

 

Gain on settlement of deferred consideration

 

 

1,924

 

 

 

-

 

Other expense

 

 

326

 

 

 

398

 

Loss Before Provision for Income Tax

 

$

(5,229

)

 

$

(6,479

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company generated revenue in the U.S., the U.K. and Canada as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

Fiscal 2018

 

United States

 

$

164,624

 

$

157,070

 

United Kingdom

 

 

113,854

 

 

103,856

 

Total Revenue

 

$

278,478

 

$

260,926

 

 

For the period ended Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company has assets in the U.S., the U.K. and Canada as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

United States

 

 

74,671

 

 

$

70,390

 

United Kingdom

 

$

14,170

 

 

 

26,047

 

Total Assets

 

$

88,841

 

 

$

96,437

 

 

Total assets by segment is not presented as it is not reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker in his evaluation of how to allocate capital and resources.

 

For the period ended Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company has goodwill in the U.S. and the U.K. as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

United States

 

$

16,630

 

 

$

16,630

 

United Kingdom

 

 

14,419

 

 

 

15,431

 

Total Goodwill

 

$

31,049

 

 

$

32,061

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE 15 – ACQUISITIONS

 

In accordance with ASC 805, the Company accounts for acquisitions using the purchase method under which the acquisition purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The Company utilizes management estimates and, in some instances, may retain the services of an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration granted. Such estimates and valuations require the Company to make significant assumptions, including projections of future events and operating performance.

 

F-33
 

 

On June 28, 2018, the Company and Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (formerly known as Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into share purchase agreements (“Share Purchase Agreements”) to acquire all of the share capital of Clement May Limited (“CML”). Consideration for the acquisition of all the shares was (i) an aggregate cash payment of £1,550 ($2,047), (ii) 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, (iii) an earn-out payment of up to £500, the amount to be calculated and paid on or around December 28, 2019 pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, and (iv) deferred consideration of £350, to be paid on or around June 28, 2019, depending on the satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in that Share Purchase Agreement. To finance the above transaction, the Company entered into a term loan with HSBC Bank plc. The Company paid deferred consideration of £350 ($444) on June 26, 2019. The earnout payment of £500 ($656) was paid in December 2019.

 

On August 27, 2018, the Company and Monroe Staffing Services, LLC (“Monroe Staffing”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a share purchase agreement with Pamela D. Whitaker (“Seller”), pursuant to which the Seller sold 100% of the common shares of Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”) to Monroe Staffing (the “KRI Transaction”). The KRI Transaction closed simultaneously with the signing of the share purchase agreement. The purchase price in connection with the KRI Transaction was approximately $12,163, of which (a) approximately $8,109 was paid to the Seller at closing, (b) up to approximately $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2019 and (c) up to $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2020.  The payment of the Earnout Consideration is contingent on KRI’s achievement of certain trailing gross profit amounts. On September 11, 2019, the Company entered into an amended agreement with the seller to delay the payment of the first year earnout of $2,027 until no later than February 27, 2020. For each full calendar month beyond August 27, 2019, that such payment is delayed, the Company shall pay the seller interest in the amount of $10 with the first such payment of interest due on September 30, 2019.  In addition, the amended agreement was further amended to change the due date for the second year earnout payment of $2,027 from August 27, 2020 to February 27, 2020. The seller of KRI, Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker”) has filed a lawsuit against the Company asserting claims for breach of contract and declaratory judgment against the Company due under a share purchase agreement and is seeking $4,054 in alleged damages. While the Company had recognized the liability for the earnout consideration of $4,054 due to Whitaker, within current liabilities as of December 28, 2019, in February 2020, the Company filed an action against Whitaker for breach of contract which more than approximates the earnout consideration recognized. The Company paid interest of $30 in Fiscal 2019 and $40 subsequent to Fiscal 2019 year end.

 

To finance the above transaction, the Company entered into an agreement with Jackson Investment Group, LLC (“Jackson”) on August 27, 2018, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended to add an additional senior debt investment of approximately $8,428 in the Company.

 

In connection with the acquisition of KRI and Clement May, the Company recorded the following intangible assets, based on valuation performed.

 

 

KRI

 

 

Clement May

 

Goodwill

$

3,347

 

 

$

1,545

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tradenames

 

1,000

 

 

 

470

 

Non-compete

-

 

 

273

 

Customer Relationships

 

6,400

 

 

451

 

 

$

7,400

 

 

$

1,194

 

 

The following table summarizes the final allocation of the purchase price to the estimated fair values of net assets acquired at the date of the acquisition:

 

 

 

KRI

 

 

Clement May

 

Purchase price

 

$

11,537

 

 

$

3,543

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

 

 

(790

)

 

 

(804

)

Intangibles

 

 

(7,400

)

 

 

(1,194

)

Goodwill

 

$

3,347

 

 

$

1,545

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill of Clement May is included in the Company’s Professional-UK reportable segment. Goodwill of KRI is included in the Company’s Professional-US reportable segment.

 

Identified intangible assets for Clement May are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their weighted average estimated useful life of 8.4 years. The Company acquired a total of $14,305 in receivables and fair value of these receivables equals the contract value; and recorded contingent consideration associated with Clement May of £850 ($1,100).

F-34
 

 

 

Identified intangible assets of KRI are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their weighted average estimated useful life of 10 years. The Company acquired a total of $2,531 in receivables and fair value of these receivables equals the contract value; and recorded contingent consideration associated with KRI of $3,427, net of discounting.

 

In Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded a total of $105 and $35 in third party expenses associated with consummating the Clement May and KRI acquisitions, respectively, which are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses, excluding depreciation and amortization stated on the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

 

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operation have been prepared, as if the acquisition of KRI and Clement May occurred on January 1, 2017.

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Revenues

$

308,093

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

(6,189

)

Weighted average number of common stock shares - basic and diluted

 

4,378,447

 

Net loss per share from continuing operations

$

(1.41

)

 

The Company recorded revenues of $42,060 from the acquisitions completed during Fiscal 2018.

 

 

NOTE 16 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

In addition to the Series A Preferred Shares and notes and warrants issued to Jackson, the following are other related party transactions:

 

Board and Committee Members

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Cash Compensation

 

 

Shares Issued

 

 

Value of Shares Issued

 

 

Compensation Expense Recognized

 

Dimitri Villard

$

75

 

 

 

5,600

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

30

 

Jeff Grout

 

75

 

 

 

5,600

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

30

 

Nick Florio

 

75

 

 

 

5,600

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

30

 

Alicia Barker

 

-

 

 

 

5,600

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

4

 

 

$

225

 

 

 

22,400

 

 

$

32

 

 

$

94

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

 

Cash Compensation

 

 

Shares Issued

 

 

Value of Shares Issued

 

 

Compensation Expense Recognized

 

Dimitri Villard

$

75

 

 

 

5,600

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

68

 

Jeff Grout

 

75

 

 

 

5,600

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

70

 

Nick Florio

 

75

 

 

 

5,600

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

69

 

Alicia Barker

 

19

 

 

 

4,200

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

1

 

 

$

244

 

 

 

21,000

 

 

$

43

 

 

$

208

 

 

Appointment of Officers

 

On March 28, 2018, the Company appointed Alicia Barker to fill the Class II director vacancy created by the departure of Mr. Briand earlier in the year, such appointment was effective April 1, 2018. Ms. Barker joined the company’s board of directors as an independent director and serves on the Board’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee and on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

 

Effective July 1, 2018, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. Ms. Barker will continue as a member of the Company’s board of directors, but effective with her appointment will no longer be a member of any Board committee, nor an independent member of the Board, bringing the number of independent directors to three of five Board members.

 

F-35
 

 

NOTE 17 – SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Cash paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

7,225

 

 

$

6,657

 

Income taxes

 

 

324

 

 

 

268

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred purchase price of UK factoring facility

 

$

13,856

 

 

$

12,586

 

Shares issued in connection with Jackson term loan

 

 

75

 

 

 

899

 

Increase in lease liabilities from obtaining right-of-use assets – ASC 842 adoption

 

 

5,965

 

 

 

-

 

Shares issued for purchase consideration

 

 

-

 

 

 

21

 

Warrants adjustments in connection with Jackson term loan

 

 

-

 

 

 

682

 

 

 

NOTE 18 – INCOME TAXES

 

The components of loss before provision for income taxes for Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2019, are as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Domestic

 

$

(4,795

)

 

$

(4,840

)

Foreign

 

 

(434

)

 

 

(1,639

)

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

$

(5,229

)

 

$

(6,479

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

 

 

$

 

State

 

 

119

 

 

 

60

 

Foreign

 

 

21

 

 

 

39

 

Total current tax expense

 

 

140

 

 

 

99

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

49

 

 

 

35

 

State

 

 

186

 

 

 

11

 

Foreign

 

 

(710

)

 

 

(123

)

Total deferred tax expense

 

 

(475

)

 

 

(77

)

Total tax (benefit) expense

 

$

(335

)

 

$

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The difference between the income tax provision on income (loss) and the amount computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate is due to:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

Income benefit provision at Federal Statutory Rate

 

$

(1,004

)

 

 

21.00

%

International tax rate differentials

 

 

(13

)

 

 

0.28

%

U.S. Permanent differences

 

 

349

 

 

 

-7.29

%

Other True-Ups

 

 

(325

)

 

 

6.81

%

State Taxes

 

 

(1,741

)

 

 

36.41

%

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

2,399

 

 

 

-50.18

%

Tax provision

 

$

(335

)

 

 

7.04

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective for the year ended December 28, 2018, the Tax Act resulted in a new limitation on interest expense under IRC Section 163(j).  New IRC Section 163(j) limits the Company’s annual deduction of interest expense to the sum of business interest income and 30 percent of the adjusted taxable income of the Company. The limitation for the year ended December 28, 2019 resulted in disallowed interest of $6,756, which can be carried forward indefinitely.

 

F-36
 

 

The Company has not provided for additional income or withholding taxes for any undistributed foreign earnings, nor have any taxes been provided for the outside basis difference inherent in these entities as the Company’s assertion is to indefinitely reinvest in foreign operations. Additionally, due to withholding tax, basis computations, and other related tax considerations, it is not practicable to estimate any taxes to be provided on outside basis differences at this time. Based on the amount of foreign undistributed earnings through December 31, 2019, we believe any such tax liability would be insignificant to the financial statements.

 

Our deferred tax assets (liabilities) are as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforward

 

$

5,858

 

 

$

5,393

 

Tax credit, deduction and capital loss carryforward

 

 

2,327

 

 

 

2,504

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

847

 

 

 

687

 

Debt issuance costs

 

 

333

 

 

 

660

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

454

 

 

 

615

 

Interest limitation and carryforward

 

 

3,639

 

 

 

1,155

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

731

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

14,189

 

 

 

11,014

 

Less: valuation allowance

 

 

(11,948

)

 

 

(9,619

)

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

 

 

2,241

 

 

 

1,395

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deprecation

 

 

1,557

 

 

 

1,461

 

Basis differences in acquired intangibles

 

 

1,433

 

 

 

1,852

 

Operating lease - Right-of-use assets

 

 

731

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

3,721

 

 

 

3,313

 

Deferred tax liability

 

$

(1,480

)

 

$

(1,918

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

During Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company has federal net operating losses (“NOLs”) of $14,371 and $15,264 that begin to expire in 2029.  As of November 15, 2018, the company had a change in ownership under Section 382 which limits the amount of useable NOLs going forward. As such, the company reduced the Federal NOL available by $7,220. As of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the Company has state operating losses of $47,581 and $31,922 that begin to expire in 2030, and foreign NOLs totaling $1,514 and $2,958 with an indefinite life. As of December 28, 2019 and December 29, 2018, the Company also has capital loss carryforward of $7,531 and $9,554, which, if unused, will begin to expire in 2023 and a general business credit carryforward of $248 and $248.

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized.  The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income in those periods in which temporary differences become deductible and/or net operating loss carryforwards can be utilized.  We consider the level of historical taxable income, scheduled reversal of temporary differences, tax planning strategies, and projected future taxable income in determining whether a valuation allowance is warranted.

 

During Fiscal 2019, the Company maintained a valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets. The Company’s valuation allowance increased by $2,410 during Fiscal 2019 primarily attributable to the Section 163(j) interest limitation. Additionally, the Company released the valuation allowance against the U.K. deferred tax assets. As a result of a review of the all of the Company’s operations within the U.K., management evaluated future taxable income and the Company’s reversal of deductible temporary differences  in the U.K. and concluded that a release of valuation allowance of $393 was appropriate.

 

During 2019, we maintained our federal and state tax attributes for unrecognized tax benefits related primarily to the treatment of stock compensation and stock options. If recognized, $674 of the unrecognized tax benefits are likely to attract a full valuation allowance, thereby offsetting the favorable impact to the effective rate.  A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2019

 

 

Fiscal 2018

 

Beginning balance

 

$

670

 

 

$

1,136

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

 

 

 

466

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

$

674

 

 

$

670

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-37
 

 

It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized tax benefits with respect to our unrecognized tax positions will increase or decrease in the next 12 months. These changes may be the result of, among other things, method changes. However, quantification of an estimated range cannot be made at this time.  The Company has accrued zero interest and penalties as of December 28, 2019 and December 28, 2018.

 

The Company, or one of its subsidiaries, files its tax returns in the U.S., United Kingdom, Canada and certain state tax jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The Company has no tax years under examination at this time. Additional years may be open to the extent attributes are being carried forward to an open year.

 

F-38
 

  

Item 1. Financial Statements

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, par values and stated values)

 

 

September 26,

 

 

December 28,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

7,370

 

 

$

1,196

 

Restricted cash

 

 

3,300

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

23,535

 

 

 

26,604

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

1,234

 

 

 

842

 

Total Current Assets

 

 

35,439

 

 

 

28,642

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

1,218

 

 

 

1,528

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

16,173

 

 

 

19,511

 

Goodwill

 

 

26,277

 

 

 

31,049

 

Right of use asset - leases

 

 

3,310

 

 

 

4,888

 

Other assets

 

 

2,884

 

 

 

3,223

 

Total Assets

 

$

85,301

 

 

$

88,841

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

14,427

 

 

$

16,577

 

Accounts receivable financing

 

 

14,322

 

 

 

19,374

 

Current debt - related party

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

37,780

 

Current portion of debt

 

 

1,084

 

 

 

676

 

Payable - related party

 

 

2,980

 

 

 

3,884

 

PPP Loans

 

 

10,775

 

 

 

 

Lease liabilities, current

 

 

1,194

 

 

 

1,797

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

4,097

 

 

 

3,907

 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

51,879

 

 

 

83,995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Long-term debt - related party

 

 

32,708

 

 

 

 

   Long-term debt

 

 

1,034

 

 

 

 

PPP Loans, non current

 

 

8,620

 

 

 

 

Term loan

 

 

 

 

 

360

 

Lease liabilities, non current

 

 

2,147

 

 

 

3,183

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

4,258

 

 

 

1,670

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

100,646

 

 

 

89,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series E-1 Preferred Stock - Related Party, 6,500 designated, $0.00001 par value, 1,219 and 729 shares issued and outstanding as of September 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ Deficit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock - Related Party, $0.00001 par value, 1,039,380 and 1,663,008 shares issued and outstanding, as of September 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series E Preferred Stock - Related Party, 13,000 designated, $0.00001 par value, 13,000 shares issued and outstanding as of September 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019

 

 

13

 

 

 

13

 

Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized as of September 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019; 9,333,763 and 8,785,748 shares issued and outstanding, as of September 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, respectively

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

74,293

 

 

 

76,214

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

286

 

 

 

(58

)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(89,938

)

 

 

(76,537

)

Total Stockholders’ Deficit

 

 

(15,345

)

 

 

(367

)

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit

 

$

85,301

 

 

$

88,841

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-39
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and per share values)

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Q3 2020

 

 

Q3 2019

 

 

Q3 2020 YTD

 

 

Q3 2019 YTD

 

Revenue

 

$

48,640

 

 

$

67,320

 

 

$

150,693

 

 

$

214,644

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Revenue, excluding depreciation and amortization stated below

 

 

40,317

 

 

 

54,835

 

 

 

124,168

 

 

 

177,949

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Profit

 

 

8,323

 

 

 

12,485

 

 

 

26,525

 

 

 

36,695

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

9,391

 

 

 

11,361

 

 

 

28,609

 

 

 

32,552

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,969

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

768

 

 

 

867

 

 

 

2,312

 

 

 

2,621

 

Total Operating Expenses

 

 

10,159

 

 

 

12,228

 

 

 

33,890

 

 

 

35,173

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) Income From Operations

 

 

(1,836

)

 

 

257

 

 

 

(7,365

)

 

 

1,522

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other (Expenses) Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense and amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs

 

 

(1,746

)

 

 

(2,059

)

 

 

(6,277

)

 

 

(5,977

)

Re-measurement gain (loss) on intercompany note

 

 

442

 

 

 

(467

)

 

 

(348

)

 

 

(484

)

   Gain on business sale

 

 

220

 

 

 

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

 

   Gain on settlement of deferred consideration

 

 

 

 

 

1,138

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,985

 

Other income

 

 

161

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

308

 

Total Other Expenses, net

 

 

(923

)

 

 

(1,337

)

 

 

(6,283

)

 

 

(4,168

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss Before Provision for Income Tax

 

 

(2,759

)

 

 

(1,080

)

 

 

(13,648

)

 

 

(2,646

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit from (Provision for) income taxes

 

 

118

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

247

 

 

 

296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

 

(2,641

)

 

 

(1,108

)

 

 

(13,401

)

 

 

(2,350

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends - Series A Preferred Stock - related party

 

 

31

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

150

 

Dividends - Series E Preferred Stock - related party

 

 

553

 

 

 

390

 

 

 

2,111

 

 

 

1,170

 

Dividends - Series E-1 Preferred Stock - related party

 

 

208

 

 

 

182

 

 

 

575

 

 

 

546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss Attributable to Common Stock Holders

 

$

(3,433

)

 

$

(1,730

)

 

$

(16,180

)

 

$

(4,216

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted Loss per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss Attributable to Common Stock Holders

 

$

(0.39

)

 

$

(0.20

)

 

$

(1.85

)

 

$

(0.53

)

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding – Basic and Diluted

 

 

8,777,683

 

 

 

8,821,607

 

 

 

8,767,183

 

 

 

7,974,186

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-40
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(All amounts in thousands)

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Q3 2020

 

 

Q3 2019

 

 

Q3 2020 YTD

 

 

Q3 2019 YTD

 

Net Loss

 

$

(2,641

)

 

$

(1,108

)

 

$

(13,401

)

 

$

(2,350

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange translation adjustment

 

 

(169

)

 

 

717

 

 

 

344

 

 

 

719

 

Comprehensive Loss Attributable to the Company

 

$

(2,810

)

 

$

(391

)

 

$

(13,057

)

 

$

(1,631

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-41
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(All amounts in thousands)

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

 

Total Deficit

 

 

Series E-1

 

 

 

Series A

 

 

Series E

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance December 28, 2019

 

729

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

$

13

 

 

 

8,785,748

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

76,214

 

 

$

(58

)

 

$

(76,537

)

 

$

(367

)

Shares issued to/for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees, directors and consultants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

479

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

479

 

Share issuance to Jackson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

500,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

324

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

324

 

Warrants issued to consultants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55

 

Conversion of Series A to common shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(623,628

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,215

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends - Series A Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(93

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(93

)

Dividends - Series E Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,111

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,111

)

Dividends - Series E-1 Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

490

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(575

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(575

)

Foreign currency translation gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

344

 

 

 

 

 

 

344

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13,401

)

 

 

(13,401

)

Balance September 26, 2020

 

1,219

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

1,039,380

 

 

$

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

$

13

 

 

 

9,333,763

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

74,293

 

 

$

286

 

 

$

(89,938

)

 

$

(15,345

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

 

Total Deficit

 

 

Series E-1

 

 

 

Series A

 

 

Series E

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance June 27, 2020

 

1,053

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

1,039,380

 

 

$

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

$

13

 

 

 

9,322,563

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

74,890

 

 

$

455

 

 

$

(87,297

)

 

$

(11,938

)

Shares issued to/for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees, directors and consultants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

140

 

Share issuance to Jackson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Warrants issued to consultants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55

 

Dividends - Series A Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(31

)

Dividends - Series E Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(553

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(553

)

Dividends - Series E-1 Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(208

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(208

)

Foreign currency translation loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(169

)

 

 

 

 

 

(169

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,641

)

 

 

(2,641

)

Balance September 26, 2020

 

1,219

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

1,039,380

 

 

$

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

$

13

 

 

 

9,333,763

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

74,293

 

 

$

286

 

 

$

(89,938

)

 

$

(15,345

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-42
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

(All amounts in thousands)

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

 

Total Equity

 

 

Series E-1

 

 

 

Series A

 

 

Series E

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance December 29, 2018

 

81

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

$

13

 

 

 

5,326,068

 

 

$

 

 

$

73,772

 

 

$

2,053

 

 

$

(71,643

)

 

 

4,195

 

Shares issued to/for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees, directors and consultants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

621

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

621

 

Sale of common stock, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,331,280

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

4,395

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,396

 

Dividends - Series A Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(150

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(150

)

Dividends - Series E Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,170

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,170

)

Dividends - Series E-1 Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

486

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(546

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(546

)

Dividends - Common Stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(249

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(249

)

Foreign currency translation gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

719

 

 

 

 

 

 

719

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,350

)

 

 

(2,350

)

Balance September 28, 2019

 

567

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

$

13

 

 

 

8,680,148

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

76,673

 

 

$

2,772

 

 

$

(73,993

)

 

$

5,466

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Shares

 

 

Par

Value

 

 

Additional paid in capital

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

 

Total Equity

 

 

Series E-1

 

 

 

Series A

 

 

Series E

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance June 29, 2019

 

81

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

$

13

 

 

 

8,245,948

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

76,711

 

 

$

2,055

 

 

$

(72,885

)

 

 

5,895

 

Shares issued to/for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees, directors and consultants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

198

 

Sale of common stock, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

428,600

 

 

 

 

 

 

471

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

471

 

Dividends - Series A Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(50

)

Dividends - Series E Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(390

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(390

)

Dividends - Series E-1 Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

486

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(182

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(182

)

Dividends - Common Stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(85

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(85

)

Foreign currency translation gain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

717

 

 

 

 

 

 

717

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,108

)

 

 

(1,108

)

Balance September 28, 2019

 

567

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

1,663,008

 

 

$

 

 

 

13,000

 

 

$

13

 

 

 

8,680,148

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

76,673

 

 

$

2,772

 

 

$

(73,993

)

 

$

5,466

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-43
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(All amounts in thousands)

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Q3 2020 YTD

 

 

Q3 2019 YTD

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

$

(13,401

)

 

$

(2,350

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

2,312

 

 

 

2,621

 

Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs

 

 

521

 

 

 

529

 

Bad debt expense

 

 

879

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation

 

 

534

 

 

 

621

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

2,969

 

 

 

 

Gain on settlement of deferred consideration

 

 

 

 

 

(1,985

)

Gain from sale of business

 

 

(220

)

 

 

 

Re-measurement loss on intercompany note

 

 

348

 

 

 

484

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(4,805

)

 

 

(8,994

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(446

)

 

 

(187

)

Other assets

 

 

390

 

 

 

(395

)

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

(1,860

)

 

 

3,240

 

Interest payable - related party

 

 

(871

)

 

 

(190

)

Other current liabilities

 

 

192

 

 

 

(54

)

Other long-term liabilities and other

 

 

2,540

 

 

 

(341

)

NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(10,918

)

 

 

(7,001

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(226

)

 

 

(415

)

Proceeds from disposal of business

 

 

3,300

 

 

 

 

Collection of UK factoring facility deferred purchase price

 

 

6,830

 

 

 

10,502

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

9,904

 

 

 

10,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of term loan

 

 

(165

)

 

 

(522

)

Proceeds from term loan

 

 

1,220

 

 

 

 

(Repayment of) Proceeds from term loan - related party

 

 

(2,538

)

 

 

2,538

 

Proceeds from PPP loans

 

 

19,395

 

 

 

 

Repayments on accounts receivable financing, net

 

 

(4,999

)

 

 

(3,702

)

Dividends paid to related parties

 

 

(2,480

)

 

 

(1,125

)

Dividends paid on common stock

 

 

 

 

 

(249

)

Proceeds from sale of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

5,515

 

Payments made for earn-outs

 

 

 

 

 

(5,613

)

Financing costs - related party

 

 

 

 

 

(188

)

Third party financing costs

 

 

 

 

 

(1,122

)

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

10,433

 

 

 

(4,468

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH

 

 

9,419

 

 

 

(1,382

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rates on cash

 

 

55

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Restricted Cash - Beginning of period

 

 

1,196

 

 

 

3,181

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and Restricted Cash - End of period

 

$

10,670

 

 

$

1,797

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-44
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” “Staffing 360,” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on December 22, 2009, as Golden Fork Corporation, which changed its name to Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., ticker symbol “STAF,” on March 16, 2012. On June 15, 2017, the Company changed its state of domicile to Delaware. We are a rapidly growing public company in the international staffing sector. Our high-growth business model is based on finding and acquiring, suitable, mature, profitable, operating, domestic and international staffing companies. Our targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the accounting and finance, information technology (“IT”), engineering, administration (“Professional”) and light industrial (“Commercial”) disciplines.

 

 

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

 

These condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes are presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), expressed in U.S. dollars.

 

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  

 

These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments including normal recurring adjustments, which, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in accordance with the GAAP.

 

These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal year ended December 28, 2019 which are included in the Company’s December 28, 2019 Form 10-K (“Fiscal 2019”), filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on May 11, 2020. The Company assumes that the users of the interim financial information herein have read, or have access to, the audited consolidated financial statements for the preceding period, and that the adequacy of additional disclosure needed for a fair presentation may be determined in that context. The results of operations for the period ended September 26, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year end. This report is for the period June 28, 2020 to September 26, 2020 (“Q3 2020”), December 29, 2019 to September 26, 2020 (“Q3 2020 YTD”), June 30, 2019 to September 28, 2019 (“Q3 2019”) and December 30, 2018 to September 28, 2019 (“Q3 2019 YTD”). The Company uses a 4-4-5 calendar month which only has 364 days and as such an extra week would need to be added every few years. In October of 2020, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) approved the addition of this extra week to this year’s fiscal year end resulting in the year ending on January 2, 2021.

 

Liquidity

 

The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments or classifications that may result from the possible inability of the Company to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. As shown in the accompanying financial statements as of the quarter ended September 26, 2020, the Company has an accumulated deficit of $89,938 and a working capital deficit of $16,440. At September 26, 2020, we had total debt of $57,253 and $7,370 of cash on hand. We have historically met our cash needs through a combination of cash flows from operating activities, term loans, promissory notes, convertible notes, private placement offerings and sales of equity. Our cash requirements are generally for operating activities and debt repayments

 

The financial statements included in this quarterly report have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the recoverability of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. Significant assumptions underlie this belief, including, among other things, that there will be no material adverse developments in our business, liquidity, capital requirements and that our credit facilities with our lenders will remain available to us.

 

On October 26, 2020, the Company entered into a Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement (the “Amended Note Purchase Agreement”) and a Second Amended and Restated 12% Senior Secured Note due September 30, 2022, or the Jackson Note, with Jackson Investment Group (“Jackson”), which amended and restated our Existing Note Purchase Agreement, as amended.  The Amended Note Purchase Agreement refinanced an aggregate of $35.7 million of debt provided by Jackson pursuant to the Existing

F-45
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

Note Purchase Agreement and the Existing Jackson Notes. The entire outstanding principal balance of the Jackson Notes shall be due and payable on September 30, 2022. For more information, see Note 13.  

 

The Amended Note Purchase Agreement includes certain financial customary covenants and the Company has had in prior periods had instances of non-compliance. As of September 26, 2020, any non-compliance of the covenants were waived with the refinancing. Management has historically been able to obtain from Jackson waivers of any non-compliance however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain such waivers, and should Jackson refuse to provide a waiver in the future, the outstanding debt under the Amended Note Purchase Agreement could become due immediately, which exceeds our current cash balance.

 

During Q3 2020 and on October 26, 2020, the Company and certain domestic subsidiaries of the Company entered into amendments to the Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2015, as amended (the “Credit and Security Agreement”), with MidCap Funding X Trust, as successor-by-assignment to MidCap Financial Trust (“MidCap”) to extend the maturity date of the facility from August 8, 2020 to September 1, 2022. For more information, see Note 13.

 

As discussed further below under COVID-19, during the second quarter of 2020 the Company received funds under the Payroll Protection Program (“PPP”) amounting to $19,395. While such amounts could be forgiven under the terms of the PPP, there can be no assurance that forgiveness will be granted. As of September 26, 2020, the short-term balance of amounts due under the PPP loan exceed our current cash balance.

 

Going concern

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern. The Company’s debt obligations and certain unsecured payments associated with historical acquisitions are due in the next 12 months, and the Company’s debt obligations with Jackson and MidCap may become due on demand due to certain covenant violations discussed above, which are in excess of cash and cash equivalents on hand. Historically, the Company has funded such payments either through cash flow from operations or the raising of capital through additional debt or equity. If the Company is unable to obtain additional capital, such payments may not be made on time.

 

The Novel Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”), is impacting worldwide economic activity, and activity in the United States and the United Kingdom where the Company’s operations are based. The nature of work of the contractors the Company supports mostly are on the site of the Company’s clients.  As a result, the Company is subject to the plans and approaches of the Company’s clients to work during this period.  This includes whether they support remote working when they have decided to close their facilities.  To the extent that the Company’s clients have decided to or are required to close their facilities or not permit remote work when they decide to close facilities, the Company would no longer generate revenue and profit from that client. In addition, in the event that the Company’s clients’ businesses suffer or close as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company may experience decline in its revenue or write-off of receivables from such clients. During the quarter ended September 26, 2020, the Company recognized a write-off of receivables amounting to approximately $900 as a result of a customer’s business closure. Developments such as social distancing and shelter-in-place directives have impacted the Company’s ability to deploy its staffing workforce effectively thereby impacting contracts with customers in the Company’s Commercial Staffing and Professional Staffing business streams where the Company has seen declines of approximately 17% in revenues during the third quarter of 2020 as compared with the first quarter of 2020; however, compared to the second quarter of 2020, the Company has seen 12% increases in revenues. Compared to Q3 2019 YTD, the Company has seen declines of approximately 30% in revenues during Q3 2020 YTD. Such government-imposed precautionary measures may have been relaxed in certain countries or states, but there is no assurance that more strict measures will be put in place again due to a resurgence in COVID-19 cases. Therefore, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic may continue to affect the Company’s operation and to disrupt the marketplace in which the Company operates and may negatively impact its sales in fiscal year 2020 and the Company’s overall liquidity. These factors combined with the uncertainty generated by the economic reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

Divesture of Business

 

On September 24, 2020, the Company and Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC d/b/a firstPRO, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Seller”), entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”) with FirstPro Recruitment, LLC (the “Buyer”), pursuant to which the Seller sold to the Buyer substantially all of the Seller’s assets used in or related to the operation or conduct of its professional staffing and recruiting business in Georgia (the “Assets,” and such sale, the “FirstPro Transaction”). The Buyer is a former employee of Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC d/b/a firstPRO.

 

F-46
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

In addition, the Buyer has agreed to assume certain liabilities related to the Assets. The purchase price in connection with the FirstPro Transaction was $3,300, of which (a) $1,220 was paid at closing (the “Initial Payment”) and (b) $2,080 was held in a separate escrow account (the “Escrow Funds”), which will be released upon receipt of the forgiveness of the Company’s PPP loan by the U.S. Small Business Administration (the “SBA”). In the event that all or any portion of the PPP Loan is not forgiven by the SBA, all or portion of the Escrow Funds will be used to repay any unforgiven portion of the PPP Loan in full. The FirstPro Transaction closed on September 24, 2020. In September, the Company submitted the PPP Loan forgiveness applications to the SBA. As of the date of this quarterly report, the PPP Loans have not been approved for forgiveness, and there is no guarantee that all or portion of the PPP Loan will be forgiven. The consideration of $3,300 is presented as restricted cash in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of September 26, 2020 due to the escrow arrangement and restrictions set forth by Jackson.

 

The Asset Purchase Agreement contains non-competition and non-solicitation provisions customary for agreements of this type. In addition, under the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to indemnify the Buyer against certain liabilities, subject to certain conditions and limitations as set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

 

In connection with execution of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a Consent Agreement (the “Consent”) with Jackson, a noteholder under the Existing Note Purchase Agreement. Under the terms of the Consent and the Certificate of Designation of the Company’s Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), in consideration for Jackson’s consent to the FirstPro Transaction, the Initial Payment was used to redeem a portion of the Series E Preferred Stock subsequent to September 26, 2020, and the Escrow Funds, subject to the forgiveness of the PPP Loan discussed above, will be used to redeem a portion of the Series E Preferred Stock. On September 28, 2020, the Company redeemed 1,300 shares of Base E Series E Preferred Stock for $1,300, as such there is currently 11,700 shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock outstanding.

 

To induce the Buyer to enter into the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company also entered into a Transition Services Agreement with the Buyer, pursuant to which each party will provide certain transition services such as payrolling through to year end 2020 to minimize any disruption to the businesses of the Seller and the Buyer arising from the FirstPro Transaction.

 

COVID-19

 

The full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve as of the date of this quarterly report. As such, it is uncertain as to the full magnitude that the pandemic will have on the Company’s financial condition, liquidity, and future results of operations. Management is actively monitoring the impact of the global situation on its financial condition, liquidity, operations, industry, and workforce. Developments such as social distancing and shelter-in-place directives have impacted the Company’s ability to generate revenues. Given the daily evolution of the COVID-19 pandemic, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the global responses to curb its spread and to treat its impact, the Company has seen a reduction in sales as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic; however the Company continues to take action to reduce the negative effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on its operations through various cost cutting initiatives including reductions to support personnel, temporary salary reductions, and elimination of other non-essential spend. Should the impact from the pandemic go on for an extended period of time, management has developed further plans to partially mitigate the impact of the pandemic.

 

On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed into law the “Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act.” The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations, increased limitations on qualified charitable contributions, and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. It also appropriated funds for the SBA Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loans that are forgivable in certain situations to promote continued employment, as well as Economic Injury Disaster Loans to provide liquidity to small businesses harmed by COVID-19.

 

On May 12, 2020, Monroe Staffing Services, LLC (“Monroe Staffing”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into a note (the “May 12 Note”) with Newton Federal Bank (the “Bank”), pursuant to the PPP of the CARES Act administered by the SBA. The principal amount of the May 12 Note is $10,000.

 

In accordance with the requirements of the CARES Act, the Company and Monroe Staffing (collectively, the “May 12 Note Borrowers”) used the proceeds from the May 12 Note in accordance with the requirements of the PPP to cover certain qualified expenses, including payroll costs, rent and utility costs. The May 12 Note Borrowers used the entire proceeds under the May 12 Note for such qualifying expenses. Interest accrues on the May 12 Note at the rate of 1.00% per annum. In September 2020, the May 12

F-47
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

Note Borrowers applied for forgiveness of the amount due under the May 12 Note, in an amount equal to $10,000. As the date of this quarterly report, the May 12 Note has not been approved for forgiveness, and there is no guarantee that all or portion of the May 12 Note will be forgiven.

 

Subject to any forgiveness under the PPP, the May 12 Note matures two years following the date of issuance of the May 12 Note and includes a period for the first six months during which time required payments of interest and principal are deferred. Beginning on the seventh month following the date of the May 12 Note, the May 12 Note Borrowers are required to make 18 monthly payments of principal and interest. The May 12 Note may be prepaid at any time prior to maturity. The May 12 Note provides for customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to breaches of obligations under the May 12 Note, including a failure to make payments, any bankruptcy or similar proceedings involving the May 12 Note Borrowers, and certain material effects on the May 12 Note Borrowers’ ability to repay the May 12 Note. The May 12 Note Borrowers did not provide any collateral or guarantees for the May 12 Note.

 

On May 20, 2020, Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”), Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC (“LH”) and Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC (“SG”), each a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into the following notes, each dated May 20, 2020, with the Bank, pursuant to the PPP of the CARES Act administered by the SBA. KRI entered into a note (the “KRI Note”) for the principal amount of approximately $5,443, LH entered into a note (the “LH Note”) for the principal amount of approximately $1,890, and SG entered into a note (the “SG Note,” and, together with the KRI Note and LH Note, the “May 20 Notes”) for the principal amount of approximately $2,062. The combined total of the May 20 Notes is approximately $9,395.

 

In accordance with the requirements of the CARES Act, the Company, KRI, LH and SG (collectively, the “May 20 Note Borrowers”) intends to use the proceeds from the May 20 Notes in accordance with the requirements of the PPP to cover certain qualified expenses, including payroll costs, rent and utility costs. Interest accrues on each of the May 20 Notes at the rate of 1.00% per annum. The May 20 Note Borrowers may apply for forgiveness of the amount $9,395 due under the May 20 Notes, in an amount equal to the sum of qualified expenses under the PPP. The May 20 Note Borrowers intend to use the entire proceeds under the May 20 Notes for such qualifying expenses. As the date of this quarterly report, the May 20 Note has not been approved for forgiveness, and there is no guarantee that all or portion of the May 20 Note will be forgiven. In the event that all or any portion of the May 20 Note is not forgiven by the SBA, all or portion of the Escrow Funds will be used to repay any unforgiven portion of the SG Note in full. For more information on the Escrow Funds, see “—Divestiture of Business” herein.

 

Subject to any forgiveness under the PPP, each of the May 20 Notes mature two years following the date of issuance of the May 20 Notes and include a period for the first six months during which time required payments of interest and principal are deferred. Beginning on the seventh month following the date of each of the May 20 Notes, the May 20 Note Borrowers are required to make 18 monthly payments of principal and interest.  The May 20 Notes may be prepaid at any time prior to maturity. The May 20 Notes provide for customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to breaches of obligations under the May 20 Notes, including a failure to make payments, any bankruptcy or similar proceedings involving the Borrowers, and certain material effects on the Borrowers’ ability to repay the May 20 Notes. The May 20 Note Borrowers did not provide any collateral or guarantees for the May 20 Notes.

 

Based upon these payment terms the Company has recognized $10,775 of the PPP Loan as a short-term obligation and $8,620 as long term.

 

The application for these funds required the Company to certify in good faith that the current economic uncertainty made the loan request necessary to support the ongoing operations of the Company. This certification further required the Company to take into account the Company’s current business activity and its ability to access other sources of liquidity sufficient to support ongoing operations in a manner that is not significantly detrimental to the business. The Company made this good faith assertion based upon the adverse impact the COVID-19 pandemic had on the Company’s business and the degree of uncertainty introduced to the capital markets. While the Company has made this assertion in good faith based upon all available guidance, management will continue to assess their continued qualification if and when updated guidance is released by the Treasury Department.

 

All or a portion of the PPP Loan may be forgiven by the SBA upon application by the Company beginning 60 days but not later than 120 days after loan approval and upon documentation of expenditures in accordance with the SBA requirements. Under the CARES Act, loan forgiveness is available for the sum of documented payroll costs, covered rent payments, covered mortgage interest and covered utilities during the eight-week period beginning on the date of loan approval. For purposes of the CARES Act, payroll costs exclude compensation of an individual employee in excess of $100, prorated annually. Not more than 40% of the forgiven amount

F-48
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

may be for non-payroll costs. Forgiveness is reduced if full-time headcount declines, or if salaries and wages for employees with salaries of $100 or less annually are reduced by more than 25%. The ultimate forgiveness of the PPP loan is also predicated upon regulatory authorities concurring with management’s good faith assessment that the current economic uncertainty made the loan request necessary to support ongoing operations. If, despite the Company’s good-faith belief that given the circumstances the Company satisfied all eligibility requirements for the PPP Loan, the Company is later determined to have violated any applicable laws or regulations or it is otherwise determined that the Company was ineligible to receive the PPP Loan, the Company may be required to repay the PPP Loan in its entirety and/or be subject to additional penalties. In the event the PPP Loan, or any portion thereof, is forgiven pursuant to the PPP, the amount forgiven is applied to outstanding principal. The Company has applied for loan forgiveness and waiting for notification from the SBA.

 

Effective March 27, 2020, the Company is deferring Federal Insurance Contributions Act taxes under the CARES Act section 2302. Payment of these tax deferrals are delayed to December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill relates to amounts that arose in connection with various acquisitions and represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable intangible and tangible net assets when accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but it is subject to periodic review for impairment. Events that would indicate impairment and trigger an interim impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, current economic and market conditions, a decline in the equity value of the business, a significant adverse change in certain agreements that would materially affect reported operating results, business climate or operational performance of the business and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.

 

In accordance with ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Testing Goodwill for Impairment, or ASU 2011-08, the Company is required to review goodwill by reporting unit for impairment at least annually or more often if there are indicators of impairment present. A reporting unit is either the equivalent of, or one level below, an operating segment. The Company early adopted the provisions in ASU 2017-04, which eliminates the second step of the goodwill impairment test. As a result, the Company’s goodwill impairment tests include only one step, which is a comparison of the carrying value of each reporting unit to its fair value, and any excess carrying value, up to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit, is impaired.

 

The carrying value of each reporting unit is based on the assignment of the appropriate assets and liabilities to each reporting unit. Assets and liabilities were assigned to each reporting unit if the assets or liabilities are employed in the operations of the reporting unit and the asset and liability is considered in the determination of the reporting unit fair value.

 

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of September 29, 2019 and no impairment was recognized.  In Q1 and Q3 2020, the Company determined that the COVID-19 outbreak is, and is continued impact on certain reporting units was a triggering event due to its this could impact on industry and market conditions, have negative effect on earnings and cash flows, and overall financial performance. The Company employed a combination of market approach (valuations using comparable company multiples) and income approach (discounted cash flow analysis) to derive the fair value of the reporting unit when performing its impairment testing. Volatility in the Company’s stock price can result in the net book value of the Company’s reporting units approximating, or even temporarily exceeding market capitalization, however, the fair value of the Company’s reporting units is driven solely by the market price of the Company’s common stock. As described above, fair value of the Company’s reporting units is derived using a combination of an asset approach, an income approach and a market approach. These valuation techniques consider several other factors beyond our market capitalization, such as the estimated future cash flows of our reporting units, the discount rate used to present value such cash flows and the market multiples of comparable companies. Changes to input assumptions used in the analysis could result in materially different evaluations of goodwill impairment.  

 

The Company recognized an impairment with respect to its FirstPro reporting unit of $2,969 during the quarter ended March 28, 2020. The impairment resulted from a continued decline in that reporting unit’s revenue which experienced significant and prolonged declines as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. To determine the impairment, the Company employed a combination of market approach (valuations using comparable company multiples), income approach (discounted cash flow analysis) and prevailing market conditions to derive the fair value of the reporting unit. Under ASU 2017-04, which the Company early adopted, the impairment amount represents the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the reporting unit.

 

In Q3 2020, the Company determined that the continued impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is a triggering event for certain reporting units. The Company employed a combination of market approach (valuations using comparable company multiples) and income approach (discounted cash flow analysis) to derive the fair value of the reporting unit.

F-49
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

No impairments to goodwill were recognized during the quarter ended September 26, 2020, however, in the case of one reporting unit, the fair value exceeded the carrying value by a minimal percentage. This reporting unit has goodwill of $14.2 million and an estimated fair value that exceeds its carrying value by 2.4%. Goodwill for this reporting units should be considered at risk given the approximation of the estimated fair value to the carrying value of the reporting unit. In the assumptions utilized by management, declines to revenue are expected to continue in the fourth quarter of 2020 and then improve in future years with modest growth rates. Management has made assumptions regarding partial recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic in 2021 and 2022. The assumed discount rate utilized in the income approach model was considered to be commensurate with the estimation uncertainty for this reporting unit. If the assumptions utilized by management are not achieved and declines to operations are greater than anticipated in the fourth quarter of 2020 while failing to achieve growth in future periods as a result of the prolonged impact of COVID-19 pandemic an impairment to goodwill could be recorded and such amount could be material to the financial statements. A reduction in the projected long-term operating performance of this reporting unit, market declines, changes in discount rates or other conditions could result in a material impairment in the future.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, “Revenues from Contracts with Customers”, the core principle of which is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve this core principle, five basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) identify the contract with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

 

The Company accounts for revenues when both parties to the contract have approved the contract, the rights and obligations of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, and collectability of consideration is probable. Payment terms and services offered vary by client.

 

The Company has primarily two main forms of revenue – temporary contractor revenue and permanent placement revenue.  Temporary contractor revenue is accounted for as a single performance obligation satisfied over time because the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the Company’s performance on time based basis. The contracts stipulate weekly or monthly billing and the Company recognizes revenue when the performance is completed, based on the time incurred at the contractual rate as we have the right to payment in an amount that corresponds directly with the value of performance completed to date. Permanent placement revenue is recognized on the date the candidate’s full-time employment with the customer has commenced. The customer is invoiced on the start date, and the contract stipulates payment due under varying terms, typically 30 days. The contract with the customer may stipulate a guarantee period whereby the customer may be refunded if the employee is terminated within a short period of time, however this has historically been infrequent, and immaterial upon occurrence. As such, the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied upon commencement of the employment, at which point control has transferred to the customer. Revenues in Q3 2020 was comprised of $47,177 of temporary contractor revenue and $1,463 of permanent placement revenues compared with $63,821 and $3,499 for Q3 2019 of temporary contractor revenue and permanent placement revenues, respectively. Revenue in Q3 2020 YTD was comprised of $145,150 of temporary contractor revenue and $5,543 of permanent placement revenue, compared with $205,809 and $8,835 for Q3 2019 YTD, respectively. Refer to Note 10 for further details on breakdown by segments.  

 

Reclassifications

 

We may make certain reclassifications to prior period amounts to conform with the current year’s presentation. These reclassifications did not have a material effect on our condensed consolidated statement of financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company’s provision for income taxes is based upon an estimated annual tax rate for the year applied to federal, state and foreign income. On a quarterly basis, the annual effective tax rate is adjusted, as appropriate, based upon changed facts and circumstances, if any, as compared to those forecasted at the beginning of the fiscal year and each interim period thereafter. 

 

The Company’s effective tax rate may change from period to period based on recurring and non-recurring factors including the geographical mix of earnings, enacted tax legislation, state and local income taxes, and tax audit settlements.  The effective income tax

F-50
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

rate was (4.28)%, 2.60%, (1.81)% and (11.16)% for the period ending Q3 2020, Q3 2019, Q3 2020 YTD and Q3 2019 YTD, respectively.

 

Foreign Currency

 

The Company recorded a non-cash foreign currency remeasurement gain (loss) of $442, $(467), $(348) and $(484) in Q3 2020, Q3 2019, Q3 2020 YTD and Q3 2019 YTD, respectively, associated with its U.S dollar denominated intercompany note.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

On December 31, 2019, the FASB issued ASC 2019-12 “Income Taxes: Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (Topic 740). The amendments in this update simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing the certain exceptions. For public business entities, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption of the amendments is permitted, including adoption in any interim period for (1) public business entities for periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued and (2) all other entities for periods for which financial statements have not yet been made available for issuance. An entity that elects to early adopt the amendments in an interim period should reflect any adjustments as of the beginning of the annual period that includes that interim period. Additionally, an entity that elects early adoption must adopt all the amendments in the same period. The Company will adopt the guidance when it becomes effective.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”). This standard requires an impairment model (known as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model) that is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. Under the new guidance, each reporting entity should estimate an allowance for expected credit losses, which is intended to result in more timely recognition of losses. This model replaces multiple existing impairment models in current U.S. GAAP, which generally requires a loss to be incurred before it is recognized. The new standard applies to trade receivables arising from revenue transactions such as contract assets and accounts receivable. Under ASC 606, revenue is recognized when, among other criteria, it is probable that an entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to when goods or services are transferred to a customer. When trade receivables are recorded, they become subject to the CECL model and estimates of expected credit losses on trade receivables over their contractual life will be required to be recorded at inception based on historical information, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. This guidance is effective for smaller reporting companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, including the interim periods in the year. Early adoption is permitted. The Company will adopt the guidance when it becomes effective.

 

NOTE 3 – LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

 

The Company utilizes the guidance per ASC 260, “Earnings per Share.”  Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing income/loss available to stockholders by the weighted average number of common stock shares outstanding during each period. Our Series A, Series E and Series E-1 Preferred Stockholders (related parties) receive certain dividends or dividend equivalents that are considered participating securities and our loss per share is computed using the two-class method. For Q3 2020, Q3 2019, Q3 2020 YTD and Q3 2019 YTD, pursuant to the two-class method, as a result of the net loss attributable to common stockholders, losses were not allocated to the participating securities.

F-51
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

Diluted earnings per share are computed using the weighted average number of common stock shares and dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding during the period. Dilutive common stock equivalents consist of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock, convertible notes, unvested equity awards and the exercise of stock options and warrants (calculated using the modified treasury stock method).  Such securities, shown below, presented on a common stock equivalent basis and outstanding as of September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019 have not been included in the diluted earnings per share computations, as their inclusion would be anti-dilutive due to the Company’s net loss as of September 26, 2020 and September 28, 2019:

 

 

 

September 26,

 

 

September 28,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Convertible preferred shares

 

 

8,064,732

 

 

 

7,688,175

 

Warrants

 

 

1,015,934

 

 

 

925,935

 

Restricted shares – unvested

 

 

212,815

 

 

 

495,690

 

Long term incentive plan (2019 LTIP)

 

 

370,000

 

 

 

380,000

 

Options

 

 

76,500

 

 

 

79,560

 

Total

 

 

9,739,981

 

 

 

9,569,360

 

 

 

NOTE 4 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE BASED FINANCING FACILITIES

 

HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd – Facility

 

On February 8, 2018, CBS Butler Holdings Limited (“CBS Butler”), Staffing 360 Solutions Limited and The JM Group, entered into an arrangement with HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd (“HSBC”) which provides for HSBC to purchase the subsidiaries’ accounts receivable up to an aggregate amount of £11,500 across all three subsidiaries. The terms of the arrangement provide for HSBC to fund 90% of the purchased accounts receivable upfront and, a secured borrowing line of 70% of unbilled receivables capped at £1,000 (within the overall aggregate total facility of £11,500). The arrangement has an initial term of 12 months, with an automatic rolling three-month extension and carries a service charge of 1.80%.

 

On June 28, 2018, Clement May Limited (“CML”), the Company’s new subsidiary entered into an agreement with a minimum term of 12 months for purchase of debt (“APD”) with HSBC, joining CBS Butler, Staffing 360 Solutions Limited and The JM Group (collectively, with CML, the “Borrowers”) as “Connected Clients” as defined in the APD. The Connected Client APDs carry an aggregate facility limit of £20,000 across all Borrowers. The obligations of the Borrowers are secured by a fixed charge and a floating charge on the Borrowers’ respective accounts receivable and are subject to cross-company guarantees among the Borrowers. In addition, the secured borrowing line against unbilled receivables was increased to £1,500. In July 2019, the aggregate facility limit was extended to £22,500 across all Borrowers. The facility was reviewed on June 30, 2020 and extended for another 12 months.

 

Under ASU 2016-16, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force), the upfront portion of the sale of accounts receivable is classified within operating activities, while the deferred purchase price portion (or beneficial interest), once collected, is classified within investing activities.

 

Midcap Funding Trust

 

On August 2, 2019, the Company amended the facility with Midcap to allow for additional borrowing against the unbilled receivables by $1,000 to a cap of $2,300 and extended the maturity of the facility to August 8, 2020. During Q3 2020 and on October 26, 2020, the Company and certain domestic subsidiaries of the Company entered into amendments to the Credit and Security Agreement with MidCap to extend the maturity date of the facility from August 8, 2020 to September 1, 2022. In addition, the Company also agreed to certain amendments to the financial covenants.  

 

As of September 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019 approximately $12,324 and $17,298 are outstanding under this facility, respectively.

 

 

NOTE 5 – GOODWILL

 

The following table provides a roll forward of goodwill:

 

F-52
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

September 26, 2020

 

 

December 28, 2019

 

Beginning balance, net

$

31,049

 

 

$

32,061

 

Accumulated impairment losses

 

(2,969

)

 

 

-

 

Disposition of business

 

(1,577

)

 

 

-

 

Currency translation

 

(226

)

 

 

(1,012

)

Ending balance, net

$

26,277

 

 

$

31,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company recognized an impairment with respect to its FirstPro reporting unit of $2,969 during the quarter ended March 28, 2020. The impairment resulted from a continued decline in that reporting unit’s revenue which experienced significant and prolonged declines as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. To determine the impairment, the Company employed a combination of market approach (valuations using comparable company multiples), income approach (discounted cash flow analysis) and prevailing market conditions to derive the fair value of the reporting unit. Under ASU 2017-04, which the Company early adopted, the impairment amount represents the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the reporting unit.

 

In Q3 2020, the Company determined that the continued impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is a triggering event for certain reporting units. The Company employed a combination of market approach (valuations using comparable company multiples) and income approach (discounted cash flow analysis) to derive the fair value of the reporting unit.

 

No impairments to goodwill were recognized during the quarter ended September 26, 2020, however, in the case of one reporting unit, the fair value exceeded the carrying value by a minimal percentage. This reporting unit has goodwill of $14.2 million and an estimated fair value that exceeds its carrying value by 2.4%. Goodwill for this reporting units should be considered at risk given the approximation of the estimated fair value to the carrying value of the reporting unit. In the assumptions utilized by management, declines to revenue are expected to continue in the fourth quarter of 2020 and then improve in future years with modest growth rates. Management has made assumptions regarding partial recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic in 2021 and 2022. The assumed discount rate utilized in the income approach model was considered to be commensurate with the estimation uncertainty for this reporting unit. If the assumptions utilized by management are not achieved and declines to operations are greater than anticipated in the fourth quarter of 2020 while failing to achieve growth in future periods as a result of the prolonged impact of COVID-19 pandemic  an impairment to goodwill could be recorded and such amount could be material to the financial statements. A reduction in the projected long-term operating performance of this reporting unit, market declines, changes in discount rates or other conditions could result in a material impairment in the future.

 

NOTE 6 – DEBT

 

 

 

September 26, 2020

 

 

December 28, 2019

 

Jackson Investment Group - related party

 

$

35,740

 

 

$

38,278

 

PPP Loans

 

 

19,395

 

 

 

-

 

HSBC Term Loan

 

 

2,118

 

 

 

1,035

 

Total Debt, Gross

 

 

57,253

 

 

 

39,313

 

Less: Debt Discount and Deferred Financing Costs

 

 

(32

)

 

 

(497

)

Total Debt, Net

 

 

57,221

 

 

 

38,816

 

Less: Non Current Portion

 

 

(42,362

)

 

 

(360

)

Total Current Debt, Net

 

$

14,859

 

 

$

38,456

 

 

Jackson Debt

 

On August 29, 2019, the Company entered into a Fourth Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement with Jackson, as lender, which, among other things, amends the Existing Note Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to this Existing Note Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to issue and sell to Jackson a 18% Senior Secured Note due December 31, 2019 in the aggregate principal amount of $2,538. All accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of this term note was due and payable monthly on the first day of each month, beginning on October 1, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of this term note, if this term note was not repaid by December 31, 2019, the Company was required to issue 100,000 shares of its common stock to Jackson on a monthly basis until this term note is fully repaid, subject to certain exceptions to comply with Nasdaq listing standards. The Company has booked additional

F-53
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

expense of $0 and $324 related to the issuances of 0 and 500,000 shares of common stock to Jackson for the period Q3 2020 and Q3 2020 YTD, respectively. The Company paid the $2,538 loan in full on May 28, 2020.

 

On October 26, 2020, the Company entered into the Amended Note Purchase Agreement and the Jackson Note with Jackson, which amended and restated the Existing Note Purchase Agreement.  The Amended Note Purchase Agreement refinances an aggregate of $35.7 million of debt provided by Jackson, extending the due and payable of this to September 30, 2022. In connection with the amendment and restatement, the Company paid Jackson an amendment fee of $488 in the fourth quarter.  

 

Under the terms of the Amended Note Purchase Agreement and Jackson Note, the Company is required to pay interest on the debt at a per annum rate of 12%. The interest is payable monthly in cash; provided that, the Company may elect to pay up to 50% of monthly interest in-kind (“PIK Interest”) by adding such PIK Interest to the outstanding principal balance of the Jackson Note. For any month that the Company elects to pay interest in-kind, the Company is required to pay Jackson a fee in shares of our common stock (“PIK Fee Shares”) in an amount equal to $25 divided by the average closing price, as reported by Nasdaq, of such shares of common stock over the 5 trading days prior to the applicable monthly interest payment date. If such average market price is less than $0.50, or is otherwise undeterminable because such shares of common stock are no longer publicly traded or the closing price is no longer reported by Nasdaq, then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $0.50, and if such average closing price is greater than $3.50, then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $3.50. For the period of November 2020 through and including March 2021, each monthly interest due and payable shall be reduced by $166, and for the period commencing May 2021 through and including September 2021, each monthly interest due and payable shall be increased by $166.

 

Under the terms of the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, the Company is required to make a mandatory prepayment of the principal amount of the Jackson Note of not less than $3,000 no later January 31, 2021. This amount has been reflected as a current liability as of the quarter ended September 26, 2020. The entire outstanding principal balance of the Jackson Note shall be due and payable on September 30, 2022.  The debt continues to be secured by substantially of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries’ assets pursuant to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement with Jackson, dated September 15, 2017.

 

The Amended Note Purchase Agreement includes certain financial customary covenants, including a leverage ratio covenant. As of September 26, 2020, any non-compliance of the covenants was waived with the refinancing in October 2020. For more information, see Note 13.

 

The Company has presented the Jackson term note refinanced in October 2020 within long term liabilities in accordance with ASC 470 which provides that the short term obligation as of September 26, 2020 can be excluded from current liabilities as the Company has demonstrated the ability to refinance the short term obligation on a long term basis by virtue of the October 26, 2020 debt amendment.

 

HSBC Loan

 

On April 20, 2020, the terms of the loan with HSBC was amended whereby no capital repayments will be made between April 2020 to September 2020, and only interest payments will be made during this time.  On May 15, 2020, the Company entered into a 3 year term loan with HSBC in the UK for £1,000.

 

NOTE 7 – LEASES

 

On December 30, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 842 using the modified retrospective transition approach allowed under ASU 2018-11 which releases companies from presenting comparative periods and related disclosures under ASC 842 and requires a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Company has elected to apply the short-term lease exception to all leases of one year or less. As of September 26, 2020, as a result of the adoption of ASC 842, we have recorded a right of use (“ROU”) lease asset of approximately $3,310 with a corresponding lease liability of approximately $3,341 based on the present value of the minimum rental payments of such leases. The Company’s finance leases are immaterial both individually and in the aggregate.

 

Quantitative information regarding the Company’s leases for the period ended September 26, 2020 is as follows:

 

Lease Cost

 

Classification

Q3 2020 YTD

 

Operating lease cost

 

SG&A Expenses

 

1,302

 

F-54
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

Other information

 

 

 

 

Weighted average remaining lease term (years)

 

 

3.6

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

 

6.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

Future Lease Payments

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

362

 

2021

 

 

1,124

 

2022

 

 

590

 

2023

 

 

329

 

2024

 

 

321

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,143

 

 

 

$

3,869

 

Less: Imputed Interest

 

 

528

 

 

 

 

3,341

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leases - Current

 

 

1,194

 

Leases  - Non Current

 

 

2,147

 

 

As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use the Company’s incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments.

 

NOTE 8 – EQUITY

 

Common Stock

 

The Company issued the following shares of common stock during the nine-month period ended September 26, 2020:

 

Shares issued to/for:

 

Number of Common Shares Issued

 

 

Fair Value of

Shares Issued

 

 

Fair Value at Issuance

(minimum and maximum per share)

 

Jackson Investment Group

 

 

500,000

 

 

$

324

 

 

$

0.36

 

 

$

0.92

 

Preferred Series A Conversion

 

 

16,215

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Consultant

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

1.22

 

 

 

1.22

 

Board and Committee members

 

 

16,800

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

0.56

 

 

 

0.85

 

 

 

 

548,015

 

 

$

353

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Company issued the following shares of common stock during the nine month period ended September 28, 2019:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued to/for:

 

Number of Common Shares Issued

 

 

Fair Value of

Shares Issued

 

 

Fair Value at Issuance

(minimum and maximum per share)

 

Equity raise

 

 

3,331,280

 

 

$

5,515

 

 

$

1.40

 

 

$

2.00

 

Consultants

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

1.56

 

 

 

1.56

 

Board and Committee members

 

 

16,800

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

1.58

 

 

 

1.79

 

 

 

 

3,354,080

 

 

$

5,553

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subsequent to September 26, 2020, the Company issued 5,600 shares to the directors of the Board as part of fourth quarter board fees, 5,000 to employees as part of the debt refinancing and 300,000 shares to our CEO and President, Brendan Flood in connection with the debt refinancing. Of the 300,000 shares issued to Brendan Flood, only 100,000 vested upon the closing of the refinancing with Jackson.

 

Restricted Shares

F-55
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

The Company has issued shares of restricted stock to employees and members of the Board under its 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Under these plans, the shares are restricted for a period of three years from issuance. As of September 26, 2020, the Company has issued a total of 212,815 restricted shares of common stock to employees and Board members that remain restricted. In accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, the Company recognizes stock based compensation from restricted stock based upon the fair value of the award at issuance over the vesting term on a straight-line basis. The fair value of the award is calculated by multiplying the number of shares of restricted stock by the Company’s common stock price on the date of issuance. The impact of forfeitures has historically been immaterial to the financial statements. The Company recorded compensation expense associated with these restricted shares of $61, $132, $227 and $407, for the periods ended Q3 2020, Q3 2019, Q3 2020 YTD and Q3 2019 YTD, respectively.

 

Stock Options

 

The Company recorded share-based payment expense of $7, $7, $20 and $43 for the periods ended Q3 2020, Q3 2019, Q3 2020 YTD and Q3 2019 YTD, respectively.

 

Convertible Preferred Shares

 

Series A Preferred Stock – Related Party

 

On May 29, 2015, the Company filed a Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock with the Nevada Secretary of State, whereby the Company designated 1,663,008 shares of preferred stock as Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share. On June 15, 2017, the Company reincorporated in the State of Delaware. The Series A Preferred Stock has a stated value of $1.00 per share and is entitled to a 12% dividend.  

 

Shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of common stock at the holder’s election at any time prior to December 31, 2020, at a conversion rate of one and three tenths (1.3) shares of common stock for every 50 shares of Series A Preferred Stock that the holder elects to convert.

 

In the periods ended Q3 2020, Q3 2019, Q3 2020 YTD and Q3 2019 YTD, the Company paid $0, $50, $0 and $150, respectively, in dividends to its Series A Preferred Stockholders. On January 21, 2020, the Company converted the shares of Series A Preferred Stock awarded to Mr. Briand into 16,215 shares of common stock.   The Company has $93 and $0 of dividends payable to Series A Preferred Stockholders – Related Party at the end of Q3 2020 YTD and Q3 2019 YTD.

 

Series E Preferred Stock - Related Party

 

The Series E Preferred Stock ranks senior to common stock and any other series or classes of preferred stock now or after issued or outstanding with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution. Each share of Series E Preferred Stock was initially convertible into 561.8 shares of our common stock at any time after October 31, 2020 or the occurrence of a Preferred Default (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for Series E Preferred Stock, as amended). A holder of Series E Preferred Stock is not required to pay any additional consideration in exchange for conversion of such Series E Preferred Stock into our common stock. Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable by the Company at any time at a price per share equal to the stated value ($1,000 per share) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. While the Series E Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Company is required to use the proceeds of any sales of equity securities, exclusively to redeem any outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, except that the Company was permitted to use up to an aggregate of $3,000 of the gross proceeds from any equity offering completed on or before November 15, 2019 for working capital purposes.

 

On January 22, 2019, the Company completed a registered direct offering of 387,500 shares of common stock that generated $775 in gross proceeds that were used for working capital purposes. On February 12, 2019, the Company closed its previously announced firm commitment underwritten public offering in which, pursuant to an underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter, dated as of February 8, 2019, the Company issued and sold 2,425,000 shares of its common stock, at a public offering price of $1.65 per share. Notwithstanding the terms of the Certificate of Designations for Series E Preferred Stock, Jackson, the holder the Company’s outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, did not require the Company to use the proceeds from its offerings in excess of $3,000 to redeem outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock.  Instead, the Company used such excess proceeds to make a terminal payment to the sellers of FirstPro. in final settlement of all deferred consideration due under our asset purchase agreement with such sellers.

 

As of September 26, 2020, 7,303,371 shares and 734,337 shares of common stock were issuable upon the potential conversion of Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock, respectively. Due to the contingent nature of the cash redemption feature of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, the Company classified the shares as mezzanine equity on the consolidated balance sheets.

F-56
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

The Company had approximately $551 and $45 of dividends payable to its holders of Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock, respectively as of September 26, 2020. The Company paid this in full on October 26, 2020.

 

On October 23, 2020, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware the second Certificate of Amendment (the “Amendment”) to the Certificate of Designation of our Series E Preferred Stock (the “Base Series E Preferred Stock”) and Series E-1 Preferred Stock and collectively with the Base Series E Preferred Stock, the “Series E Preferred Stock”). Under the amended terms, holders of Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to monthly cash dividends on the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock at a per annum rate of 12%. At the Company’s option, up to 50% of the cash dividend on the Base Series E Preferred Stock may be paid in kind by adding such 50% portion to the outstanding liquidation value of the Base Series E Preferred Stock (the “PIK Dividend Payment”), commencing on October 26, 2020 and ending on October 25, 2021. If the PIK Dividend Payment is elected, a holder of Series E Preferred Stock is entitled to additional fee to be paid in shares of the Company’s common stock an amount equal to $10 divided by the average closing price, as reported by Nasdaq of such shares of common stock over the 5 trading days prior to the applicable monthly interest payment date. If such average market price is less than $0.50, or is otherwise undeterminable because such shares are no longer publicly traded or the closing price is no longer reported by Nasdaq, then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $0.50, and if such average closing price is greater than $3.50 then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $3.50. Dividends on the Series E-1 Preferred Stock may only be paid in cash. If the Company fails to make dividend payments on the Series E Preferred Stock, it will be an event of default under the Amended Note Purchase Agreement.  

 

Under the terms of the Amendment, shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock are convertible into the Company common stock at a conversion rate equal to the liquidation value of each shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock divided by $1.00 per share commencing October 31, 2020.  Each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $1,000 per share.  The Company’s shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock are also convertible into shares of our common stock after October 31, 2022.  The conversion rate for our Base Series E Preferred Stock is equal to the liquidation value of each shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock divided by $1.00 per share.  Each share of Base Series E Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. On September 28, 2020, the Company redeemed 1,300 shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock for $1,300, as such there is currently 11,700 shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock outstanding.

 

 

2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

In January 2019, the Company’s Board approved the 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2019 LTIP”).

 

The Board granted 370,000 shares of common stock to adequately motivate the participants and drive performance for the period.  

 

Units vest upon the following:

 

 

50% upon the employee being in good standing on December 31, 2020; and,

 

50% upon the average share price of the Company’s common stock during the 90-day period leading up to December 31, 2020, based upon the following Vesting Rate table:

 

Average 2019 Price

Vesting Rate

<$8 per share

0

>$8 per share

Pro-rated

>=$12 per share

Full Vesting

 

The Company recorded share based expense of approximately $71, $72, $213 and $161 in Q3 2020, Q3 2019, Q3 2020 YTD and Q3 2019 YTD in connection with these awards.

 

F-57
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE 9COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Earn-out Liabilities and Stock Value Guarantees

 

Pursuant to the acquisition of CBS Butler on September 15, 2017, the purchase price includes an earn-out payment of up to £4,214 (payable in December 2018, based upon CBS Butler’s operating performance during the period September 1, 2017 through August 31, 2018) and deferred consideration of £150 less the aggregate amount of any net asset shortfall amount, if any, as determined pursuant to the acquisition agreements for the acquisition of CBS Butler. In September 2018, the Company paid the deferred consideration of £150 ($195).

 

While the Company had recognized the liability for the contingent earn-out due the sellers of CBS Butler within current liabilities as of December 29, 2018, in March 2019 the Company filed a warranty claim against the sellers asserting certain misrepresentations for an amount which approximates the contingent earn-out. In April 2019, the sellers of CBS Butler responded denying the Company’s warranty claim and asserting that the earn-out amount is due. On July 5, 2019, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the selling shareholders of CBS Butler for the full and final satisfaction of claims in exchange for a payment of approximately £2,150 by the Company to the CBS Butler shareholders.  The payment was due no later than July 26, 2019. The Company did not make the payment on July 26, 2019, as such the parties agreed to adjust the amount payable to £2,500. The Company paid this in full on August 30, 2019 and recorded a gain of approximately £894 ($1,077) on final settlement. The Company used the proceeds from the term note entered into with Jackson on August 29, 2019 for $2,538, to satisfy this obligation.  

 

Pursuant to the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of FirstPro Inc. by Staffing 360 Georgia LLC on September 15, 2017, the purchase price included deferred quarterly installments of $75 beginning on October 1, 2017, and $2,675 was payable annually in three equal installments beginning on September 15, 2018. The Company made $300 and $892 in quarterly installments and annual installment in Fiscal 2018. On March 1, 2019, the Company paid $1,125 in full satisfaction of the remaining liability, recognizing a gain of $847.

 

Pursuant to the acquisition of Clement May on June 28, 2018, the purchase price includes an earnout payment of up to £500 to be paid on or around December 28, 2019; and deferred consideration of £350, the amount to be calculated and paid pursuant to the terms of the acquisition agreement, on or around June 28, 2019.  The Company paid deferred consideration of £350 ($444) on June 26, 2019. The earnout payment of £500 ($656) was paid in December 2019.

 

Pursuant to the acquisition of KRI on August 27, 2018, the purchase price includes earnout consideration payable to the seller of $2,027 each on August 27, 2019 and August 27, 2020. The payment of the earnout consideration was contingent on KRI’s achievement of certain trailing gross profit amounts. On September 11, 2019, the Company entered into an amended agreement with the seller to delay the payment of the first year earnout of $2,027 until no later than February 27, 2020. For each full calendar month beyond August 27, 2019, that such payment is delayed, the Company is required pay the seller interest in the amount of $10 with the first such payment of interest due on September 30, 2019.  In addition, the amended agreement was further amended to change the due date for the second year earnout payment of $2,027 from August 27, 2020 to February 27, 2020. The seller of KRI, Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker”) has filed a lawsuit against the Company asserting claims for breach of contract and declaratory judgment against the Company due under a share purchase agreement and is seeking $4,054 in alleged damages. While the Company had recognized the liability for the earnout consideration of $4,054 due to Whitaker, within current liabilities as of September 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, in February 2020, the Company filed an action against Whitaker for breach of contract which more than approximates the earnout consideration recognized. The Company paid interest of $40 during the period ended September 26, 2020. Refer to legal proceedings below for action filed against Whitaker, the former owner of KRI.

 

Legal Proceedings 

 

Whitaker v. Monroe Staffing Services, LLC & Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

 

On December 5, 2019, former owner of KRI, Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker” or “Plaintiff”), filed a complaint in Guilford County, North Carolina (the “North Carolina Action”) asserting claims for breach of contract and declaratory judgment against Monroe and the Company (the “Defendants” arising out of the alleged non-payment of certain earn-out payments and interest purportedly due under a Share Purchase Agreement pursuant to which Whitaker sold all issued and outstanding shares in her staffing agency, KRI to Staffing 360’s subsidiary, Monroe Staffing Services in August 2018.  Whitaker is seeking $4,054 in alleged damages. 

F-58
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

Defendants removed the action to the Middle District of North Carolina on January 7, 2020, and Plaintiff moved to remand on February 4, 2020.  Briefing on the motion to remand concluded on February 24, 2020.  Separately, Defendants moved to dismiss the action on January 14, 2020 based on Plaintiff’s failure to state a claim, improper venue, and lack of personal jurisdiction as to defendant Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.  Alternatively, Defendants sought a transfer of the action to the Southern District of New York, based on the plain language of the Share Purchase Agreement’s forum selection clause.  Briefing on Defendants’ motion to dismiss concluded on February 18, 2020. On February 28, 2020, Plaintiff moved for leave to file an amended complaint. Defendants filed their opposition to the motion for leave on March 19, 2020. Plaintiff has filed a reply.

 

On June 29, 2020, Magistrate Judge Webster issued a Report and Recommendation on the pending motions, recommending that Defendants’ motion to dismiss be granted with regard to Defendants’ request to transfer the matter to the Southern District of New York, and denied in all other regards without prejudice to Defendants raising those arguments again in the new forum. Magistrate Judge Webster also recommended that Plaintiff’s motion to remand be denied and motion to amend be left to the discretion of the Southern District of New York.  

 

Plaintiff filed an objection to the Report and Recommendation on July 9, 2020.  Defendants responded on July 23, 2020.  A decision regarding Plaintiff’s objection, and whether the District Court will accept Magistrate Judge Webster’s recommendations on the motions remains pending.

 

Separately, on February 26, 2020, the Company and Monroe filed an action against Whitaker in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (Case No. 1:20-cv-01716) (the “New York Action”).  The New York Action concerns claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement arising from various misrepresentations made by Whitaker to the Company and Monroe in advance of, and included in, the share purchase agreement.  The Company and Monroe are seeking damages in an amount to be determined at trial but in no event less than $6 million.  On April 28, 2020, Whitaker filed a motion to dismiss the New York Action on both procedural and substantive grounds.  On June 11, 2020, Monroe and the Company filed their opposition to Whitaker’s motion to dismiss.  On July 9, 2020 Whitaker filed reply papers in further support of the motion. The parties await decision from the court on Whitaker’s motion.

 

On October 13, 2020, the Court denied Whitaker’s motion to dismiss, in part, and granted the motion, in part.  The Court rejected Whitaker’s procedural arguments, but granted the motion on substantive grounds.  However, the Court ordered that Monroe and the Company may seek leave to amend the complaint by letter application by December 1, 2020.  Whitaker’s opposition, if any, will be due on January 5, 2021 and Monroe and the Company’s reply will be due on January 25, 2021.  

 

The Company intends to vigorously contest Whitaker’s claims in the North Carolina Action and pursue its claims in the New York Action.

 

F-59
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE 10SEGMENTS

 

The Company generated revenue and gross profit by segment as follows:

 

 

 

Q3 2020

 

 

Q3 2019

 

 

Q3 2020 YTD

 

 

Q3 2019 YTD

 

Commercial Staffing - US

 

$

28,708

 

 

$

31,644

 

 

$

79,992

 

 

$

94,280

 

Professional Staffing - US

 

 

5,188

 

 

 

9,387

 

 

 

19,778

 

 

 

28,449

 

Professional Staffing - UK

 

 

14,744

 

 

 

26,289

 

 

 

50,923

 

 

 

91,915

 

Total Revenue

 

$

48,640

 

 

$

67,320

 

 

$

150,693

 

 

$

214,644

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Staffing - US

 

$

4,642

 

 

$

5,107

 

 

$

12,552

 

 

$

14,823

 

Professional Staffing - US

 

 

1,664

 

 

 

3,701

 

 

 

6,598

 

 

 

10,904

 

Professional Staffing - UK

 

 

2,017

 

 

 

3,677

 

 

 

7,375

 

 

 

10,968

 

Total Gross Profit

 

$

8,323

 

 

$

12,485

 

 

$

26,525

 

 

$

36,695

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

$

(9,391

)

 

$

(11,361

)

 

$

(28,609

)

 

$

(32,552

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(768

)

 

 

(867

)

 

 

(2,312

)

 

 

(2,621

)

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,969

)

 

 

 

Interest expense and amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs

 

 

(1,746

)

 

 

(2,059

)

 

 

(6,277

)

 

 

(5,977

)

Re-measurement gain (loss) on intercompany note

 

 

442

 

 

 

(467

)

 

 

(348

)

 

 

(484

)

Gain on business sale

 

 

220

 

 

 

 

 

 

220

 

 

 

 

Gain on settlement of deferred consideration

 

 

 

 

 

1,138

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,985

 

Other income

 

 

161

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

308

 

Loss Before Provision for Income Tax

 

$

(2,759

)

 

$

(1,080

)

 

$

(13,648

)

 

$

(2,646

)

F-60
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

The following table disaggregates revenues by segments:

 

 

Q3 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Staffing - US

 

 

Professional Staffing - US

 

 

Professional Staffing - UK

 

 

Total

 

Permanent Revenue

 

$

171

 

 

$

600

 

 

$

692

 

 

$

1,463

 

Temporary Revenue

 

 

28,537

 

 

 

4,588

 

 

 

14,052

 

 

 

47,177

 

Total

 

$

28,708

 

 

$

5,188

 

 

$

14,744

 

 

$

48,640

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q3 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Staffing - US

 

 

Professional Staffing - US

 

 

Professional Staffing - UK

 

 

Total

 

Permanent Revenue

 

$

104

 

 

$

1,953

 

 

$

1,442

 

 

$

3,499

 

Temporary Revenue

 

 

31,540

 

 

 

7,434

 

 

 

24,847

 

 

 

63,821

 

Total

 

$

31,644

 

 

$

9,387

 

 

$

26,289

 

 

$

67,320

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q3 2020 YTD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Staffing - US

 

 

Professional Staffing - US

 

 

Professional Staffing - UK

 

 

Total

 

Permanent Revenue

 

$

281

 

 

$

2,676

 

 

$

2,586

 

 

$

5,543

 

Temporary Revenue

 

 

79,711

 

 

 

17,102

 

 

 

48,337

 

 

 

145,150

 

Total

 

$

79,992

 

 

$

19,778

 

 

$

50,923

 

 

$

150,693

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q3 2019 YTD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Staffing - US

 

 

Professional Staffing - US

 

 

Professional Staffing - UK

 

 

Total

 

Permanent Revenue

 

$

201

 

 

$

5,430

 

 

$

3,204

 

 

$

8,835

 

Temporary Revenue

 

 

94,079

 

 

 

23,019

 

 

 

88,711

 

 

 

205,809

 

Total

 

$

94,280

 

 

$

28,449

 

 

$

91,915

 

 

$

214,644

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of September 26, 2020 and December 28, 2019, the Company has assets in the U.S. and the U.K. as follows:

 

 

 

September 26,

 

 

December 28,

 

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

United States

 

$

73,189

 

 

$

74,671

 

United Kingdom

 

 

12,112

 

 

 

14,170

 

Total Assets

 

$

85,301

 

 

$

88,841

 

 

 

NOTE 11 – OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

In addition to the shares of Series E and Series E-1 Preferred Stock and notes issued to Jackson, the following are other related party transactions:

 

Board and Committee Members

 

The Company had the following activity with its Board and Committee Members:

 

F-61
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

Q3 2020

 

 

Q3 2019

 

 

Cash Compensation

 

 

Shares Issued

 

 

Value of Shares Issued

 

 

Compensation Expense Recognized

 

 

Cash Compensation

 

 

Shares Issued

 

 

Value of Shares Issued

 

 

Compensation Expense Recognized

 

Dimitri Villard

$

19

 

 

 

2,800

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

3

 

 

$

19

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

8

 

Jeff Grout

 

19

 

 

 

2,800

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

8

 

Nick Florio

 

19

 

 

 

2,800

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

8

 

Alicia Barker

 

 

 

 

2,800

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

57

 

 

 

11,200

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

57

 

 

 

5,600

 

 

$

8

 

 

$

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q3 2020 YTD

 

 

Q3 2019 YTD

 

 

Cash Compensation

 

 

Shares Issued

 

 

Value of Shares Issued

 

 

Compensation Expense Recognized

 

 

Cash Compensation

 

 

Shares Issued

 

 

Value of Shares Issued

 

 

Compensation Expense Recognized

 

Dimitri Villard

$

56

 

 

 

4,200

 

 

$

3

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

56

 

 

 

4,200

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

23

 

Jeff Grout

 

56

 

 

 

4,200

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

4,200

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

23

 

Nick Florio

 

56

 

 

 

4,200

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

4,200

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

23

 

Alicia Barker

 

 

 

 

 

4,200

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,200

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

3

 

 

$

169

 

 

 

16,800

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

34

 

 

$

168

 

 

 

16,800

 

 

$

28

 

 

$

72

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE 12 – SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

Q3 2020 YTD

 

 

Q3 2019 YTD

 

Cash paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

6,417

 

 

$

6,494

 

Income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred purchase price of UK factoring facility

 

$

6,017

 

 

$

10,833

 

Shares issued to Jackson Investment Group

 

 

324

 

 

 

 

Dividends accrued to related parties

 

 

596

 

 

 

1,149

 

 

 

NOTE 13 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Note Purchase Agreement with Jackson Investment Group, LLC

 

On October 26, 2020, the Company entered into the Amended Note Purchase Agreement and the Jackson Note, with Jackson, which amended and restated the Existing Note Purchase Agreement.  The Amended Note Purchase Agreement refinanced an aggregate of $35.7 million of debt provided by Jackson pursuant to the Existing Note Purchase Agreement and a Senior Secured 12% Promissory Note. In connection with the amendment and restatement, the Company paid Jackson an amendment fee of $488.  

 

Under the terms of the Amended Note Purchase Agreement and Jackson Note, the Company is required to pay interest on the Loan at a per annum rate of 12%. The interest is payable monthly in cash; provided that, the Company may elect to pay up to 50% of monthly interest in-kind by adding such PIK Interest to the outstanding principal balance of the Jackson Note. For any month that the Company elects to pay interest in-kind, the Company is required to pay Jackson a fee in shares of its common stock in an amount equal to $25 divided by the average closing price, as reported by Nasdaq, of such shares of common stock over the 5 trading days prior to the applicable monthly interest payment date. If such average market price is less than $0.50, or is otherwise undeterminable because such shares of common stock are no longer publicly traded or the closing price is no longer reported by Nasdaq, then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $0.50, and if such average closing price is greater than $3.50, then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $3.50. For the period of November 2020 through and including March

F-62
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

2021, each monthly interest due and payable shall be reduced by $166, and for the period commencing May 2021 through and including September 2021, each monthly interest due and payable shall be increased by $166.

 

Under the terms of the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, the Company is required to make a mandatory prepayment of the principal amount of the Jackson Note of not less than $3,000 no later January 31, 2021. The entire outstanding principal balance of the Jackson Note shall be due and payable on September 30, 2022.  The Loan continues to be secured by substantially of the Company’s and its domestic subsidiaries’ assets pursuant to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement with Jackson, dated September 15, 2017.

 

The Amended Note Purchase Agreement contains customary events of default for a senior secured loan including, among other events of default, (i) failure to timely pay interest and principal, (ii) other breaches and violation of the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, (iii) bankruptcy and insolvency events affecting us and/or subsidiaries and (iv) the occurrence of a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition to customary remedies for senior secured lenders following an event of default, Jackson shall have the right to cause us to engage a financial advisor to provide a valuation analyses of us as a going concern and analyses of strategic alternatives that may be available to the Company. The Company is obligated to provide all such analyses to Jackson.

 

The Amended Note Purchase Agreement also contains restrictions against incurrence of additional debt, payment of dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) on any of the Company’s equity interest or repayment of debt, consolidations, mergers, sales of assets or change in control and financial covenants.  

 

Amendment to Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock

 

In connection with the entry into the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, the Company also filed with the Amendment to the Series E Certificate of Designation. Under the amended terms, holders of Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to monthly cash dividends on our Series E Preferred Stock at a per annum rate of 12%. At the Company’s option, up to 50% of the cash dividend on the Base Series E Preferred Stock may be paid as the PIK Dividend Payment, commencing on October 26, 2020 and ending on October 25, 2022. If the PIK Dividend Payment is elected, a holder of Series E Preferred Stock is entitled to additional fee to be paid in shares of the Company’s common stock an amount equal to $10 divided by the average closing price, as reported by Nasdaq of such shares of common stock over the 5 trading days prior to the applicable monthly interest payment date. If such average market price is less than $0.50, or is otherwise undeterminable because such shares are no longer publicly traded or the closing price is no longer reported by Nasdaq, then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $0.50, and if such average closing price is greater than $3.50 then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $3.50. Dividends on the Series E-1 Preferred Stock may only be paid in cash. If the Company fails to make dividend payments on its Series E Preferred Stock, it will be an event of default under the Amended Note Purchase Agreement.  

 

Under the terms of the Amendment, shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock will be convertible into the Company’s common stock at a conversion rate equal to the liquidation value of each shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock divided by $1.00 per share commencing October 31, 2020.  Each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $1,000 per share.  Shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock will be also convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock after October 31, 2022.  The conversion rate for Base Series E Preferred Stock is equal to the liquidation value of each shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock divided by $1.00 per share.  Each share of Base Series E Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $1,000 per share.

 

Amendment to Warrant Agreement with Jackson

 

On October 26, 2020, in connection with the entry into the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated April 25, 2018, as amended (the “Warrant”), with Jackson. Pursuant to Amendment No. 3, the exercise price of the Warrant was reduced from $1.66 per share to $1.00 per share and the term of the Warrant was extended to January 26, 2026.

 

Amendments to our Credit Agreement with MidCap Funding IV Trusts

 

On October 26, 2020, we entered into Amendment No. 17 to Credit and Security Agreement with MidCap, whereby, among other things, MidCap agreed to extend the maturity date of our outstanding asset based revolving loan until September 1, 2022. In addition, the Company also agreed to certain amendments to the financial covenants contained in the Credit and Security Agreement as more particularly described in Amendment No. 17.

F-63
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands, except share, per share and stated value per share)

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

On September 29, 2020, the Company held its 2020 virtual annual meeting of stockholders (the “Annual Meeting”). At the Annual Meeting, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”), pursuant to which we may grant equity incentive awards to our key employees, key contractors, and non-employee directors. The 2020 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, dividend equivalent rights, and other awards, which may be granted singly or in combination, and that may be paid in cash, shares of the Company’s common stock, or a combination of cash and common stock. A total of 750,000 shares of common stock are reserved for grant under the 2020 Plan, plus any awards reserved under the Company’s prior equity incentive plans, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances to prevent dilution or enlargement. The 2020 Plan had been previously approved by the Board on June 30, 2020, subject to stockholder approval, and will terminate on June 30, 2030.

 

F-64
 

 

 

21,855,280 Shares of Common Stock

Pre-Funded Warrants to Purchase up to 21,855,280 Shares of Common Stock

Up to 21,855,280 Shares of Common Stock Underlying the Pre-Funded Warrants

 

 

 

Prospectus

                          , 2021

 

 

 

H.C. Wainwright & Co.

 

     
     

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses payable by the registrant expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereby (other than underwriting discounts and commissions). All of such expenses are estimates, except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) filing fee and the listing fee.

 

    Amount to be Paid  
SEC registration fee   $ 2,027  
FINRA filing fee   $ 2,920  
Printing fees and expenses     0  
Legal fees and expenses     60,000  
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses     0  
Accounting fees and expenses     75,000  
Miscellaneous fees and expenses     0  
         
Total   $ 139,947  

 

Each of the amounts set forth above, other than the registration fee, is an estimate.

 

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides, in general, that a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, as we are, may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than a derivative action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. In the case of a derivative action, a Delaware corporation may indemnify any such person against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification will be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person will have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court in which such action was brought determines such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents to the extent and in the manner permitted by the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time, subject to any permissible expansion or limitation of such indemnification, as may be set forth in any stockholders’ or directors’ resolution or by contract. Any repeal or modification of these provisions approved by our stockholders will be prospective only and will not adversely affect any limitation on the liability of any of our directors or officers existing as of the time of such repeal or modification.

 

II-1
 

 

We are also permitted to apply for insurance on behalf of any director, officer, employee or other agent for liability arising out of his actions, whether or not the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware would permit indemnification. We have purchased and currently intend to maintain insurance on behalf of each and any person who is or was our director or officer against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

The following is a summary of all securities that we have sold during the last three years without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

On June 28, 2018, we issued 15,000 shares of our common stock to the individual principal (the “Principal”) of an entity that is the majority holder (the “CML Majority Holder”) of the share capital of CML as portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of all the shares in the CML Majority Holder held by the Principal. Such issuance was undertaken in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

 

On August 27, 2018, we issued to Jackson Investment Group, LLC (“Jackson”) 192,000 shares of our common stock as a closing commitment fee in connection with the entry into a First Omnibus Amendment, Joinder and Reaffirmation Agreement, dated August 27, 2018, with Jackson. Such issuance was undertaken in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

 

On November 15, 2018, we issued to Jackson (i) 300,000 shares of our common stock as a closing commitment fee in connection with the entry into a Second Omnibus Amendment, Joinder and Reaffirmation Agreement, dated November 15, 2018, with Jackson and (ii) 13,000 shares of Series E Preferred Stock to Jackson in connection with our entry into the Debt Exchange Agreement, dated November 15, 2018, with Jackson. Such issuances were undertaken in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) thereof and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

 

During the period December 31, 2017 through December 29, 2018, we issued 20,548 shares of common stock, to Greenridge Global, LLC, SP Padda and J Charles Assets for investor relations advisory services and construction of leasehold improvements. The shares were issued in reliance upon an exemption pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

During the period December 29, 2018 through December 29, 2019, we issued 6,000 shares of common stock, to Greenridge Global, LLC for investor relations advisory services and construction of leasehold improvements.

 

Under the terms of the note issued pursuant a certain Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2017, among us, certain of our subsidiaries and Jackson, as amended, we were required to issue 100,000 shares of our common stock to Jackson on a monthly basis until the term note was fully repaid, subject to certain exceptions to comply with Nasdaq listing standards. We issued 300,000 shares of common stock to Jackson for the quarter ended March 28, 2020 and 200,000 shares of common stock to Jackson for the quarter ended June 27, 2020. The shares of common stock were issued in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D (Rule 506) under the Securities Act.

 

On December 29, 2020, we sold an aggregate of 4,816,665 shares of common stock in an underwritten public offering, or the December 2020 Public Offering, at an offering price to the public of $0.60 per share. H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC (“Wainwright”) acted as the sole book-running manager for the December 2020 Public Offering. As partial compensation for Wainwright’s services as underwriter in the offering, we issued to Wainwright’s designees warrants to purchase 361,250 shares of common stock. The warrants have a term of five (5) years from the commencement of sales under the offering and an exercise price of $0.75 per share (equal to 125% of the public offering price per share). The warrants were issued in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act under the Securities Act.

 

On December 31, 2020, we sold an aggregate of 2,662,596 shares of common stock in a registered direct offering, or the December 2020 Registered Direct Offering, at an offering price of $0.655 per share. Wainwright acted as the placement agent for the December 2020 Registered Direct Offering. As partial compensation for Wainwright’s services as placement agent in the offering, we issued to Wainwright’s designees warrants to purchase up to 199,695 shares of common stock. The warrants have a term of five (5) years from the commencement of sales under the offering and an exercise price of $0.8188 per share (equal to 125% of the offering price per share). The warrants were issued in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act under the Securities Act.

 

Item 16.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a) The Exhibit Index is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
     
   (b) All schedules have been omitted because they are not required, are not applicable or the information is otherwise set forth in the financial statements and related notes thereto.

 

II-2
 

 

Item 17.   Undertakings.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

  1. To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

  (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
  (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high and of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
  (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in this registration statement;

 

provided, however, that paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) above do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the SEC by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) that are incorporated by reference in this registration statement or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.

 

  2. That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
     
  3. To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
     
  4. That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
  (ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
  (iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
  (iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II-3
 

 

  5. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
     
  6. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (i) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from a form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
   
  (ii) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit

No.

  Description
3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 15, 2017).
3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 15, 2017).
3.3   Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 3, 2018).
3.4   Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 4, 2015).
3.5   Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series B Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 31, 2015).
3.6   Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series C Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 7, 2016).
3.7   Amendment to Certificate of Designation After Issuance of Class or Series increasing the number of authorized Series C Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 22, 2016).
3.8   Certificate of Designation of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 15, 2018).
3.9   Certificate of Correction to the Certificate of Designation of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 15, 2018).
3.10   Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Designation of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, dated February 7, 2019 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 11, 2019).
3.11   Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Designation of Series E Preferred Stock, dated October 23, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 27, 2020).
4.1   Subordinated Secured Note issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (13) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017).

 

II-4
 

 

4.2   Warrant issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017).
4.3   April Note, dated April 5, 2017, issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017).
4.4   10% Subordinated Secured Note, dated August 2, 2017, issued to Jackson Investment Group, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 8, 2017).
4.5   Form of Warrant issued to H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC’s designees on December 29, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 28, 2020).
4.6   Form of Warrant issued to H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC’s designees on December 31, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 31, 2020).
4.7* *   Form of Pre-funded Warrant.
5.1* *   Opinion of Haynes and Boone, LLP
10.1   Stock Purchase Agreement, by and among Linda Moraski, PeopleSERVE, Inc., PeopleSERVE PRS, Inc. and the Company, dated May 17, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2014).
10.2+   2014 Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on September 15, 2014).
10.3+   2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-8, filed with the SEC on October 2, 2015).
10.4+   2016 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2017 (through an incorporation by reference from Appendix E to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on December 21, 2016)).
10.5   Warrant Agreement, dated January 25, 2017, by and among the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017).
10.6   Security Agreement, dated January 25, 2017, by and among the Company, Jackson Investment Group LLC and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017).
10.7   Pledge Agreement, dated January 25, 2017 by and the Company, Jackson Investment Group LLC and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017).
10.8   Subordination Agreement, dated January 25, 2017, by and among Midcap Funding X Trust, Jackson Investment Group LLC, the Company and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017).
10.9   Amendment No. 1 to Warrant Agreement, dated March 14, 2017, between the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 20, 2017).
10.10   Amended Purchase Agreement, dated April 5, 2017, by and among the Company, Jackson Investment Group LLC and certain subsidiaries of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017).  
10.11   Second Amendment, dated April 5, 2017, by and among the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017).  
10.12   Amended Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2017, by and among Midcap Funding X Trust, Jackson Investment Group LLC, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017).  
10.13   Second Amended Purchase Agreement, dated August 2, 2017, by and among the Company, Jackson Investment Group, LLC and certain subsidiaries of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 8, 2017).  
10.14   Second Amended Subordination Agreement, dated August 2, 2017, by and among Midcap Funding X Trust, Jackson Investment Group, LLC, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 8, 2017).  
10.15   Share Purchase Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited and the holders of outstanding shares of CBS Butler Holdings Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017).  
10.16   Agreement for Purchase of Debt, dated February 8, 2018, between CBS Butler Limited and HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2018).  

 

II-5
 

 

10.17   Agreement for Purchase of Debt, dated February 8, 2018, between The JM Group (IT Recruitment) Limited and HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2018).  
10.18   Agreement for Purchase of Debt, dated February 8, 2018, between Longbridge Recruitment 360 Ltd and HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2018).  
10.19   Agreement for Purchase of Debt, dated June 28, 2018, between HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited, and Clement May Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 5, 2018).  
10.20   Term Loan letter agreement, dated June 26, 2018, between HSBC Bank plc, and Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (46) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 5, 2018).  
10.21   Fifth Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Note, by and among certain subsidiaries of the Company and MidCap Funding X Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018).  
10.22   Debt Exchange Agreement, dated November 15, 2018, by and between the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.91 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018).  
10.23+   Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker dated June 19, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.97 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019).  
10.24+   Waiver Agreement – Series A Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.99 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019).  
10.25+   2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2017 (through an incorporation by reference from Appendix D to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on December 21, 2016)).  
10.26+   First Amendment to 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.100 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019).  
10.27   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, by and among Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC, FirstPro Inc., Firstpro Georgia LLC, April F. Nagel and Philip Nagel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017).
10.28   Amendment Agreement, dated February 27, 2019, by and among Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC, Firstpro, Inc., Firstpro Georgia, LLC, April F. Nagel and Philip Nagel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 5, 2019).
10.29   Intercreditor Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., MidCap Funding X Trust and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017).
10.30   First Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement, dated August 27, 2018, by and among Jackson Investment Group, LLC, the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, and MidCap Funding X Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018).
10.31   Third Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement, dated August 29, 2019, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, Jackson Investment Group, LLC and MidCap Funding X Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 30, 2019).
10.32   Share Purchase Agreement, dated August 27, 2018, by and among Monroe Staffing Services, LLC, Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Pamela D. Whitaker. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 2, 2018).
10.33   Amendment Agreement, dated as of September 11, 2019, by and among Monroe Staffing Services, LLC, Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Pamela D. Whitaker (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2019).
10.34   Note between Monroe Staffing Services, LLC and Newton Federal Bank, dated May 12, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 15, 2020)
10.35   Note among Key Resources Inc., Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC, Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC and Newton Federal Bank, dated May 20, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 26, 2020).
10.36+   2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 1, 2020).
10.37+   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 10, 2020).

 

II-6
 

 

10.38+   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 10, 2020).
10.39+   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 1, 2020)
10.40   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2020, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC and FirstPro Recruitment, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 29, 2020).
10.41  

Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated April 25, 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on January 13, 2021).

10.42   Credit and Security Agreement, dated April 8, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE, Inc. and Monroe Staffing Services, LLC, as borrowers, the Company, as a credit party, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 9, 2015).
10.43   Credit and Security Agreement, dated April 8, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE PRS, Inc., as borrower, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 9, 2015).
10.44   Amendment No. 1 to the Credit and Security Agreement, effective August 31, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE PRS, Inc. as borrower, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 4, 2015).
10.45   Amendment No. 2 to the Credit and Security Agreement, effective August 31, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE, Inc., Monroe Staffing Services, LLC, Faro Recruitment America, Inc. and Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC as borrowers, the Company, as a credit party, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 4, 2015).
10.46   Amendment No. 8 to the Credit and Security Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and MidCap Funding X Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017).
10.47   Amendment No. 10 and Joinder Agreement to Credit and Security Agreement and Limited Consent, dated August 27, 2018, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company and MidCap Funding X Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018).
10.48   Amendment No. 11 to the Credit Agreement dated February 7, 2019 by and among Midcap Funding X Trust, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.101 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 25, 2019).
10.49   Amendment No. 17, dated October 26, 2020, to Credit and Security Agreement with MidCap Funding IV Trusts (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 27, 2020).
10.50   Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated October 26, 2020, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 27, 2020).
10.51   Amended and Restated Senior Secured 12% Promissory Note issued on October 26, 2020, to Jackson Investment Group, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 27, 2020).
10.52   Underwriting Agreement, dated December 23, 2020, between Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 28, 2020).
10.53   Form of Securities Purchase Agreement, dated December 30, 2020, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and certain institutional and accredited investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 31, 2020).
10.54   Engagement Letter, dated December 21, 2020, between Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2020).
10.55**   Form of Securities Purchase Agreement.
10.56+   Employment Agreement, dated January 3, 2014, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions Limited and Brendan Flood (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014).
10.57+   Employment Agreement, dated June 29, 2020, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Khalid Anwar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on January 13, 2021).
10.58**  

Limited Consent, Waiver and Amendment Agreement entered into by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Jackson Investment Group, LLC, dated February 5, 2021.

10.59**  

Limited Waiver and Agreement entered into by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Jackson Investment Group, LLC, dated February 5, 2021.

10.60**   Amendment to Engagement Letter Agreement between Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC, dated February 8, 2021.
21.1  

Subsidiaries of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 13, 2021).

23.1**   Consent of BDO USA, LLP
24.1   Power of Attorney (previously filed).
101.INS**   XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.PRE**   XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document
101.CAL**   XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB**   XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document
101.DEF**   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

** Filed herewith.

+ Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

II-7
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this amendment no. 1 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in City of New York, State of New York, on February 8, 2021.

 

  STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Brendan Flood
  Name: Brendan Flood
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this amendment to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Title   Date
       
/s/ Brendan Flood      
Brendan Flood   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)  

February 8, 2021

         
/s/ Khalid Anwar        
Khalid Anwar  

Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

February 8, 2021

         
*        
Dimitri Villard   Director  

February 8, 2021

         
*        
Nicholas Florio   Director  

February 8, 2021

         
*        
Jeff Grout   Director  

February 8, 2021

         
*        
Alicia Barker   Director  

February 8, 2021

 

*By: /s/ Brendan Flood  
  Brendan Flood  
  Attorney-in-fact  

 

II-8

 

 

Exhibit 4.7

 

PRE-FUNDED COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

 

Warrant Shares: [__]   Initial Exercise Date: February ___, 2021

 

THIS PRE-FUNDED COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT (the “Warrant”) certifies that, for value received, [____] or its assigns (the “Holder”) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the limitations on exercise and the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date hereof (the “Initial Exercise Date”) and until this Warrant is exercised in full (the “Termination Date”) but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase from Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), up to [___] shares (as subject to adjustment hereunder, the “Warrant Shares”) of the Company’s Common Stock. The purchase price of one share of Common Stock under this Warrant shall be equal to the Exercise Price, as defined in Section 2(b).

 

Section 1. Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Warrant, the following terms have the meanings indicated in this Section 1:

 

Affiliate” means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with a Person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.00001 per share, and any other class of securities into which such securities may hereafter be reclassified or changed.

 

Common Stock Equivalents” means any securities of the Company or its Subsidiaries which would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Common Stock, including, without limitation, any debt, preferred stock, right, option, warrant or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Common Stock.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Person” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

 

Registration Statement” means the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-252059).

 

1

 

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Company and shall, where applicable, also include any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company formed or acquired after the date hereof.

 

Trading Day” means a day on which the Common Stock is traded on a Trading Market.

 

Trading Market” means any of the following markets or exchanges on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the New York Stock Exchange (or any successors to any of the foregoing).

 

Transfer Agent” means Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, and any successor transfer agent of the Company.

 

Warrants” means this Warrant and other Pre-funded Common Stock purchase warrants issued by the Company pursuant to the Registration Statement.

 

Section 2. Exercise.

 

a) Exercise of Warrant. Exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be made, in whole or in part, at any time or times on or after the Initial Exercise Date and on or before the Termination Date by delivery to the Company of a duly executed PDF copy submitted by e-mail (or e-mail attachment) of the Notice of Exercise in the form annexed hereto (the “Notice of Exercise”). Within the earlier of (i) two (2) Trading Days and (ii) the number of Trading Days comprising the Standard Settlement Period (as defined in Section 2(d)(i) herein) following the date of exercise as aforesaid, the Holder shall deliver the aggregate Exercise Price for the Warrant Shares specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank unless the cashless exercise procedure specified in Section 2(c) below is specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise. No ink-original Notice of Exercise shall be required, nor shall any medallion guarantee (or other type of guarantee or notarization) of any Notice of Exercise be required. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company until the Holder has purchased all of the Warrant Shares available hereunder and the Warrant has been exercised in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company for cancellation within three (3) Trading Days of the date on which the final Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in purchases of a portion of the total number of Warrant Shares available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the applicable number of Warrant Shares purchased. The Holder and the Company shall maintain records showing the number of Warrant Shares purchased and the date of such purchases. The Company shall deliver any objection to any Notice of Exercise within one (1) Trading Day of receipt of such notice. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Warrant, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following the purchase of a portion of the Warrant Shares hereunder, the number of Warrant Shares available for purchase hereunder at any given time may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.

 

2

 

 

b) Exercise Price. The aggregate exercise price of this Warrant, except for a nominal exercise price of $0.0001 per Warrant Share, was pre-funded to the Company on or prior to the Initial Exercise Date and, consequently, no additional consideration (other than the nominal exercise price of $0.0001 per Warrant Share) shall be required to be paid by the Holder to any Person to effect any exercise of this Warrant. The Holder shall not be entitled to the return or refund of all, or any portion, of such pre-paid aggregate exercise price under any circumstance or for any reason whatsoever, including in the event this Warrant shall not have been exercised prior to the Termination Date. The remaining unpaid exercise price per share of Common Stock under this Warrant shall be $0.0001, subject to adjustment hereunder (the “Exercise Price”).

 

c) Cashless Exercise. This Warrant may also be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a “cashless exercise” in which the Holder shall be entitled to receive a number of Warrant Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B) (X)] by (A), where:

 

  (A) = as applicable: (i) the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise if such Notice of Exercise is (1) both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof on a day that is not a Trading Day or (2) both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof on a Trading Day prior to the opening of “regular trading hours” (as defined in Rule 600(b)(68) of Regulation NMS promulgated under the federal securities laws) on such Trading Day, (ii) at the option of the Holder, either (y) the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise or (z) the Bid Price of the Common Stock on the principal Trading Market as reported by Bloomberg L.P. as of the time of the Holder’s execution of the applicable Notice of Exercise if such Notice of Exercise is executed during “regular trading hours” on a Trading Day and is delivered within two (2) hours thereafter (including until two (2) hours after the close of “regular trading hours” on a Trading Day) pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof or (iii) the VWAP on the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise if the date of such Notice of Exercise is a Trading Day and such Notice of Exercise is both executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof after the close of “regular trading hours” on such Trading Day;
     
  (B) = the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and
     
  (X) = the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

 

3

 

 

“Bid Price” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Common Stock is then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the bid price of the Common Stock for the time in question (or the nearest preceding date) on the Trading Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if OTCQB or OTCQX is not a Trading Market, the volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted for trading on OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for the Common Stock are then reported on The Pink Open Market (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of the Common Stock so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Holder and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

 

VWAP” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Common Stock is then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the Trading Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if OTCQB or OTCQX is not a Trading Market, the volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted for trading on OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for the Common Stock are then reported on The Pink Open Market (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of the Common Stock so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Holder and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

 

If Warrant Shares are issued in such a cashless exercise, the parties acknowledge and agree that in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, the Warrant Shares shall take on the registered characteristics of the Warrants being exercised. The Company agrees not to take any position contrary to this Section 2(c).

 

4

 

 

d) Mechanics of Exercise.

 

i. Delivery of Warrant Shares Upon Exercise. The Company shall cause the Warrant Shares purchased hereunder to be transmitted by the Transfer Agent to the Holder by crediting the account of the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with The Depository Trust Company through its Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system (“DWAC”) if the Company is then a participant in such system and either (A) there is an effective registration statement permitting the issuance of the Warrant Shares to or resale of the Warrant Shares by Holder or (B) this Warrant is being exercised via cashless exercise, and otherwise by physical delivery of a certificate, registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the Holder or its designee, for the number of Warrant Shares to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise to the address specified by the Holder in the Notice of Exercise by the date that is the earliest of (i) two (2) Trading Days after the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise, (ii) one (1) Trading Day after delivery of the aggregate Exercise Price to the Company and (iii) the number of Trading Days comprising the Standard Settlement Period after the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise (such date, the “Warrant Share Delivery Date”). Upon delivery of the Notice of Exercise, the Holder shall be deemed for all corporate purposes to have become the holder of record of the Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant has been exercised, irrespective of the date of delivery of the Warrant Shares, provided that payment of the aggregate Exercise Price (other than in the case of a cashless exercise) is received within the earlier of (i) two (2) Trading Days and (ii) the number of Trading Days comprising the Standard Settlement Period following delivery of the Notice of Exercise. If the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder the Warrant Shares subject to a Notice of Exercise by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each $1,000 of Warrant Shares subject to such exercise (based on the VWAP of the Common Stock on the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise), $10 per Trading Day (increasing to $20 per Trading Day on the fifth Trading Day after such liquidated damages begin to accrue) for each Trading Day after such Warrant Share Delivery Date until such Warrant Shares are delivered or Holder rescinds such exercise. The Company agrees to maintain a transfer agent that is a participant in the FAST program so long as this Warrant remains outstanding and exercisable. As used herein, “Standard Settlement Period” means the standard settlement period, expressed in a number of Trading Days, on the Company’s primary Trading Market with respect to the Common Stock as in effect on the date of delivery of the Notice of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Notice(s) of Exercise delivered on or prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Initial Exercise Date, which may be delivered at any time after _:00 [a.m ] [p.m.] on ______ __, 20211, the Company agrees to deliver the Warrant Shares subject to such notice(s) by 4:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Initial Exercise Date and the Initial Exercise Date shall be the Warrant Share Delivery Date for purposes hereunder.

 

ii. Delivery of New Warrants Upon Exercise. If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the request of a Holder and upon surrender of this Warrant certificate, at the time of delivery of the Warrant Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased Warrant Shares called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Warrant.

 

 

1 Insert date and time the securities purchase agreement is executed.

 

5

 

 

iii. Rescission Rights. If the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise.

 

iv. Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Warrant Shares Upon Exercise. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(d)(i) above pursuant to an exercise on or before the Warrant Share Delivery Date, and if after such date the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Warrant Shares which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Common Stock so purchased exceeds (y) the amount obtained by multiplying (1) the number of Warrant Shares that the Company was required to deliver to the Holder in connection with the exercise at issue times (2) the price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed, and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reinstate the portion of the Warrant and equivalent number of Warrant Shares for which such exercise was not honored (in which case such exercise shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued had the Company timely complied with its exercise and delivery obligations hereunder. For example, if the Holder purchases Common Stock having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted exercise of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate sale price giving rise to such purchase obligation of $10,000, under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

6

 

 

v. No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company shall, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price or round up to the next whole share.

 

vi. Charges, Taxes and Expenses. Issuance of Warrant Shares shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such Warrant Shares, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such Warrant Shares shall be issued in the name of the Holder or in such name or names as may be directed by the Holder; provided, however, that in the event that Warrant Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the Holder, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder and the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto. The Company shall pay all Transfer Agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Exercise and all fees to the Depository Trust Company (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions) required for same-day electronic delivery of the Warrant Shares.

 

vii. Closing of Books. The Company will not close its stockholder books or records in any manner which prevents the timely exercise of this Warrant, pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

7

 

 

e) Holder’s Exercise Limitations. The Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and a Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant, pursuant to Section 2 or otherwise, to the extent that after giving effect to such issuance after exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any other Persons acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates (such Persons, “Attribution Parties”)), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates and Attribution Parties shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, nonexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or nonconverted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any other Common Stock Equivalents) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section 2(e), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, it being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this Section 2(e) applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates and Attribution Parties) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates and Attribution Parties) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 2(e), in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (A) the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (C) a more recent written notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within one (1) Trading Day confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder or its Affiliates or Attribution Parties since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. The “Beneficial Ownership Limitation” shall be 4.99% (or, upon election by a Holder prior to the issuance of any Warrants, 9.99%) of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Holder, upon notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this Section 2(e), provided that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of this Warrant held by the Holder and the provisions of this Section 2(e) shall continue to apply. Any increase in the Beneficial Ownership Limitation will not be effective until the 61st day after such notice is delivered to the Company. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 2(e) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor holder of this Warrant.

 

8

 

 

Section 3. Certain Adjustments.

 

a) Stock Dividends and Splits. If the Company, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions on shares of its Common Stock or any other equity or equity equivalent securities payable in shares of Common Stock (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon exercise of this Warrant), (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of reverse stock split) outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issues by reclassification of shares of the Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Company, then in each case the Exercise Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event, and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately adjusted such that the aggregate Exercise Price of this Warrant shall remain unchanged. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification.

 

b) Subsequent Rights Offerings. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 3(a) above, if at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any Common Stock Equivalents or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of shares of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights (provided, however, that to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of such shares of Common Stock as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).

 

c) Pro Rata Distributions. During such time as this Warrant is outstanding, if the Company shall declare or make any dividend or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of shares of Common Stock, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including, without limitation, any distribution of cash, stock or other securities, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction) (a “Distribution”), at any time after the issuance of this Warrant, then, in each such case, the Holder shall be entitled to participate in such Distribution to the same extent that the Holder would have participated therein if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date of which a record is taken for such Distribution, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the participation in such Distribution (provided, however, that to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Distribution would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Distribution to such extent (or in the beneficial ownership of any shares of Common Stock as a result of such Distribution to such extent) and the portion of such Distribution shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).

 

9

 

 

d) Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person, (ii) the Company (and all of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole), directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Stock, (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off, merger or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or group of Persons whereby such other Person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (not including any shares of Common Stock held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Warrant Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction, at the option of the Holder (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant), the number of shares of Common Stock of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “Alternate Consideration”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant). For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction. The Company shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3(d) pursuant to written agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder and approved by the Holder (without unreasonable delay) prior to such Fundamental Transaction and shall, at the option of the Holder, deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the shares of Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the exercise price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction), and which is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder. Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Warrant referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of the Company and shall assume all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Company herein.

 

10

 

 

e) Calculations. All calculations under this Section 3 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 3, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) issued and outstanding.

 

f) Notice to Holder.

 

i. Adjustment to Exercise Price. Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 3, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Holder by email a notice setting forth the Exercise Price after such adjustment and any resulting adjustment to the number of Warrant Shares and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

 

11

 

 

ii. Notice to Allow Exercise by Holder. If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Common Stock, (B) the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Common Stock, (C) the Company shall authorize the granting to all holders of the Common Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of any stockholders of the Company shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Common Stock, any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Common Stock is converted into other securities, cash or property, or (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be delivered by email to the Holder at its last email address as it shall appear upon the Warrant Register of the Company, at least 20 calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of the Common Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange; provided that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein or in the delivery thereof shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided in this Warrant constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K. The Holder shall remain entitled to exercise this Warrant during the period commencing on the date of such notice to the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.

 

Section 4. Transfer of Warrant.

 

a) Transferability. This Warrant and all rights hereunder (including, without limitation, any registration rights) are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company or its designated agent, together with a written assignment of this Warrant substantially in the form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder or its agent or attorney and funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes payable upon the making of such transfer. Upon such surrender and, if required, such payment, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees, as applicable, and in the denomination or denominations specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant not so assigned, and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company unless the Holder has assigned this Warrant in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company within three (3) Trading Days of the date on which the Holder delivers an assignment form to the Company assigning this Warrant in full. The Warrant, if properly assigned in accordance herewith, may be exercised by a new holder for the purchase of Warrant Shares without having a new Warrant issued.

 

12

 

 

b) New Warrants. This Warrant may be divided or combined with other Warrants upon presentation hereof at the aforesaid office of the Company, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued, signed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Subject to compliance with Section 4(a), as to any transfer which may be involved in such division or combination, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the Warrant or Warrants to be divided or combined in accordance with such notice. All Warrants issued on transfers or exchanges shall be dated the initial issuance date of this Warrant and shall be identical with this Warrant except as to the number of Warrant Shares issuable pursuant thereto.

 

c) Warrant Register. The Company shall register this Warrant, upon records to be maintained by the Company for that purpose (the “Warrant Register”), in the name of the record Holder hereof from time to time. The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of any exercise hereof or any distribution to the Holder, and for all other purposes, absent actual notice to the contrary.

 

Section 5. Miscellaneous.

 

a) No Rights as Stockholder Until Exercise; No Settlement in Cash. This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights, dividends or other rights as a stockholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof as set forth in Section 2(d)(i), except as expressly set forth in Section 3. Without limiting the rights of a Holder to receive Warrant Shares on a “cashless exercise,” and to receive the cash payments contemplated pursuant to Sections 2(d)(i) and 2(d)(iv), in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle an exercise of this Warrant.

 

b) Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant. The Company covenants that upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any stock certificate relating to the Warrant Shares, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it (which, in the case of the Warrant, shall not include the posting of any bond), and upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of such Warrant or stock certificate.

 

13

 

 

c) Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a Trading Day, then, such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding Trading Day.

 

d) Authorized Shares.

 

The Company covenants that, during the period the Warrant is outstanding, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued Common Stock a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of issuing the necessary Warrant Shares upon the exercise of the purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company will take all such reasonable action as may be necessary to assure that such Warrant Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of the Trading Market upon which the Common Stock may be listed. The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant and payment for such Warrant Shares in accordance herewith, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges created by the Company in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).

 

Except and to the extent as waived or consented to by the Holder, the Company shall not by any action, including, without limitation, amending its certificate of incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of Holder as set forth in this Warrant against impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will (i) not increase the par value of any Warrant Shares above the amount payable therefor upon such exercise immediately prior to such increase in par value, (ii) take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof, as may be, necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

 

Before taking any action which would result in an adjustment in the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall obtain all such authorizations or exemptions thereof, or consents thereto, as may be necessary from any public regulatory body or bodies having jurisdiction thereof.

 

14

 

 

e) Jurisdiction. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflict of laws thereof. Each party agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretation, enforcement and defense of this Warrant shall be commenced in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan (the “New York Courts”). Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Courts for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such New York Courts, or such New York Courts are improper or inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Warrant and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. If either party shall commence an action, suit or proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Warrant, the prevailing party in such action, suit or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for their reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.

 

f) Restrictions. The Holder acknowledges that the Warrant Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Warrant, if not registered, and the Holder does not utilize cashless exercise, will have restrictions upon resale imposed by state and federal securities laws.

 

g) Nonwaiver and Expenses. No course of dealing or any delay or failure to exercise any right hereunder on the part of Holder shall operate as a waiver of such right or otherwise prejudice the Holder’s rights, powers or remedies, notwithstanding the fact that the right to exercise this Warrant terminates on the Termination Date. Without limiting any other provision of this Warrant, if the Company willfully and knowingly fails to comply with any provision of this Warrant, which results in any material damages to the Holder, the Company shall pay to the Holder such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover any costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, including those of appellate proceedings, incurred by the Holder in collecting any amounts due pursuant hereto or in otherwise enforcing any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder.

 

15

 

 

h) Notices. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Holders hereunder including, without limitation, any Notice of Exercise, shall be in writing and delivered personally, email, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the Company, at 641 Lexington Avenue, 27th Floor, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, or such other email address or address as the Company may specify for such purposes by notice to the Holders, with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice) Haynes and Boone, LLP, 30 Rockefeller Plaza, 26th Floor, New York, New York 10112, Attention: Rick Werner; e-mail: rick.werner@haynesboone.com. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Company hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by email, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service addressed to each Holder at the email address or address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Company. Any notice or other communication or deliveries hereunder shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via email at the email address set forth in this Section prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any date, (ii) the next Trading Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via email at the email address set forth in this Section on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any Trading Day, (iii) the second Trading Day following the date of mailing, if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (iv) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given; provided, however, that notice given by email will not be effective unless either (A) a duplicate copy of such email notice is promptly given by one of the other methods described in this Section or (B) the receiving party delivers a written confirmation of receipt of such notice either by email or any other method described in this Section (excluding “out of office” or other automated replies). To the extent that any notice provided hereunder constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

i) Limitation of Liability. No provision hereof, in the absence of any affirmative action by the Holder to exercise this Warrant to purchase Warrant Shares, and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the purchase price of any Common Stock or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

 

j) Remedies. The Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Warrant. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Warrant and hereby agrees to waive and not to assert the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

k) Successors and Assigns. Subject to applicable securities laws, this Warrant and the rights and obligations evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of Holder. The provisions of this Warrant are intended to be for the benefit of any Holder from time to time of this Warrant and shall be enforceable by the Holder or holder of Warrant Shares.

 

16

 

 

l) Amendment. This Warrant may be modified or amended or the provisions hereof waived with the written consent of the Company, on the one hand, and the Holder of this Warrant, on the other hand.

 

m) Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Warrant shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provisions or the remaining provisions of this Warrant.

 

n) Headings. The headings used in this Warrant are for the convenience of reference only and shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Warrant.

 

********************

 

(Signature Page Follows)

 

17

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above indicated.

 

  Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.
                      
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

18

 

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To: Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

 

(1) The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ________ Warrant Shares of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant (only if exercised in full), and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

(2) Payment shall take the form of (check applicable box):

 

[  ] in lawful money of the United States; or

 

[  ] if permitted the cancellation of such number of Warrant Shares as is necessary, in accordance with the formula set forth in subsection 2(c), to exercise this Warrant with respect to the maximum number of Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant to the cashless exercise procedure set forth in subsection 2(c).

 

(3) Please issue said Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

_______________________________

 

The Warrant Shares shall be delivered to the following DWAC Account Number:

 

_______________________________

 

_______________________________

 

_______________________________

 

[SIGNATURE OF HOLDER]

 

Name of Investing Entity: ________________________________________________________________________

Signature of Authorized Signatory of Investing Entity: _________________________________________________

Name of Authorized Signatory: ___________________________________________________________________

Title of Authorized Signatory: ____________________________________________________________________

Date: ________________________________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to exercise the Warrant to purchase shares.)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

Name:  
  (Please Print)
   
Address:  
  (Please Print)
   
Phone Number:  
   
Email Address:  
   
Dated: _______________ __, ______  

 

Holder’s Signature:    
     
Holder’s Address:    

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

February 8, 2021

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

641 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-252059), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), initially filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on January 12, 2021, as thereafter amended or supplemented (the “Registration Statement”). The Registration Statement relates to the registration of the proposed offer and sale of (i) up to an aggregate of 21,855,280 shares (the “Shares”) of common stock of the Company, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”) and (ii) pre-funded warrants (the “Pre-funded Warrants”), to purchase up to 21,855,280 shares of Common Stock (the “Pre-funded Warrant Shares”). The Shares, Pre-Funded Warrants, and the Pre-funded Warrant Shares are collectively referred to as the “Securities.”

 

In rendering the opinion set forth herein, we have examined the originals, or photostatic or certified copies, of (i) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, each as amended and/or restated as of the date hereof (the “Company Charter Documents”); (ii) certain resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) related to the filing of the Registration Statement, the authorization and issuance of the Securities and related matters; (iii) the Registration Statement and all exhibits thereto; (iv) the form of securities purchase agreement to be entered into by and among the Company and the purchasers named therein (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”); (v) a certificate executed by an officer of the Company, dated as of the date hereof, and (vi) such other records, documents and instruments as we deemed relevant and necessary for purposes of the opinion stated herein.

 

We have relied upon such certificates of officers of the Company and of public officials and statements and information furnished by officers of the Company with respect to the accuracy of material factual matters contained therein which were not independently established by us. In such examination we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as photostatic or certified copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such copies.

 

We have also assumed that, at the time of the issuance of the Pre-Funded Warrant Shares: (i) the Company will continue to be incorporated and in existence and good standing in its jurisdiction of organization; (ii) the resolutions of the Board referred to above will not have been modified or rescinded and (iii) there will be sufficient shares of Common Stock authorized under the Company Charter Documents and not otherwise reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Pre-funded Warrants.

 

 

 

 

The opinion expressed herein is limited to the Delaware General Corporation Law. We have not considered, and express no opinion, as to the laws of any other state or jurisdiction.

 

Based on the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

 

  1. When the Securities Purchase Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto and the Shares have been issued and delivered in accordance with the Securities Purchase Agreement against payment in full of the consideration payable therefor as determined by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof and as contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
     
  2. When the Securities Purchase Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto and the Pre-funded Warrants have been issued and delivered in accordance with the Securities Purchase Agreement against payment in full of the consideration payable therefor as determined by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof and as contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Pre-funded Warrants will be valid and legally binding obligations of the Company.
     
  3. When the Securities Purchase Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto, the Pre-funded Warrants have been duly executed by the Company and delivered to and paid for by the investors pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement against payment in full of the consideration payable therefor as determined by the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof and as contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Pre-funded Warrant Shares will have been duly authorized, and if, as and when issued in accordance with the terms of the Pre-funded Warrants, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

The opinions expressed herein as to the validity and legally binding obligation of the Pre-Funded Warrants are subject to and qualified and limited (i) by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer and conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (iii) by general principles of equity, including without limitation, concepts of materiality, reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing and the possible unavailability of specific performance or injunctive relief (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We further consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus constituting a part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we are not admitting that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission. This opinion is given as of the date hereof and we assume no obligation to update or supplement such opinion after the date hereof to reflect any facts or circumstances that may thereafter come to our attention or any changes that may thereafter occur.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  Haynes and Boone, LLP

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.55

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Securities Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of February ____, 2021, between Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each purchaser identified on the signature pages hereto (each, including its successors and assigns, a “Purchaser” and collectively the “Purchasers”).

 

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Company desires to issue and sell to each Purchaser, and each Purchaser, severally and not jointly, desires to purchase from the Company, securities of the Company as more fully described in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and each Purchaser agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, for all purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth in this Section 1.1:

 

Acquiring Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.5.

 

Action” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(j).

 

Affiliate” means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with a Person as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided, however, for clarification, commercial banks shall not be deemed to be authorized or required by law to remain closed due to “stay at home”, “shelter-in-place”, “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) of commercial banks in The City of New York generally are open for use by customers on such day.

 

Closing” means the closing of the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

1

 

 

Closing Date” means the Trading Day on which all of the Transaction Documents have been executed and delivered by the applicable parties thereto, and all conditions precedent to (i) the Purchasers’ obligations to pay the Subscription Amount and (ii) the Company’s obligations to deliver the Securities, in each case, have been satisfied or waived, but in no event later than the second (2nd) Trading Day following the date hereof.

 

Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.00001 per share, and any other class of securities into which such securities may hereafter be reclassified or changed.

 

Common Stock Equivalents” means any securities of the Company or the Subsidiaries which would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Common Stock, including, without limitation, any debt, preferred stock, right, option, warrant or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Common Stock.

 

Company Counsel” means Haynes and Boone, LLP, with offices located at 30 Rockefeller Plaza, 26th Floor, New York, NY 10112.

 

Disclosure Schedules” means the Disclosure Schedules of the Company delivered concurrently herewith.

 

Disclosure Time” means, (i) if this Agreement is signed on a day that is not a Trading Day or after 9:00 a.m. (New York City time) and before midnight (New York City time) on any Trading Day, 9:01 a.m. (New York City time) on the Trading Day immediately following the date hereof, unless otherwise instructed as to an earlier time by the Placement Agent, and (ii) if this Agreement is signed between midnight (New York City time) and 9:00 a.m. (New York City time) on any Trading Day, no later than 9:01 a.m. (New York City time) on the date hereof, unless otherwise instructed as to an earlier time by the Placement Agent.

 

Evaluation Date” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(s).

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

2

 

 

Exempt Issuance” means the issuance of (a) shares of Common Stock or options to employees, officers or directors of the Company pursuant to any stock or option plan duly adopted for such purpose, by a majority of the non-employee members of the Board of Directors or a majority of the members of a committee of non-employee directors established for such purpose for services rendered to the Company, (b) shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of such options, (c) securities upon the exercise or exchange of or conversion of any Securities issued hereunder and/or other securities exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on the date of this Agreement, provided that such securities have not been amended since the date of this Agreement to increase the number of such securities or to decrease the exercise price, exchange price or conversion price of such securities (other than in connection with stock splits or combinations) or to extend the term of such securities, and (d) securities issued pursuant to acquisitions or strategic transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company, provided that such securities are issued as “restricted securities” (as defined in Rule 144) and carry no registration rights that require or permit the filing of any registration statement in connection therewith during the prohibition period in Section 4.12(a) herein, in connection with mergers or acquisitions of businesses, entities, property or other assets, joint ventures or strategic alliances and provided that any such issuance shall not include a transaction in which the Company is issuing securities primarily for the purpose of raising capital or to an entity whose primary business is investing in securities and (e) up to $_____ of Shares and Pre-Funded Warrants, including the Shares and Pre-Funded Warrants issued to other purchasers pursuant to the Prospectus concurrently with the Closing at the applicable Per Share Purchase Price or Per Pre-Funded Warrant Purchase Price, less such aggregate dollar amount of such Securities sold pursuant to this Agreement.

 

FCPA” means the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

FDA” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(hh).

 

FDCA” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(hh).

 

GAAP” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(h).

 

Indebtedness” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(aa).

 

Intellectual Property Rights” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(p).

 

Liens” means a lien, charge, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, right of first refusal, preemptive right or other restriction.

 

Lock-Up Agreement” means the Lock-Up Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company and the directors and officers, in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

 

Material Adverse Effect” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.1(b).

 

Material Permits” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(n).

 

Per Share Purchase Price” equals $______, subject to adjustment for reverse and forward stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations and other similar transactions of the Common Stock that occur after the date of this Agreement.

 

3

 

 

Per Pre-Funded Warrant Purchase Price” equals $______per each Pre-Funded Warrant, subject to adjustment for reverse and forward stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations and other similar transactions of the Common Stock that occur after the date of this Agreement.

 

Person” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

 

Pharmaceutical Product” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(hh).

 

Placement Agent” means H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC.

 

Pre-Funded Warrants” means, collectively, the Pre-Funded Common Stock purchase warrants delivered to the Purchasers at the Closing in accordance with Section 2.2(a) hereof, which Pre-Funded Warrants shall be exercisable immediately and shall expire when exercised in full, in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

Preliminary Prospectus” means any preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement, as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act.

 

Pricing Prospectus” means (i) the Preliminary Prospectus relating to the Securities that was included in the Registration Statement immediately prior to ___ a.m./p.m. (New York City time) on the date hereof and (ii) any free writing prospectus (as defined in the Securities Act) identified on Schedule A hereto, taken together.

 

Proceeding” means an action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding (including, without limitation, an informal investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition), whether commenced or threatened.

 

Prospectus” means the final prospectus to be filed pursuant to the Registration Statement.

 

Purchaser Party” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.8.

 

Registration Statement” means the effective registration statement with Commission (File No. 333- 252059), which registers the sale of the Securities to the Purchasers.

 

Required Approvals” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(e).

 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended or interpreted from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same purpose and effect as such Rule.

 

4

 

 

Rule 424” means Rule 424 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended or interpreted from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same purpose and effect as such Rule.

 

SEC Reports” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(h).

 

Securities” means the Shares, the Pre-Funded Warrants and the Warrant Shares.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Shares” means the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to each Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Short Sales” means all “short sales” as defined in Rule 200 of Regulation SHO under the Exchange Act (but shall not be deemed to include locating and/or borrowing shares of Common Stock).

 

SRF” means Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP, with offices located at 1185 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor, New York, NY 10036.

 

Subscription Amount” means, as to each Purchaser, the aggregate amount to be paid for (i) Shares and/or (ii) Pre-Funded Warrants purchased hereunder as specified below such Purchaser’s name on the signature page of this Agreement and next to the heading “Subscription Amount,” in United States dollars and in immediately available funds.

 

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Company as set forth in Schedule 3.1(a) and shall, where applicable, also include any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company formed or acquired after the date hereof.

 

Trading Day” means a day on which the principal Trading Market is open for trading.

 

Trading Market” means any of the following markets or exchanges on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the New York Stock Exchange (or any successors to any of the foregoing).

 

5

 

 

Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Pre-Funded Warrants, all exhibits and schedules thereto and hereto and any other documents or agreements executed in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

Transfer Agent” means VStock Transfer, LLC, the current transfer agent of the Company, with a mailing address of 8 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, New York 11598, and any successor transfer agent of the Company.

 

Warrant Shares” means the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants.

 

ARTICLE II.
PURCHASE AND SALE

 

2.1 Closing. On the Closing Date, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company agrees to sell, and the Purchasers, severally and not jointly, agree to purchase, up to an aggregate of $_______ of Shares; provided, however, that, to the extent that a Purchaser determines, in its sole discretion, that such Purchaser (together with such Purchaser’s Affiliates, and any Person acting as a group together with such purchaser or any of such Holder’s Affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, or as such Purchaser may otherwise choose, in lieu of purchasing Shares such Purchaser may elect to purchase Pre-Funded Warrants in lieu of Shares in such manner to result in the same aggregate purchase price being paid by such Purchaser to the Company. The “Beneficial Ownership Limitation” shall be 4.99% (or, at the election of the Purchaser on the date heref, 9.99%) of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of the Securities on the Closing Date. Each Purchaser’s Subscription Amount as set forth on the signature page hereto executed by such Purchaser shall be made available for “Delivery Versus Payment” settlement with the Company or its designee. The Company shall deliver to each Purchaser its respective Shares and/or Pre-Funded Warrants (as applicable to such Purchaser), and the Company and each Purchaser shall deliver the other items set forth in Section 2.2 deliverable at the Closing. Upon satisfaction of the covenants and conditions set forth in Sections 2.2 and 2.3, the Closing shall occur at the offices of SRF or such other location as the parties shall mutually agree. Each Purchaser acknowledges that, concurrently with the Closing and pursuant to the Prospectus, the Company may sell up to $______ of additional Securities to purchasers not party to this Purchase Agreement, less such aggregate dollar amount of Securities sold pursuant to this Agreement and will issue to each such purchaser such additional Shares and Pre-Funded Warrants in the same form and at the same applicable Per Share Purchase Price or Per Pre-Funded Warrant Purchase Price, as issued to a Purchaser hereunder. The Company covenants that, if the Purchaser delivers a Notice of Exercise (as defined in the Pre-Funded Warrant) no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date to exercise any Pre-Funded Warrants between the date hereof and the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver Pre-Funded Warrant Shares to the Purchaser on the Closing Date in connection with such Notice of Exercise. Unless otherwise directed by the Placement Agent, settlement of the Shares shall occur via “Delivery Versus Payment” (“DVP”) (i.e., on the Closing Date, the Company shall issue the Shares registered in the Purchasers’ names and addresses and released by the Transfer Agent directly to the account(s) at the Placement Agent identified by each Purchaser; upon receipt of such Shares, the Placement Agent shall promptly electronically deliver such Shares to the applicable Purchaser, and payment therefor shall be made by the Placement Agent (or its clearing firm) by wire transfer to the Company).

 

6

 

 

2.2 Deliveries.

 

(a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to each Purchaser the following:

 

(i) this Agreement duly executed by the Company;

 

(ii) a legal opinion of Company Counsel, directed to the Placement Agent and the Purchasers, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Placement Agent and Purchasers;

 

(iii) the Company shall have provided each Purchaser with the Company’s wire instructions, on Company letterhead and executed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer;

 

(iv) the Lock-Up Agreements;

 

(v) subject to the last sentence of Section 2.1, a copy of the irrevocable instructions to the Transfer Agent instructing the Transfer Agent to deliver on an expedited basis via The Depository Trust Company Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system (“DWAC”) Shares equal to such Purchaser’s Subscription Amount divided by the Per Share Purchase Price, registered in the name of such Purchaser;

 

(vi) for each Purchaser of Pre-Funded Warrants pursuant to Section 2.1, a Pre-Funded Warrant registered in the name of such Purchaser to purchase up to a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the portion of such Purchaser’s Subscription Amount applicable to Pre-Funded Warrants divided by the Per Pre-Funded Warrant Purchase Price, with an exercise price equal to $0.0001, subject to adjustment therein; and

 

(vii) the Prospectus (which may be delivered in accordance with Rule 172 under the Securities Act).

 

(b) On or prior to the Closing Date, each Purchaser shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Company the following:

 

(i) this Agreement duly executed by such Purchaser;

 

(ii) such Purchaser’s Subscription Amount with regard to the Shares purchased by such Purchaser, which shall be made available for DVP settlement with the Company or its designees; and

 

7

 

 

(iii) such Purchaser’s Subscription Amount with regard to the Pre-Funded Warrants purchased by such Purchaser, if any, by wire transfer to the account specified by the Company in Section 2.2(a)(iii) above, or as otherwise agreed by the Company and the Placement Agent.

 

2.3 Closing Conditions.

 

(a) The obligations of the Company hereunder in connection with the Closing are subject to the following conditions being met:

 

(i) the accuracy in all material respects (or, to the extent representations or warranties are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) when made and on the Closing Date of the representations and warranties of the Purchasers contained herein (unless as of a specific date therein in which case they shall be accurate as of such date);

 

(ii) all obligations, covenants and agreements of each Purchaser required to be performed at or prior to the Closing Date shall have been performed; and

 

(iii) the delivery by each Purchaser of the items set forth in Section 2.2(b) of this Agreement.

 

(b) The respective obligations of the Purchasers hereunder in connection with the Closing are subject to the following conditions being met:

 

(i) the accuracy in all material respects (or, to the extent representations or warranties are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, in all respects) when made and on the Closing Date of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein (unless as of a specific date therein in which case they shall be accurate as of such date);

 

(ii) all obligations, covenants and agreements of the Company required to be performed at or prior to the Closing Date shall have been performed;

 

(iii) the delivery by the Company of the items set forth in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement;

 

(iv) there shall have been no Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company since the date hereof; and

 

(v) from the date hereof to the Closing Date, trading in the Common Stock shall not have been suspended by the Commission or the Company’s principal Trading Market, and, at any time prior to the Closing Date, trading in securities generally as reported by Bloomberg L.P. shall not have been suspended or limited, or minimum prices shall not have been established on securities whose trades are reported by such service, or on any Trading Market, nor shall a banking moratorium have been declared either by the United States or New York State authorities nor shall there have occurred any material outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other national or international calamity of such magnitude in its effect on, or any material adverse change in, any financial market which, in each case, in the reasonable judgment of such Purchaser, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to purchase the Securities at the Closing.

 

8

 

 

ARTICLE III.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

3.1 Representations and Warranties of the Company. Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedules, which Disclosure Schedules shall be deemed a part hereof and shall qualify any representation or otherwise made herein to the extent of the disclosure contained in the corresponding section of the Disclosure Schedules, the Company hereby makes the following representations and warranties to each Purchaser:

 

(a) Subsidiaries. All of the direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company are set forth in Schedule 3.1(a). The Company owns, directly or indirectly, all of the capital stock or other equity interests of each Subsidiary free and clear of any Liens, and all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary are validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and free of preemptive and similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities. If the Company has no subsidiaries, all other references to the Subsidiaries or any of them in the Transaction Documents shall be disregarded.

 

(b) Organization and Qualification. The Company and each of the Subsidiaries is an entity duly incorporated or otherwise organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, with the requisite power and authority to own and use its properties and assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation nor default of any of the provisions of its respective certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or charter documents. Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other entity in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or property owned by it makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, as the case may be, could not have or reasonably be expected to result in: (i) a material adverse effect on the legality, validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document, (ii) a material adverse effect on the results of operations, assets, business, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iii) a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to perform in any material respect on a timely basis its obligations under any Transaction Document (any of (i), (ii) or (iii), a “Material Adverse Effect”) and no Proceeding has been instituted in any such jurisdiction revoking, limiting or curtailing or seeking to revoke, limit or curtail such power and authority or qualification.

 

9

 

 

(c) Authorization; Enforcement. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents by the Company and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company and no further action is required by the Company, the Board of Directors or the Company’s stockholders in connection herewith or therewith other than in connection with the Required Approvals. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party has been (or upon delivery will have been) duly executed by the Company and, when delivered in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, will constitute the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by general equitable principles and applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (iii) insofar as indemnification and contribution provisions may be limited by applicable law.

 

(d) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the issuance and sale of the Securities and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not (i) conflict with or violate any provision of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or charter documents, or (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, anti-dilution or similar adjustments, acceleration or cancellation (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) of, any agreement, credit facility, debt or other instrument (evidencing a Company or Subsidiary debt or otherwise) or other understanding to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which any property or asset of the Company or any Subsidiary is bound or affected, or (iii) subject to the Required Approvals, conflict with or result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, injunction, decree or other restriction of any court or governmental authority to which the Company or a Subsidiary is subject (including federal and state securities laws and regulations), or by which any property or asset of the Company or a Subsidiary is bound or affected; except in the case of each of clauses (ii) and (iii), such as could not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e) Filings, Consents and Approvals. The Company is not required to obtain any consent, waiver, authorization or order of, give any notice to, or make any filing or registration with, any court or other federal, state, local or other governmental authority or other Person in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Transaction Documents, other than: (i) the filings required pursuant to Section 4.4 of this Agreement, (ii) the filing with the Commission of the Prospectus, (iii) application(s) to each applicable Trading Market for the listing of the Shares and Warrant Shares for trading thereon in the time and manner required thereby, and (iv) such filings as are required to be made under applicable state securities laws (collectively, the “Required Approvals”).

 

10

 

 

(f) Issuance of the Securities; Registration. The Shares are duly authorized and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the applicable Transaction Documents, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all Liens imposed by the Company. The Warrant Shares, when issued in accordance with the terms of the Pre-Funded Warrants, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free and clear of all Liens imposed by the Company. The Company has reserved from its duly authorized capital stock the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to this Agreement and the Pre-Funded Warrants. The Company has prepared and filed the Registration Statement in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, which became effective on February ___, 2021, including the Pricing Prospectus, and such amendments and supplements thereto as may have been required to the date of this Agreement. The Registration Statement is effective under the Securities Act and no stop order preventing or suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or suspending or preventing the use of each of the Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued by the Commission and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to the knowledge of the Company, are threatened by the Commission. The Company, if required by the rules and regulations of the Commission, shall file the Prospectus with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b). At the time the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto became effective, at the date of this Agreement and at the Closing Date, the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto conformed and will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, at the time the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus as applicable, or any amendment or supplement thereto was issued and at the Closing Date, conformed and will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

11

 

 

(g) Capitalization. The capitalization of the Company is set forth in Schedule 3.1(g). The Company has not issued any capital stock since its most recently filed periodic report under the Exchange Act, other than pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options under the Company’s stock option plans, the issuance of shares of Common Stock to employees pursuant to the Company’s employee stock purchase plans and pursuant to the conversion and/or exercise of Common Stock Equivalents outstanding as of the date of the most recently filed periodic report under the Exchange Act. No Person has any right of first refusal, preemptive right, right of participation, or any similar right to participate in the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. Except as a result of the purchase and sale of the Securities, there are no outstanding options, warrants, scrip rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities, rights or obligations convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or giving any Person any right to subscribe for or acquire, any shares of Common Stock or the capital stock of any Subsidiary, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company or any Subsidiary is or may become bound to issue additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents or capital stock of any Subsidiary. The issuance and sale of the Securities will not obligate the Company or any Subsidiary to issue shares of Common Stock or other securities to any Person (other than the Purchasers). There are no outstanding securities or instruments of the Company or any Subsidiary with any provision that adjusts the exercise, conversion, exchange or reset price of such security or instrument upon an issuance of securities by the Company or any Subsidiary. There are no outstanding securities or instruments of the Company or any Subsidiary that contain any redemption or similar provisions, and there are no contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company or any Subsidiary is or may become bound to redeem a security of the Company or such Subsidiary. The Company does not have any stock appreciation rights or “phantom stock” plans or agreements or any similar plan or agreement. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, have been issued in compliance with all federal and state securities laws, and none of such outstanding shares was issued in violation of any preemptive rights or similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities. No further approval or authorization of any stockholder, the Board of Directors or others is required for the issuance and sale of the Securities. There are no stockholders agreements, voting agreements or other similar agreements with respect to the Company’s capital stock to which the Company is a party or, to the knowledge of the Company, between or among any of the Company’s stockholders.

 

(h) SEC Reports; Financial Statements. The Company has filed all reports, schedules, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, including pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) thereof, for the two years preceding the date hereof (or such shorter period as the Company was required by law or regulation to file such material) (the foregoing materials, including the exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein, together with the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, being collectively referred to herein as the “SEC Reports”) on a timely basis or has received a valid extension of such time of filing and has filed any such SEC Reports prior to the expiration of any such extension. As of their respective dates, the SEC Reports complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of the SEC Reports, when filed, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company has never been an issuer subject to Rule 144(i) under the Securities Act. The financial statements of the Company included in the SEC Reports comply in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the rules and regulations of the Commission with respect thereto as in effect at the time of filing. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (“GAAP”), except as may be otherwise specified in such financial statements or the notes thereto and except that unaudited financial statements may not contain all footnotes required by GAAP, and fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of and for the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal, immaterial, year-end audit adjustments.

 

12

 

 

(i) Material Changes; Undisclosed Events, Liabilities or Developments. Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included within the SEC Reports, except as set forth in the SEC Reports filed prior to the date hereof, (i) there has been no event, occurrence or development that has had or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Company has not incurred any liabilities (contingent or otherwise) other than (A) trade payables and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (B) liabilities not required to be reflected in the Company’s financial statements pursuant to GAAP or disclosed in filings made with the Commission, (iii) the Company has not altered its method of accounting, (iv) the Company has not declared or made any dividend or distribution of cash or other property to its stockholders or purchased, redeemed or made any agreements to purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock and (v) the Company has not issued any equity securities to any officer, director or Affiliate, except pursuant to existing Company stock option plans. The Company does not have pending before the Commission any request for confidential treatment of information. Except for the issuance of the Securities contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth in Schedule 3.1(i), no event, liability, fact, circumstance, occurrence or development has occurred or exists or is reasonably expected to occur or exist with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries or their respective businesses, prospects, properties, operations, assets or financial condition that would be required to be disclosed by the Company under applicable securities laws at the time this representation is made or deemed made that has not been publicly disclosed at least 1 Trading Day prior to the date that this representation is made.

 

(j) Litigation. There is no action, suit, inquiry, notice of violation, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties before or by any court, arbitrator, governmental or administrative agency or regulatory authority (federal, state, county, local or foreign) (collectively, an “Action”) which (i) adversely affects or challenges the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents or the Securities or (ii) could, if there were an unfavorable decision, have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary, nor any director or officer thereof, is or has been the subject of any Action involving a claim of violation of or liability under federal or state securities laws or a claim of breach of fiduciary duty. There has not been, and to the knowledge of the Company, there is not pending or contemplated, any investigation by the Commission involving the Company or any current or former director or officer of the Company. The Commission has not issued any stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement filed by the Company or any Subsidiary under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act.

 

13

 

 

(k) Labor Relations. No labor dispute exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent with respect to any of the employees of the Company, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ employees is a member of a union that relates to such employee’s relationship with the Company or such Subsidiary, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to a collective bargaining agreement, and the Company and its Subsidiaries believe that their relationships with their employees are good. To the knowledge of the Company, no executive officer of the Company or any Subsidiary, is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any material term of any employment contract, confidentiality, disclosure or proprietary information agreement or non-competition agreement, or any other contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant in favor of any third party, and the continued employment of each such executive officer does not subject the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any liability with respect to any of the foregoing matters. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, except where the failure to be in compliance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(l) Compliance. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary: (i) is in default under or in violation of (and no event has occurred that has not been waived that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would result in a default by the Company or any Subsidiary under), nor has the Company or any Subsidiary received notice of a claim that it is in default under or that it is in violation of, any indenture, loan or credit agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound (whether or not such default or violation has been waived), (ii) is in violation of any judgment, decree or order of any court, arbitrator or other governmental authority or (iii) is or has been in violation of any statute, rule, ordinance or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation all foreign, federal, state and local laws relating to taxes, environmental protection, occupational health and safety, product quality and safety and employment and labor matters, except in each case as could not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(m) Environmental Laws. The Company and its Subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with all federal, state, local and foreign laws relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata), including laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, or toxic or hazardous substances or wastes (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) into the environment, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials, as well as all authorizations, codes, decrees, demands, or demand letters, injunctions, judgments, licenses, notices or notice letters, orders, permits, plans or regulations, issued, entered, promulgated or approved thereunder (“Environmental Laws”); (ii) have received all permits licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval where in each clause (i), (ii) and (iii), the failure to so comply could be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

14

 

 

(n) Regulatory Permits. The Company and the Subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses as described in the SEC Reports, except where the failure to possess such permits could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (“Material Permits”), and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Material Permit.

 

(o) Title to Assets. The Company and the Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property owned by them and good and marketable title in all personal property owned by them that is material to the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all Liens, except for (i) Liens as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and the Subsidiaries, and (ii) Liens for the payment of federal, state or other taxes, for which appropriate reserves have been made therefor in accordance with GAAP and, the payment of which is neither delinquent nor subject to penalties. Any real property and facilities held under lease by the Company and the Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with which the Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance.

 

(p) Intellectual Property. The Company and the Subsidiaries have, or have rights to use, all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, trade names, trade secrets, inventions, copyrights, licenses and other intellectual property rights and similar rights necessary or required for use in connection with their respective businesses as described in the SEC Reports and which the failure to so have could have a Material Adverse Effect (collectively, the “Intellectual Property Rights”). None of, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received a notice (written or otherwise) that any of, the Intellectual Property Rights has expired, terminated or been abandoned, or is expected to expire or terminate or be abandoned, within two (2) years from the date of this Agreement. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included within the SEC Reports, a written notice of a claim or otherwise has any knowledge that the Intellectual Property Rights violate or infringe upon the rights of any Person, except as could not have or reasonably be expected to not have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Company, all such Intellectual Property Rights are enforceable and there is no existing infringement by another Person of any of the Intellectual Property Rights. The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken reasonable security measures to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of all of their intellectual properties, except where failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has no knowledge of any facts that would preclude it from having valid license rights or clear title to the Intellectual Property Rights. The Company has no knowledge that it lacks or will be unable to obtain any rights or licenses to use all Intellectual Property Rights that are necessary to conduct its business.

 

15

 

 

(q) Insurance. The Company and the Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which the Company and the Subsidiaries are engaged, including, but not limited to, directors and officers insurance coverage at least equal to the aggregate Subscription Amount. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business without a significant increase in cost.

 

(r) Transactions With Affiliates and Employees. Except as set forth in the SEC Reports, none of the officers or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of the Company, none of the employees of the Company or any Subsidiary is presently a party to any transaction with the Company or any Subsidiary (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, providing for the borrowing of money from or lending of money to or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Company, any entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee, stockholder, member or partner, in each case in excess of $120,000 other than for (i) payment of salary or consulting fees for services rendered, (ii) reimbursement for expenses incurred on behalf of the Company and (iii) other employee benefits, including stock option agreements under any stock option plan of the Company.

 

(s) Sarbanes-Oxley; Internal Accounting Controls. The Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance with any and all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that are effective as of the date hereof, and any and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder that are effective as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date. The Company and the Subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. The Company and the Subsidiaries have established disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and the Subsidiaries and designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms. The Company’s certifying officers have evaluated the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures of the Company and the Subsidiaries as of the end of the period covered by the most recently filed periodic report under the Exchange Act (such date, the “Evaluation Date”). The Company presented in its most recently filed periodic report under the Exchange Act the conclusions of the certifying officers about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on their evaluations as of the Evaluation Date. Since the Evaluation Date, there have been no changes in the internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in the Exchange Act) of the Company and its Subsidiaries that have materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the internal control over financial reporting of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

16

 

 

(t) Certain Fees. Except as set forth in the Preliminary Prospectus, no brokerage or finder’s fees or commissions are or will be payable by the Company or any Subsidiary to any broker, financial advisor or consultant, finder, placement agent, investment banker, bank or other Person with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. The Purchasers shall have no obligation with respect to any fees or with respect to any claims made by or on behalf of other Persons for fees of a type contemplated in this Section that may be due in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

(u) Investment Company. The Company is not, and is not an Affiliate of, and immediately after receipt of payment for the Securities, will not be or be an Affiliate of, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Company shall conduct its business in a manner so that it will not become an “investment company” subject to registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(v) Registration Rights. No Person has any right to cause the Company or any Subsidiary to effect the registration under the Securities Act of any securities of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

(w) Listing and Maintenance Requirements. The Common Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and the Company has taken no action designed to, or which to its knowledge is likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission is contemplating terminating such registration. The Company has not, in the 12 months preceding the date hereof, received notice from any Trading Market on which the Common Stock is or has been listed or quoted to the effect that the Company is not in compliance with the listing or maintenance requirements of such Trading Market. The Company is, and has no reason to believe that it will not in the foreseeable future continue to be, in compliance with all such listing and maintenance requirements. The Common Stock is currently eligible for electronic transfer through the Depository Trust Company or another established clearing corporation and the Company is current in payment of the fees to the Depository Trust Company (or such other established clearing corporation) in connection with such electronic transfer.

 

17

 

 

(x) Application of Takeover Protections. The Company and the Board of Directors have taken all necessary action, if any, in order to render inapplicable any control share acquisition, business combination, poison pill (including any distribution under a rights agreement) or other similar anti-takeover provision under the Company’s certificate of incorporation (or similar charter documents) or the laws of its state of incorporation that is or could become applicable to the Purchasers as a result of the Purchasers and the Company fulfilling their obligations or exercising their rights under the Transaction Documents, including without limitation as a result of the Company’s issuance of the Securities and the Purchasers’ ownership of the Securities.

 

(y) Disclosure. Except with respect to the material terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Company confirms that neither it nor any other Person acting on its behalf has provided any of the Purchasers or their agents or counsel with any information that it believes constitutes or might constitute material, non-public information which is not otherwise disclosed in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus. The Company understands and confirms that the Purchasers will rely on the foregoing representation in effecting transactions in securities of the Company. All of the disclosure furnished by or on behalf of the Company to the Purchasers regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries, their respective businesses and the transactions contemplated hereby is true and correct and does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The press releases disseminated by the Company during the twelve months preceding the date of this Agreement taken as a whole do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made and when made, not misleading. The Company acknowledges and agrees that no Purchaser makes or has made any representations or warranties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby other than those specifically set forth in Section 3.2 hereof.

 

(z) No Integrated Offering. Assuming the accuracy of the Purchasers’ representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.2, neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would cause this offering of the Securities to be integrated with prior offerings by the Company for purposes of any applicable shareholder approval provisions of any Trading Market on which any of the securities of the Company are listed or designated.

 

18

 

 

(aa) Solvency. Based on the consolidated financial condition of the Company as of the Closing Date, after giving effect to the receipt by the Company of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities hereunder, (i) the fair saleable value of the Company’s assets exceeds the amount that will be required to be paid on or in respect of the Company’s existing debts and other liabilities (including known contingent liabilities) as they mature, (ii) the Company’s assets do not constitute unreasonably small capital to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted including its capital needs taking into account the particular capital requirements of the business conducted by the Company, consolidated and projected capital requirements and capital availability thereof, and (iii) the current cash flow of the Company, together with the proceeds the Company would receive, were it to liquidate all of its assets, after taking into account all anticipated uses of the cash, would be sufficient to pay all amounts on or in respect of its liabilities when such amounts are required to be paid. The Company does not intend to incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its debt). The Company has no knowledge of any facts or circumstances which lead it to believe that it will file for reorganization or liquidation under the bankruptcy or reorganization laws of any jurisdiction within one year from the Closing Date. The Schedule 3.1(aa) sets forth as of the date hereof all outstanding secured and unsecured Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary, or for which the Company or any Subsidiary has commitments. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Indebtedness” means (x) any liabilities for borrowed money or amounts owed in excess of $50,000 (other than trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (y) all guaranties, endorsements and other contingent obligations in respect of indebtedness of others, whether or not the same are or should be reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet (or the notes thereto), except guaranties by endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business; and (z) the present value of any lease payments in excess of $50,000 due under leases required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default with respect to any Indebtedness.

 

(bb) Tax Status. Except for matters that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its Subsidiaries each (i) has made or filed all United States federal,state and local income and all foreign income and franchise tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject, (ii) has paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges that are material in amount, shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations and (iii) has set aside on its books provision reasonably adequate for the payment of all material taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply. There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Company or of any Subsidiary know of no basis for any such claim.

 

(cc) Foreign Corrupt Practices. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary, nor to the knowledge of the Company or any Subsidiary, any agent or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary, has (i) directly or indirectly, used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses related to foreign or domestic political activity, (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to any foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds, (iii) failed to disclose fully any contribution made by the Company or any Subsidiary (or made by any person acting on its behalf of which the Company is aware) which is in violation of law, or (iv) violated in any material respect any provision of FCPA.

 

(dd) Accountants. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm is BDO USA, LLP. To the knowledge and belief of the Company, such accounting firm (i) is a registered public accounting firm as required by the Exchange Act and (ii) shall express its opinion with respect to the financial statements to be included in the Company’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020.

 

19

 

 

(ee) Acknowledgment Regarding Purchasers’ Purchase of Securities. The Company acknowledges and agrees that each of the Purchasers is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length purchaser with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby. The Company further acknowledges that no Purchaser is acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Company (or in any similar capacity) with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby and any advice given by any Purchaser or any of their respective representatives or agents in connection with the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby is merely incidental to the Purchasers’ purchase of the Securities. The Company further represents to each Purchaser that the Company’s decision to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents has been based solely on the independent evaluation of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Company and its representatives.

 

(ff) Acknowledgment Regarding Purchaser’s Trading Activity. Anything in this Agreement or elsewhere herein to the contrary notwithstanding (except for Sections 3.2(e) and 4.14 hereof), it is understood and acknowledged by the Company that: (i) none of the Purchasers has been asked by the Company to agree, nor has any Purchaser agreed, to desist from purchasing or selling, long and/or short, securities of the Company, or “derivative” securities based on securities issued by the Company or to hold the Securities for any specified term; (ii) past or future open market or other transactions by any Purchaser, specifically including, without limitation, Short Sales or “derivative” transactions, before or after the closing of this or future private placement transactions, may negatively impact the market price of the Company’s publicly-traded securities; (iii) any Purchaser, and counter-parties in “derivative” transactions to which any such Purchaser is a party, directly or indirectly, presently may have a “short” position in the Common Stock, and (iv) each Purchaser shall not be deemed to have any affiliation with or control over any arm’s length counter-party in any “derivative” transaction. The Company further understands and acknowledges that (y) one or more Purchasers may engage in hedging activities at various times during the period that the Securities are outstanding, including, without limitation, during the periods that the value of the Warrant Shares deliverable with respect to Securities are being determined, and (z) such hedging activities (if any) could reduce the value of the existing stockholders’ equity interests in the Company at and after the time that the hedging activities are being conducted. The Company acknowledges that such aforementioned hedging activities do not constitute a breach of any of the Transaction Documents.

 

(gg) Regulation M Compliance. The Company has not, and to its knowledge no one acting on its behalf has, (i) taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or to result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Securities, (ii) sold, bid for, purchased, or, paid any compensation for soliciting purchases of, any of the Securities, or (iii) paid or agreed to pay to any Person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Company, other than, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), compensation paid to the Company’s placement agent in connection with the placement of the Securities.

 

20

 

 

(hh) FDA. As to each product subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, as amended, and the regulations thereunder (“FDCA”) that is manufactured, packaged, labeled, tested, distributed, sold, and/or marketed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (each such product, a “Pharmaceutical Product”), such Pharmaceutical Product is being manufactured, packaged, labeled, tested, distributed, sold and/or marketed by the Company in compliance with all applicable requirements under FDCA and similar laws, rules and regulations relating to registration, investigational use, premarket clearance, licensure, or application approval, good manufacturing practices, good laboratory practices, good clinical practices, product listing, quotas, labeling, advertising, record keeping and filing of reports, except where the failure to be in compliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no pending, completed or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened, action (including any lawsuit, arbitration, or legal or administrative or regulatory proceeding, charge, complaint, or investigation) against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice, warning letter or other communication from the FDA or any other governmental entity, which (i) contests the premarket clearance, licensure, registration, or approval of, the uses of, the distribution of, the manufacturing or packaging of, the testing of, the sale of, or the labeling and promotion of any Pharmaceutical Product, (ii) withdraws its approval of, requests the recall, suspension, or seizure of, or withdraws or orders the withdrawal of advertising or sales promotional materials relating to, any Pharmaceutical Product, (iii) imposes a clinical hold on any clinical investigation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) enjoins production at any facility of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (v) enters or proposes to enter into a consent decree of permanent injunction with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (vi) otherwise alleges any violation of any laws, rules or regulations by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and which, either individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect. The properties, business and operations of the Company have been and are being conducted in all material respects in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations of the FDA. The Company has not been informed by the FDA that the FDA will prohibit the marketing, sale, license or use in the United States of any product proposed to be developed, produced or marketed by the Company nor has the FDA expressed any concern as to approving or clearing for marketing any product being developed or proposed to be developed by the Company.

 

(ii) Stock Option Plans. Each stock option granted by the Company under the Company’s stock option plan was granted (i) in accordance with the terms of the Company’s stock option plan and (ii) with an exercise price at least equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date such stock option would be considered granted under GAAP and applicable law. No stock option granted under the Company’s stock option plan has been backdated. The Company has not knowingly granted, and there is no and has been no Company policy or practice to knowingly grant, stock options prior to, or otherwise knowingly coordinate the grant of stock options with, the release or other public announcement of material information regarding the Company or its Subsidiaries or their financial results or prospects.

 

21

 

 

(jj) Office of Foreign Assets Control. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”).

 

(kk) U.S. Real Property Holding Corporation. The Company is not and has never been a U.S. real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Company shall so certify upon Purchaser’s request.

 

(ll) Bank Holding Company Act. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”) and to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates owns or controls, directly or indirectly, five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities or twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the total equity of a bank or any entity that is subject to the BHCA and to regulation by the Federal Reserve. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of a bank or any entity that is subject to the BHCA and to regulation by the Federal Reserve.

 

(mm) Money Laundering. The operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial record-keeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, applicable money laundering statutes and applicable rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”), and no Action or Proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or any Subsidiary, threatened.

 

3.2 Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers. Each Purchaser, for itself and for no other Purchaser, hereby represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date to the Company as follows (unless as of a specific date therein, in which case they shall be accurate as of such date):

 

(a) Organization; Authority. Such Purchaser is either an individual or an entity duly incorporated or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation with full right, corporate, partnership, limited liability company or similar power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents and performance by such Purchaser of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership, limited liability company or similar action, as applicable, on the part of such Purchaser. Each Transaction Document to which it is a party has been duly executed by such Purchaser, and when delivered by such Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of such Purchaser, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except: (i) as limited by general equitable principles and applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (iii) insofar as indemnification and contribution provisions may be limited by applicable law.

 

22

 

 

(b) Understandings or Arrangements. Such Purchaser is acquiring the Securities as principal for its own account and has no direct or indirect arrangement or understandings with any other persons to distribute or regarding the distribution of such Securities (this representation and warranty not limiting such Purchaser’s right to sell the Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws). Such Purchaser is acquiring the Securities hereunder in the ordinary course of its business.

 

(c) Purchaser Status. At the time such Purchaser was offered the Securities, it was, and as of the date hereof it is and on each date on which it exercises any Pre-Funded Warrants, either: (i) an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(7) or (a)(8) under the Securities Act or (ii) a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A(a) under the Securities Act.

 

(d) Experience of Such Purchaser. Such Purchaser, either alone or together with its representatives, has such knowledge, sophistication and experience in business and financial matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment in the Securities, and has so evaluated the merits and risks of such investment. Such Purchaser is able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Securities and, at the present time, is able to afford a complete loss of such investment.

 

(e) Access to Information. Such Purchaser acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to review the Transaction Documents (including all exhibits and schedules thereto) and the SEC Reports and has been afforded, (i) the opportunity to ask such questions as it has deemed necessary of, and to receive answers from, representatives of the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the offering of the Securities and the merits and risks of investing in the Securities; (ii) access to information about the Company and its financial condition, results of operations, business, properties, management and prospects sufficient to enable it to evaluate its investment; and (iii) the opportunity to obtain such additional information that the Company possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense that is necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to the investment. Such Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that neither the Placement Agent nor any Affiliate of the Placement Agent has provided such Purchaser with any information or advice with respect to the Securities nor is such information or advice necessary or desired. Neither the Placement Agent nor any Affiliate has made or makes any representation as to the Company or the quality of the Securities and the Placement Agent and any Affiliate may have acquired non-public information with respect to the Company which such Purchaser agrees need not be provided to it. In connection with the issuance of the Securities to such Purchaser, neither the Placement Agent nor any of its Affiliates has acted as a financial advisor or fiduciary to such Purchaser.

 

23

 

 

(f) Certain Transactions and Confidentiality. Other than consummating the transactions contemplated hereunder, such Purchaser has not, nor has any Person acting on behalf of or pursuant to any understanding with such Purchaser, directly or indirectly executed any purchases or sales, including Short Sales, of the securities of the Company during the period commencing as of the time that such Purchaser first received a term sheet (written or oral) from the Company or any other Person representing the Company setting forth the material terms of the transactions contemplated hereunder and ending immediately prior to the execution hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Purchaser that is a multi-managed investment vehicle whereby separate portfolio managers manage separate portions of such Purchaser’s assets and the portfolio managers have no direct knowledge of the investment decisions made by the portfolio managers managing other portions of such Purchaser’s assets, the representation set forth above shall only apply with respect to the portion of assets managed by the portfolio manager that made the investment decision to purchase the Securities covered by this Agreement. Other than to other Persons party to this Agreement or to such Purchaser’s representatives, including, without limitation, its officers, directors, partners, legal and other advisors, employees, agents and Affiliates, such Purchaser has maintained the confidentiality of all disclosures made to it in connection with this transaction (including the existence and terms of this transaction). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained herein shall constitute a representation or warranty, or preclude any actions, with respect to locating or borrowing shares in order to effect Short Sales or similar transactions in the future.

 

The Company acknowledges and agrees that the representations contained in this Section 3.2 shall not modify, amend or affect such Purchaser’s right to rely on the Company’s representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or any representations and warranties contained in any other Transaction Document or any other document or instrument executed and/or delivered in connection with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained herein shall constitute a representation or warranty, or preclude any actions, with respect to locating or borrowing shares in order to effect Short Sales or similar transactions in the future.

 

ARTICLE IV.
OTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

 

4.1 Warrant Shares. If all or any portion of a Pre-Funded Warrant is exercised at a time when there is an effective registration statement to cover the issuance or resale of the Warrant Shares or if the Pre-Funded Warrant is exercised via cashless exercise, the Warrant Shares issued pursuant to any such exercise shall be issued free of all legends. If at any time following the date hereof the Registration Statement (or any subsequent registration statement registering the sale or resale of the Warrant Shares) is not effective or is not otherwise available for the sale or resale of the Warrant Shares, the Company shall immediately notify the holders of the Pre-Funded Warrants in writing that such registration statement is not then effective and thereafter shall promptly notify such holders when the registration statement is effective again and available for the sale or resale of the Warrant Shares (it being understood and agreed that the foregoing shall not limit the ability of the Company to issue, or any Purchaser to sell, any of the Warrant Shares in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws). The Company shall use best efforts to keep a registration statement (including the Registration Statement) registering the issuance or resale of the Warrant Shares effective during the term of the Warrants.

 

24

 

 

4.2 Furnishing of Information. Until the earliest of the time that (i) no Purchaser owns Securities or (ii) the Pre-Funded Warrants have been exercised in full, the Company covenants to timely file (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof pursuant to the Exchange Act even if the Company is not then subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

 

4.3 Integration. The Company shall not sell, offer for sale or solicit offers to buy or otherwise negotiate in respect of any security (as defined in Section 2 of the Securities Act) that would be integrated with the offer or sale of the Securities for purposes of the rules and regulations of any Trading Market such that it would require shareholder approval prior to the closing of such other transaction unless shareholder approval is obtained before the closing of such subsequent transaction.

 

4.4 Securities Laws Disclosure; Publicity. The Company shall (a) by the Disclosure Time, issue a press release disclosing the material terms of the transactions contemplated hereby, and (b) file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including the Transaction Documents as exhibits thereto, with the Commission within the time required by the Exchange Act. From and after the issuance of such press release, the Company represents to the Purchasers that it shall have publicly disclosed all material, non-public information delivered to any of the Purchasers by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. In addition, effective upon the issuance of such press release, the Company acknowledges and agrees that any and all confidentiality or similar obligations under any agreement, whether written or oral, between the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers, directors, agents, employees or Affiliates on the one hand, and any of the Purchasers or any of their Affiliates on the other hand, shall terminate. The Company and each Purchaser shall consult with each other in issuing any other press releases with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither the Company nor any Purchaser shall issue any such press release nor otherwise make any such public statement without the prior consent of the Company, with respect to any press release of any Purchaser, or without the prior consent of each Purchaser, with respect to any press release of the Company, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, except if such disclosure is required by law, in which case the disclosing party shall promptly provide the other party with prior notice of such public statement or communication. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not publicly disclose the name of any Purchaser, or include the name of any Purchaser in any filing with the Commission or any regulatory agency or Trading Market, without the prior written consent of such Purchaser, except (a) as required by federal securities law in connection with the filing of final Transaction Documents with the Commission and (b) to the extent such disclosure is required by law or Trading Market regulations, in which case the Company shall provide the Purchasers with prior notice of such disclosure permitted under this clause (b).

 

25

 

 

4.5 Shareholder Rights Plan. No claim will be made or enforced by the Company or, with the consent of the Company, any other Person, that any Purchaser is an “Acquiring Person” under any control share acquisition, business combination, poison pill (including any distribution under a rights agreement) or similar anti-takeover plan or arrangement in effect or hereafter adopted by the Company, or that any Purchaser could be deemed to trigger the provisions of any such plan or arrangement, by virtue of receiving Securities under the Transaction Documents or under any other agreement between the Company and the Purchasers.

 

4.6 Non-Public Information. Except with respect to the material terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, which shall be disclosed pursuant to Section 4.4, the Company covenants and agrees that neither it, nor any other Person acting on its behalf will provide any Purchaser or its agents or counsel with any information that constitutes, or the Company reasonably believes constitutes, material non-public information, unless prior thereto such Purchaser shall have consented to the receipt of such information and agreed with the Company to keep such information confidential. The Company understands and confirms that each Purchaser shall be relying on the foregoing covenant in effecting transactions in securities of the Company. To the extent that the Company delivers any material, non-public information to a Purchaser without such Purchaser’s consent, the Company hereby covenants and agrees that such Purchaser shall not have any duty of confidentiality to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective officers, directors, agents, employees or Affiliates, or a duty to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective officers, directors, agents, employees or Affiliates not to trade on the basis of, such material, non-public information, provided that the Purchaser shall remain subject to applicable law. To the extent that any notice provided pursuant to any Transaction Document constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any Subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K. The Company understands and confirms that each Purchaser shall be relying on the foregoing covenant in effecting transactions in securities of the Company.

 

4.7 Use of Proceeds. Except as set forth in the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company shall use the net proceeds from the sale of the Securities hereunder for working capital purposes and shall not use such proceeds: (a) for the satisfaction of any portion of the Company’s debt (other than payment of trade payables in the ordinary course of the Company’s business and prior practices), (b) for the redemption of any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, (c) for the settlement of any outstanding litigation or (d) in violation of FCPA or OFAC regulations.

 

26

 

 

4.8 Indemnification of Purchasers. Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.8, the Company will indemnify and hold each Purchaser and its directors, officers, shareholders, members, partners, employees and agents (and any other Persons with a functionally equivalent role of a Person holding such titles notwithstanding a lack of such title or any other title), each Person who controls such Purchaser (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act), and the directors, officers, shareholders, agents, members, partners or employees (and any other Persons with a functionally equivalent role of a Person holding such titles notwithstanding a lack of such title or any other title) of such controlling persons (each, a “Purchaser Party”) harmless from any and all losses, liabilities, obligations, claims, contingencies, damages, costs and expenses, including all judgments, amounts paid in settlements, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of investigation that any such Purchaser Party may suffer or incur as a result of or relating to (a) any breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements made by the Company in this Agreement or in the other Transaction Documents or (b) any action instituted against the Purchaser Parties in any capacity, or any of them or their respective Affiliates, by any stockholder of the Company who is not an Affiliate of such Purchaser Party, with respect to any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (unless such action is solely based upon a material breach of such Purchaser Party’s representations, warranties or covenants under the Transaction Documents or any agreements or understandings such Purchaser Party may have with any such stockholder or any violations by such Purchaser Party of state or federal securities laws or any conduct by such Purchaser Party which is finally judicially determined to constitute fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct). If any action shall be brought against any Purchaser Party in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to this Agreement, such Purchaser Party shall promptly notify the Company in writing, and the Company shall have the right to assume the defense thereof with counsel of its own choosing reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser Party. Any Purchaser Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Purchaser Party except to the extent that (x) the employment thereof has been specifically authorized by the Company in writing, (y) the Company has failed after a reasonable period of time to assume such defense and to employ counsel or (z) in such action there is, in the reasonable opinion of counsel, a material conflict on any material issue between the position of the Company and the position of such Purchaser Party, in which case the Company shall be responsible for the reasonable fees and expenses of no more than one such separate counsel. The Company will not be liable to any Purchaser Party under this Agreement (1) for any settlement by a Purchaser Party effected without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; or (2) to the extent, but only to the extent that a loss, claim, damage or liability is attributable to any Purchaser Party’s breach of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements made by such Purchaser Party in this Agreement or in the other Transaction Documents. The indemnification required by this Section 4.8 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or are incurred. The indemnity agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any cause of action or similar right of any Purchaser Party against the Company or others and any liabilities the Company may be subject to pursuant to law.

 

4.9 Reservation of Common Stock. As of the date hereof, the Company has reserved and the Company shall continue to reserve and keep available at all times, free of preemptive rights, a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock for the purpose of enabling the Company to issue Shares pursuant to this Agreement and Warrant Shares pursuant to any exercise of the Warrants.

 

27

 

 

4.10 Listing of Common Stock. The Company hereby agrees to use best efforts to maintain the listing or quotation of the Common Stock on the Trading Market on which it is currently listed, and concurrently with the Closing, the Company shall apply to list or quote all of the Shares and Warrant Shares on such Trading Market and promptly secure the listing of all of the Shares and Warrant Shares on such Trading Market. The Company further agrees, if the Company applies to have the Common Stock traded on any other Trading Market, it will then include in such application all of the Shares and Warrant Shares, and will take such other action as is necessary to cause all of the Shares and Warrant Shares to be listed or quoted on such other Trading Market as promptly as possible. The Company will then take all action reasonably necessary to continue the listing and trading of its Common Stock on a Trading Market and will comply in all respects with the Company’s reporting, filing and other obligations under the bylaws or rules of the Trading Market. The Company agrees to maintain the eligibility of the Common Stock for electronic transfer through the Depository Trust Company or another established clearing corporation, including, without limitation, by timely payment of fees to the Depository Trust Company or such other established clearing corporation in connection with such electronic transfer.

 

4.11 Reserved.

 

4.12 Subsequent Equity Sales.

 

(a) From the date hereof until ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall issue, enter into any agreement to issue or announce the issuance or proposed issuance of any shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents.

 

(b) From the date hereof until the twenty-four (24) month anniversary of the Closing Date, the Company shall be prohibited from effecting or entering into an agreement to effect any issuance by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents (or a combination of units thereof) involving a Variable Rate Transaction. “Variable Rate Transaction” means a transaction in which the Company (i) issues or sells any debt or equity securities that are convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for, or include the right to receive additional shares of Common Stock either (A) at a conversion price, exercise price or exchange rate or other price that is based upon and/or varies with the trading prices of or quotations for the shares of Common Stock at any time after the initial issuance of such debt or equity securities, or (B) with a conversion, exercise or exchange price that is subject to being reset at some future date after the initial issuance of such debt or equity security or upon the occurrence of specified or contingent events directly or indirectly related to the business of the Company or the market for the Common Stock or (ii) enters into, or effects a transaction under, any agreement, including, but not limited to, an equity line of credit, whereby the Company may issue securities at a future determined price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following the expiration of the prohibition set forth in Section 4.12(a), the Company may enter into, amend and effect sales pursuant to an at–the-market offering facility with the Placement Agent. Any Purchaser shall be entitled to obtain injunctive relief against the Company to preclude any such issuance, which remedy shall be in addition to any right to collect damages.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 4.12 shall not apply in respect of an Exempt Issuance, except that no Variable Rate Transaction shall be an Exempt Issuance.

 

28

 

 

4.13 Equal Treatment of Purchasers. No consideration (including any modification of any Transaction Document) shall be offered or paid to any Person to amend or consent to a waiver or modification of any provision of the Transaction Documents unless the same consideration is also offered to all of the parties to such Transaction Documents. For clarification purposes, this provision constitutes a separate right granted to each Purchaser by the Company and negotiated separately by each Purchaser, and is intended for the Company to treat the Purchasers as a class and shall not in any way be construed as the Purchasers acting in concert or as a group with respect to the purchase, disposition or voting of Securities or otherwise.

 

4.14 Certain Transactions and Confidentiality. Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly with the other Purchasers, covenants that neither it nor any Affiliate acting on its behalf or pursuant to any understanding with it will execute any purchases or sales, including Short Sales of any of the Company’s securities during the period commencing with the execution of this Agreement and ending at such time that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are first publicly announced pursuant to the initial press release as described in Section 4.4. Each Purchaser, severally and not jointly with the other Purchasers, covenants that until such time as the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are publicly disclosed by the Company pursuant to the initial press release as described in Section 4.4, such Purchaser will maintain the confidentiality of the existence and terms of this transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company expressly acknowledges and agrees that (i) no Purchaser makes any representation, warranty or covenant hereby that it will not engage in effecting transactions in any securities of the Company after the time that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are first publicly announced pursuant to the initial press release as described in Section 4.4, (ii) no Purchaser shall be restricted or prohibited from effecting any transactions in any securities of the Company in accordance with applicable securities laws from and after the time that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are first publicly announced pursuant to the initial press release as described in Section 4.4 and (iii) no Purchaser shall have any duty of confidentiality or duty not to trade in the securities of the Company to the Company or its Subsidiaries after the issuance of the initial press release as described in Section 4.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of a Purchaser that is a multi-managed investment vehicle whereby separate portfolio managers manage separate portions of such Purchaser’s assets and the portfolio managers have no direct knowledge of the investment decisions made by the portfolio managers managing other portions of such Purchaser’s assets, the covenant set forth above shall only apply with respect to the portion of assets managed by the portfolio manager that made the investment decision to purchase the Securities covered by this Agreement.

 

4.15 Exercise Procedures. The form of Notice of Exercise included in the Pre-Funded Warrants set forth the totality of the procedures required of the Purchasers in order to exercise the Pre-Funded Warrants. No additional legal opinion, other information or instructions shall be required of the Purchasers to exercise their Pre-Funded Warrants. Without limiting the preceding sentences, no ink-original Notice of Exercise shall be required, nor shall any medallion guarantee (or other type of guarantee or notarization) of any Notice of Exercise form be required in order to exercise the Pre-Funded Warrants. The Company shall honor exercises of the Pre-Funded Warrants and shall deliver Warrant Shares in accordance with the terms, conditions and time periods set forth in the Transaction Documents.

 

29

 

 

4.16 Lock-Up Agreements. The Company shall enforce the terms of the Lock-Up Agreements and not agree to any amendment to, or modification of, the Lock-Up Agreements absent the prior written consent of the Placement Agent.

 

ARTICLE V.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

5.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by any Purchaser, as to such Purchaser’s obligations hereunder only and without any effect whatsoever on the obligations between the Company and the other Purchasers, by written notice to the other parties, if the Closing has not been consummated on or before the fifth (5th) Trading Day following the date hereof; provided, however, that no such termination will affect the right of any party to sue for any breach by any other party (or parties).

 

5.2 Fees and Expenses. Except as expressly set forth in the Transaction Documents to the contrary, each party shall pay the fees and expenses of its advisers, counsel, accountants and other experts, if any, and all other expenses incurred by such party incident to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement. The Company shall pay all Transfer Agent fees (including, without limitation, any fees required for same-day processing of any instruction letter delivered by the Company and any exercise notice delivered by a Purchaser), stamp taxes and other taxes and duties levied in connection with the delivery of any Securities to the Purchasers.

 

5.3 Entire Agreement. The Transaction Documents, together with the exhibits and schedules thereto, the Pricing Prospectus and the Prospectus, contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect to such matters, which the parties acknowledge have been merged into such documents, exhibits and schedules.

 

5.4 Notices. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of: (a) the time of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number or email attachment at the email address as set forth on the signature pages attached hereto at or prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on a Trading Day, (b) the next Trading Day after the time of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number or email attachment at the email address as set forth on the signature pages attached hereto on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any Trading Day, (c) the second (2nd)Trading Day following the date of mailing, if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service or (d) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. The address for such notices and communications shall be as set forth on the signature pages attached hereto. To the extent that any notice provided pursuant to any Transaction Document constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any Subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

30

 

 

5.5 Amendments; Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be waived, modified, supplemented or amended except in a written instrument signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Company and Purchasers which purchased at least 50.1% in interest of the sum of (i) the Shares and (ii) the Warrant Shares initially issuable upon exercise of the Pre-Funded Warrants based on the initial Subscription Amounts hereunder or, in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom enforcement of any such waived provision is sought, provided that if any amendment, modification or waiver disproportionately and adversely impacts a Purchaser (or group of Purchasers), the consent of at least 50.1% in interest of such disproportionately impacted Purchaser (or group of Purchasers) shall also be required. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any subsequent default or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of any party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right. Any proposed amendment or waiver that disproportionately, materially and adversely affects the rights and obligations of any Purchaser relative to the comparable rights and obligations of the other Purchasers shall require the prior written consent of such adversely affected Purchaser. Any amendment effected in accordance with this Section 5.5 shall be binding upon each Purchaser and holder of Securities and the Company.

 

5.6 Headings. The headings herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

5.7 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors and permitted assigns. The Company may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Purchaser (other than by merger). Any Purchaser may assign any or all of its rights under this Agreement to any Person to whom such Purchaser assigns or transfers any Securities, provided that such transferee agrees in writing to be bound, with respect to the transferred Securities, by the provisions of the Transaction Documents that apply to the “Purchasers.”

 

5.8 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. The Placement Agent shall be the third party beneficiary of the representations and warranties of the Company in Section 3.1 and the representations and warranties of the Purchasers in Section 3.2. This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person, except as otherwise set forth in Section 4.8 and this Section 5.8.

 

31

 

 

5.9 Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of the Transaction Documents shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Each party agrees that all legal Proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any other Transaction Documents (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees or agents) shall be commenced exclusively in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York. Each party hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement of any of the Transaction Documents), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any Action or Proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such Action or Proceeding is improper or is an inconvenient venue for such Proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such Action or Proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. If any party shall commence an Action or Proceeding to enforce any provisions of the Transaction Documents, then, in addition to the obligations of the Company under Section 4.8, the prevailing party in such Action or Proceeding shall be reimbursed by the non-prevailing party for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such Action or Proceeding.

 

5.10 Survival. The representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the Closing and the delivery of the Securities.

 

5.11 Execution. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to each other party, it being understood that the parties need not sign the same counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile or “.pdf” signature page were an original thereof.

 

5.12 Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 

Rescission and Withdrawal Right. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in (and without limiting any similar provisions of) any of the other Transaction Documents, whenever any Purchaser exercises a right, election, demand or option under a Transaction Document and the Company does not timely perform its related obligations within the periods therein provided, then such Purchaser may rescind or withdraw, in its sole discretion from time to time upon written notice to the Company, any relevant notice, demand or election in whole or in part without prejudice to its future actions and rights; provided, however, that, in the case of a rescission of an exercise of a Pre-Funded Warrant, the applicable Purchaser shall be required to return any shares of Common Stock subject to any such rescinded exercise notice concurrently with the return to such Purchaser of the aggregate exercise price paid to the Company for such shares and the restoration of such Purchaser’s right to acquire such shares pursuant to such Purchaser’s Pre-Funded Warrant (including, issuance of a replacement warrant certificate evidencing such restored right).

 

32

 

 

5.13 Reserved.

 

5.14 Replacement of Securities. If any certificate or instrument evidencing any Securities is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation thereof (in the case of mutilation), or in lieu of and substitution therefor, a new certificate or instrument, but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of such loss, theft or destruction. The applicant for a new certificate or instrument under such circumstances shall also pay any reasonable third-party costs (including customary indemnity) associated with the issuance of such replacement Securities.

 

5.15 Remedies. In addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or granted by law, including recovery of damages, each of the Purchasers and the Company will be entitled to specific performance under the Transaction Documents. The parties agree that monetary damages may not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of any breach of obligations contained in the Transaction Documents and hereby agree to waive and not to assert in any Action for specific performance of any such obligation the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

5.16 Payment Set Aside. To the extent that the Company makes a payment or payments to any Purchaser pursuant to any Transaction Document or a Purchaser enforces or exercises its rights thereunder, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or exercise or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, recovered from, disgorged by or are required to be refunded, repaid or otherwise restored to the Company, a trustee, receiver or any other Person under any law (including, without limitation, any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause of action), then to the extent of any such restoration the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

 

5.17 Independent Nature of Purchasers’ Obligations and Rights. The obligations of each Purchaser under any Transaction Document are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Purchaser, and no Purchaser shall be responsible in any way for the performance or non-performance of the obligations of any other Purchaser under any Transaction Document. Nothing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document, and no action taken by any Purchaser pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Purchasers as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Purchasers are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. Each Purchaser shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights including, without limitation, the rights arising out of this Agreement or out of the other Transaction Documents, and it shall not be necessary for any other Purchaser to be joined as an additional party in any Proceeding for such purpose. Each Purchaser has been represented by its own separate legal counsel in its review and negotiation of the Transaction Documents. For reasons of administrative convenience only, each Purchaser and its respective counsel have chosen to communicate with the Company through SRF. SRF does not represent any of the Purchasers and only represents the Placement Agent. The Company has elected to provide all Purchasers with the same terms and Transaction Documents for the convenience of the Company and not because it was required or requested to do so by any of the Purchasers. It is expressly understood and agreed that each provision contained in this Agreement and in each other Transaction Document is between the Company and a Purchaser, solely, and not between the Company and the Purchasers collectively and not between and among the Purchasers.

 

33

 

 

5.18 Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a Business Day, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

5.19 Construction. The parties agree that each of them and/or their respective counsel have reviewed and had an opportunity to revise the Transaction Documents and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of the Transaction Documents or any amendments thereto. In addition, each and every reference to share prices and shares of Common Stock in any Transaction Document shall be subject to adjustment for reverse and forward stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations and other similar transactions of the Common Stock that occur after the date of this Agreement.

 

5.20 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING IN ANY JURISDICTION BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY, THE PARTIES EACH KNOWINGLY AND INTENTIONALLY, TO THE GREATEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY ABSOLUTELY, UNCONDITIONALLY, IRREVOCABLY AND EXPRESSLY WAIVES FOREVER TRIAL BY JURY.

 

(Signature Pages Follow)

 

34

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Securities Purchase Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the date first indicated above.

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.   Address for Notice:
     
By:                                                     641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701
Name: Brendan Flood   New York, NY 10022
Title: Chief Executive Officer   Fax: N/A
      E-mail:
      brendan.flood@staffing360solutions.com
With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):    
     

Haynes and Boone, LLP

30 Rockefeller Plaza, 26th Floor

New York, New York 10012

Attention: Rick Werner, Esq.

Rick.Werner@haynesboone.com

   

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SIGNATURE PAGE FOR PURCHASER FOLLOWS]

 

35

 

 

[PURCHASER SIGNATURE PAGES TO STAF SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT]

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Securities Purchase Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized signatories as of the date first indicated above.

 

Name of Purchaser: ______________________________________________________

 

Signature of Authorized Signatory of Purchaser: _________________________________

 

Name of Authorized Signatory: _______________________________________________

 

Title of Authorized Signatory: ________________________________________________

 

Email Address of Authorized Signatory:_________________________________________

 

Facsimile Number of Authorized Signatory: __________________________________________

 

Address for Notice to Purchaser:

 

 

Address for Delivery of Shares to Purchaser (if not same as address for notice):

 

 

Subscription Amount: $_________________

 

Shares: _________________

 

Pre-Funded Warrants: _________________ Beneficial Ownership Blocker [  ] 4.99% or [  ] 9.99%

 

EIN Number: ____________________

 

[  ] Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, by checking this box (i) the obligations of the above-signed to purchase the securities set forth in this Agreement to be purchased from the Company by the above-signed, and the obligations of the Company to sell such securities to the above-signed, shall be unconditional and all conditions to Closing shall be disregarded, (ii) the Closing shall occur by the second (2nd) Trading Day following the date of this Agreement and (iii) any condition to Closing contemplated by this Agreement (but prior to being disregarded by clause (i) above) that required delivery by the Company or the above-signed of any agreement, instrument, certificate or the like or purchase price (as applicable) shall no longer be a condition and shall instead be an unconditional obligation of the Company or the above-signed (as applicable) to deliver such agreement, instrument, certificate or the like or purchase price (as applicable) to such other party on the Closing Date.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUE]

 

36

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

February [  ], 2021

 

H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC

430 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

 

As Placement Agent

 

RE: Securities Purchase Agreement dated February ___, 2021 by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) and the several purchasers (the “Purchasers”) identified on the signature pages thereto (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”)

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned irrevocably agrees with the Company that, from the date hereof until ninety (90) days following the date of closing of the offering pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement (such period, the “Restriction Period”), the undersigned will not offer, sell, contract to sell, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition (whether by actual disposition or effective economic disposition due to cash settlement or otherwise) by the undersigned or any Affiliate (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) of the undersigned or any person in privity with the undersigned or any Affiliate of the undersigned), directly or indirectly, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), with respect to, any shares of common stock of the Company or securities convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into, shares of common stock of the Company beneficially owned, held or hereafter acquired by the undersigned (the “Securities”). Beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. In order to enforce this covenant, the Company shall impose irrevocable stop-transfer instructions preventing the transfer agent of the Company from effecting any actions in violation of this letter agreement. H.C. Wainwright & C.O., LLC (the “Placement Agent”) may consent to an early release from the Restriction Period if, in its sole and absolute discretion, the market for the Securities would not be adversely impacted by sales and in cases of financial emergency.

 

The undersigned acknowledges that the execution, delivery and performance of this letter agreement is a material inducement to the Placement Agent (which shall be a third party beneficiary of this letter agreement) to perform under the engagement agreement between the Placement Agent and the Company, dated December 31, 2020, as amended to date, and is a material inducement to each Purchaser (which shall be a third party beneficiary of this letter agreement) to perform under the Securities Purchase Agreement, and the Company shall be entitled to specific performance of the undersigned’s obligations hereunder. The undersigned hereby represents that the undersigned has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this letter agreement, that the undersigned has received adequate consideration therefor and that the undersigned will indirectly benefit from the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement.

 

 

 

 

This letter agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified in any respect without the written consent of the Placement Agent. This letter agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the principles of conflict of laws. The undersigned hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court sitting in the Southern District of New York and the courts of the State of New York located in Manhattan, for the purposes of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this letter agreement, and hereby waives, and agrees not to assert in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that (i) it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such court, (ii) the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (iii) the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper. The undersigned hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by receiving a copy thereof sent to the Company at the address in effect for notices to it under the Securities Purchase Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. The undersigned hereby waives any right to a trial by jury. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. The undersigned agrees and understands that this letter agreement does not intend to create any relationship between the undersigned and the Placement Agent or any Purchaser and that no issuance or sale of the Securities is created or intended by virtue of this letter agreement.

 

The undersigned understands that, if the Securities Purchase Agreement is not executed by February [ ], 2021 or if the Securities Purchase Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the securities to be sold thereunder, then this letter agreement shall be void and of no further force or effect.

 

By its signature below, the Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that, reflecting this letter agreement, on or prior to the Closing Date (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) it shall instruct its transfer agent to place an irrevocable stop transfer instruction on all Securities beneficially owned by the undersigned until the end of the Restriction Period. This letter agreement shall be binding on successors and assigns of the undersigned with respect to the Securities and any such successor or assign shall enter into a similar agreement for the benefit of the Placement Agent and Purchasers.

 

*** SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS***

 

2

 

 

This letter agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which when taken together may be considered one and the same agreement.

 

   
Signature  
   
   
Print Name  
   
   
Position in Company, if any  
   
Address for Notice:  
   
   
   
   
   
   
Number of shares of Common Stock  

 

 
Number of shares of Common Stock underlying subject to warrants, options, debentures or other convertible securities

 

By signing below, the Company agrees to enforce the restrictions on transfer set forth in this letter agreement.

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC.
                     
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

3

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.58

 

February 5, 2021

 

Via Electronic Mail

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

3A London Wall Buildings

London Wall

London EC2M 5SY

United Kingdom

Attn: Brendan Flood, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

  Re: Limited Consent, Waiver and Amendment Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain (a) Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2020 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”), among Jackson Investment Group, LLC (“Purchaser”), Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), and certain subsidiaries of Company signatory thereto, pursuant to which, among other things, Company issued to Purchaser and Purchaser acquired that certain Second Amended and Restated Note (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), and (b) the Certificate of Designation of Company creating the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series E-1 Preferred Stock of Company filed on November 15, 2018, as amended by Amendment No. 1 filed on February 8, 2019 and Amendment No. 2 filed on October 23, 2020 (as so amended, the “Certificate of Designation”). Capitalized terms used in this letter agreement (this “Agreement”) and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

 

1. Limited Consents and Waivers.

 

(a) Purchaser as the owner of all shares of Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”) of Company and as the Purchaser under the Purchase Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby consents to the issuance and sale by Company of up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock of the Company registered under that certain Form S-1 Registration Statement filed with SEC on January 12, 2021 (as such registration statement may be subsequently amended from time to time after the date hereof, provided that any such amendment that increases the total number of shares to be sold thereunder to greater than 21,785,880 shares shall require the written approval of Purchaser) in one or more public offerings that shall close on or before the date which is sixty (60) days after the date of this Agreement (such issuance and sale referred to herein as the “Stock Sale”), provided that all net proceeds from such Stock Sale shall not later than the second (2nd) Business Day following receipt thereof be transferred by Company to Purchaser in immediately available funds for application as follows:

 

(i) seventy-five percent (75%) of such net proceeds shall be applied in the following order: (A) first, to the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the Second Amended and Restated Note, and (B) second, to the prepayment of the outstanding principal amount (including any PIK Interest that has been capitalized and added as principal) of the Second Amended and Restated Note; and

 

     
 

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

February 5, 2021

Page 2

 

(ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of such net proceeds shall be applied in the following order: (A) first, to the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends in respect of the Preferred Stock owned by Purchaser, (B) second, to redeem shares of the Series E Preferred Stock owned by Purchaser, in each case, pursuant to the Certificate of Designation, and (C) third, to redeem shares of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock owned by Purchaser, in each case, pursuant to the Certificate of Designation.

 

Company hereby (I) consents and authorizes Purchaser to apply such net proceeds upon receipt thereof in accordance with the above provisions of this Section 1, and (II) agrees to notify the Purchaser in writing (which may be via electronic mail) of the Stock Sale and the amount of net cash proceeds received in connection therewith. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “net proceeds” as used herein shall mean the gross proceeds received from the Stock Sale net of the underwriting commissions and other underwriter fees, costs and expenses that are described in the aforementioned S-1 Registration Statement payable by Company to the underwriter.

 

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the foregoing consent includes the limited waiver, granted by Purchaser on a one-time basis, of the requirement in Section 7 of the Certificate of Designation that the proceeds of any Common Stock issuance by Company be used to redeem the Preferred Stock, so long as all of the net proceeds from the Stock Sale are in fact transferred by Company to Purchaser in immediately available funds and applied as provided above in this Section 1 not later than the next business day following receipt by Company of such proceeds.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any covenant restriction in the Purchase Agreement or the Certificate of Designation, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby consents on a one-time basis to (i) the grant during December 2020 to Brendan Flood of 300,000 shares of Common Stock and (ii) the grant during December 2020 of 10,000 shares of Common Stock to two other employees, in each case in return for their services to the Company, and waives on a one-time basis any Event of Default under the Purchase Agreement and any Preferred Default under and as defined in the Certificate of Designation as a result of such grants.

 

(d) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby waives any Preferred Default under and as defined in the Certificate of Designation arising from the prior issuance and sale of Common Stock of Company in December 2020, in the amount of (i) 4,816,665 shares of Common Stock at $.60 per share, and (ii) 2,662,596 shares of Common Stock at $.655 per share, the net proceeds of which in the amount of $2,481,449.08 and $1,557,860.35, respectively, for such prior issuances and sales were previously used by Company to redeem certain Preferred Stock owned by Purchaser and to make a voluntary prepayment of a portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Second Amended and Restated Note.

 

     
 

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

February 5, 2021

Page 3

 

2. Amendments to Purchase Agreement. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent in Section 3 hereof, Purchaser and Company hereby agree that the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended effective as of the date of this Agreement as follows:

 

(a) on and after the date of this Agreement and until all of the outstanding Preferred Stock owned by Purchaser has been redeemed in full in cash or converted into secured debt pursuant to Section 8.19 of the Purchase Agreement (the “Redemption/Conversion Date”), the Company and Purchaser agree that the definition of “Permitted Debt” in Section 1.1 of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“ “Permitted Debt” means, without duplication: (a) the Obligors’ Debt to the Purchaser under this Agreement and the other Note Documents; (b) Debt incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the Ordinary Course of Business; (c) purchase money Debt not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time (whether in the form of a loan or a lease) used solely to acquire equipment used in the Ordinary Course of Business and secured only by such equipment; (d) Debt existing, or contemplated on the date of this Agreement and described on Schedule 8.1 (other than any items otherwise expressly set forth in this definition), including any refinancings, extensions, increases or amendments to the indebtedness underlying such Debt to the extent constituting (i) Refinancing Debt or (ii) extensions of the maturity thereof without any other change in terms); (e) [intentionally deleted]; (f) Debt in the form of insurance premiums financed through the applicable insurance company; (g) trade accounts payable arising and paid on a timely basis and in the Ordinary Course of Business; (h) Debt (other than Debt for borrowed money) that is a Permitted Intercompany Transaction; (i) [intentionally deleted]; (j) Permitted ABL Senior Debt (as defined below in the definition); (k) unsecured intercompany Debt between any Obligors; (l) [intentionally deleted]; (m) [intentionally deleted]; (n) [intentionally deleted]; (o) [intentionally deleted]; (p) [intentionally deleted], and (q) Refinancing Debt.

 

As used above in this definition, the term “Permitted ABL Senior Debt” means Debt incurred pursuant to the Existing Senior Secured Debt Documents, provided that:

 

(a) the outstanding principal amount of such Debt (including any Debt incurred under the MidCap ABL Credit Agreement) does not at any time exceed the lesser of:

 

(i) the applicable maximum applicable facility limit set forth in such Existing Senior Secured Debt Documents from time to time (without giving effect to any accordion or similar options to increase the maximum facility, unless such option has been validly exercised and become effective), and

 

(ii) any applicable borrowing base or similar borrowing availability limit (or receivables purchase availability limit, in the case of any receivables purchase or factoring arrangement that constitutes Debt); provided that any waiver, change or other modification to any eligibility criteria, advance rates or other component used in calculating any such borrowing base or similar borrowing availability limit (or any receivables purchase limit, in the case of any receivables purchase or factoring arrangement that constitutes Debt) from that as set forth in the Existing Senior Secured Debt Documents as in effect on the date hereof shall require the prior written consent of Purchaser if any such waiver, change or other modification would result in any increased borrowing availability (or increased receivables purchase availability in the case of any receivables purchase or factoring arrangement that constitutes Debt);

 

(b) the outstanding principal amount of all such Debt shall not at any time violate the financial covenants set forth in Section 8.17; and

 

     
 

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

February 5, 2021

Page 4

(c) in the case of any such Debt incurred under the MidCap ABL Credit Agreement or Loan Documents (as defined thereunder) the principal amount of ABL Loans (as such term is defined in the MidCap Intercreditor Agreement as in effect on the date hereof) must not exceed the “ABL Debt Cap” as such term is defined in the MidCap Intercreditor Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.”

 

Following the Redemption/Conversion Date, the definition of “Permitted Debt” in Section 1.1. shall be as set forth in the Purchase Agreement without giving effect to the amendment thereof set forth in Section 2(a) above.

 

(b) Section 1.1 of the Purchase Agreement is hereby amended to add in alphabetical order the following new definitions:

 

2021 Amendment Effective Date” means February 5, 2021.

 

2021 Limited Consent, Waiver and Amendment Agreement” means that certain Limited Consent, Waiver and Amendment Agreement, dated the 2021 Amendment Effective Date, by and among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Purchaser.”

 

(c) Article 8 of the Purchase Agreement is amended to add the following new Section 8.19 at the end thereof to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“Section 8.19 Additional Covenant. The Company hereby further covenants and agrees that the amount of the Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock remaining after the redemptions as contemplated in Section 1(a) of the 2021 Limited Consent, Waiver and Amendment Agreement, shall be converted to secured debt to the extent that all or any portion of the PPP Loans (as defined below) are forgiven at any time on or after the 2021 Amendment Effective Date, which conversion (each such conversion is referred to herein as the “Debt Conversion”) shall be effected by the redemption of such Preferred Stock by issuance and delivery by Company of a new Senior Note to the Purchaser, substantially in the form of the Second Amended and Restated Note, duly executed and issued by Company to Purchaser pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to Purchaser. In connection with and furtherance of any Debt Conversion required pursuant to this Section, the Company covenants and agrees that (a) the Company shall pay to the Purchaser in cash any and all accrued and unpaid dividends in respect of any shares of Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock which is the subject of such Debt Conversion, (b) the Company shall take any and all actions and execute and delivery all such documents and instruments, in each case, as necessary or required in order to authorize, approve and consummate the Debt Conversion, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser, (c) the Debt Conversion (including, without limitation and issuance and delivery of a new Senior Note to the Purchaser as provided above), shall be consummated not later than five (5) Business Days following each and every forgiveness in respect of all or any portion of the PPP Loans. As used herein the term “PPP Loans” means, collectively, those certain PPP loans made by Newton Federal Bank, as lender, to certain Subsidiary Guarantors as indicated in Schedule 8.1 to the Purchase Agreement, made pursuant to the “Paycheck Protection Program” under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), administered by the Small Business Administration (the “SBA”), and (d) Company shall notify Purchaser in writing (which may be by electronic mail) promptly (and in any event with three (3) Business Days) after the approval of any application for loan forgiveness in respect of all or any portion of the PPP Loans. The Company represents and warrants to Purchaser that as of the 2021 Amendment Effective Date, (i) the aggregate principal amount of the PPP Loans outstanding is $19,395,051, and (ii) no portion of any of the PPP Loans has yet been forgiven as of such date, but each of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantors as a borrower under its respective PPP Loans has submitted an application for forgiveness to the SBA in accordance with the applicable provisions of the CARES Act.”

 

     
 

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

February 5, 2021

Page 5

 

3. Conditions to Effectiveness. This Agreement and the consents, waivers and amendments set forth herein shall be effective as of the date of this Agreement upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent: (a) the parties hereto shall have duly executed and delivered to Purchaser this Agreement, and (b) Company shall have furnished to Purchaser evidence satisfactory to Purchaser and its counsel that MidCap Funding X Trust (as successor by assignment to MidCap Financial Trust) has granted its approval of this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.2 of the MidCap Intercreditor Agreement.

 

4. Miscellaneous. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor party hereto represents and warrant to Purchaser that the terms of this Agreement do not violate the their organizational documents or any material contract to which they are a party to, and all consents and approval required to enter into this Agreement have been obtained (or will be obtained by the effective time of this Agreement). This foregoing consents, waivers and amendments set forth in Sections 1 and 2 above relate solely to the specific matters addressed above and shall not be construed to constitute a consent, waiver, or amendment in respect of any other matter or to any other Transaction Document, whether now or hereafter existing. This Agreement shall not modify or limit in any manner the obligations of Company under the Purchase Agreement, any other Note Transaction Document or the Certificate of Designation, including the obligation of Company to make a prepayment pursuant to Section 2.3(c) of the Purchase Agreement, except for the amendments, waivers and consent to the extent expressly set forth above in Section 1 and 2 of this Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute a Note Document and a Transaction Document. Any failure by Company to fully and timely comply with its covenants and agreements set forth herein shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under and as defined in the Purchase Agreement and a Preferred Default under and as defined in the Certificate of Designation. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy or other electronic transmissions, e.g. .pdf), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Except as modified and amended herein, the Purchase Agreement, the Security Agreement and the Pledge Agreement, the Certificate of Designation and the other Transaction Documents shall remain in full force and effect.

 

  Sincerely,
   
  Jackson Investment Group, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Richard L. Jackson
  Name: Richard L. Jackson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

     
 

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

February 5, 2021

Page 6

 

  ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:
   
  COMPANY:
   
  STaffing 360 solutions, inc.
   
  By: /s/ Brendan Flood
  Name: Brendan Flood
  Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

  SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:
   
  FARO RECRUITMENT AMERICA, INC.
   
  By: /s/ Brendan Flood
  Name: Brendan Flood
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
     
  MONROE STAFFING SERVICES, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Brendan Flood
  Name: Brendan Flood
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

     
 

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

February 5, 2021

Page 7

 

  Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC
   
  By: /s/ Brendan Flood
  Name: Brendan Flood
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
     
  LIGHTHOUSE PLACEMENT SERVICES, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Brendan Flood
  Name: Brendan Flood
  Title: President
     
  KEY RESOURCES, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Brendan Flood
  Name: Brendan Flood
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

cc: Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.
  641 Lexington Avenue, 27th Floor
  New York, NY 10022
  Attention: General Counsel
   
  Haynes and Boone, LLP
  30 Rockefeller Plaza, 26th Floor
  New York, NY 10112
  Attention: Rick A. Werner and Greg Kramer

 

     

 

Exhibit 10.59

 

February 5, 2021

 

Via Electronic Mail

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

3A London Wall Buildings

London Wall

London EC2M 5SY

United Kingdom

Attn: Brendan Flood, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

  Re: Limited Waiver and Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is hereby made to that certain Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 26, 2020 (as so amended, the “Purchase Agreement”), among Jackson Investment Group, LLC (“JIG”), Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and certain subsidiaries of the Company signatory thereto. Capitalized terms used in this Limited Waiver and Agreement (this “Agreement”) and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Purchase Agreement.

 

JIG owns certain shares of series E Preferred Stock and series E-1 Preferred Stock of the Company that are issued pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Designation creating the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series E-1 Preferred Stock filed on November 15, 2018, as amended by Amendment No. 1 filed on February 8, 2019 and Amendment No. 2 filed on October 23, 2020 (as so amended, the “Certificate of Designation”).

 

The Company and JIG have entered into the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2018, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 dated as of August 27, 2018, Amendment No. 2 dated as of November 15, 2018 and Amendment No. 3 dated October 26, 2020 (as so amended, the “Warrant Agreement”).

 

JIG understands that the Company intends to sell up to 21,785,880 shares of its Common Stock (the “Shares”) in a public offering (the “Offering”), in which H.C. Wainwright & Co. (“Wainwright”) shall serve as an underwriter or placement agent, either pursuant to an underwriting agreement between the Company and Wainwright or one or more securities purchase agreements between the Company and investors in the Offering.

 

JIG further understands that the sale of the Shares in the Offering (the “Sale”) would cause there to be inadequate authorized shares of the Company’s common stock available for issuance if JIG were to exercise all the warrants owned by it pursuant to the Warrant Agreement (the “Warrants”) and convert into common stock all the series E and series E-1 Preferred Stock owned by it (the “Preferred Stock”, and together with the Warrants, the “JIG Convertible Securities”), which would violate covenants and agreements of the Company in the Warrant Agreement, the Certificate of Designation and the Purchase Agreement (such violations being referred to herein collectively as the “Covenant Violation”).

 

     
 

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

February 5, 2021

Page 2

 

Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, JIG hereby (a) waives on a limited one-time basis any Covenant Violation that may arise from the Sale as a result of the then-authorized shares of common stock following the Sale being less than the number of authorized shares needed to cover JIG Convertible Securities upon any exercise/conversion thereof, and (b) agrees on a limited one-time basis that it will not exercise or convert any Convertible Securities to the extent that doing so would exceed the number of then-authorized shares of common stock to be less than the number of shares needed to cover Shares sold or to be sold pursuant in the Offering, provided that this agreement not to exercise or convert shall terminate on the date which is sixty (60) days after the date of this Agreement.

 

In order to induce JIG to grant the limited waivers in respect of the Covenant Violation and the limited agreement not to exercise or convert Convertible Securities as set forth in the paragraph just above, the Company hereby covenants and agrees that it will take all actions necessary to cause a meeting of its stockholders to be held as soon as is reasonably possible and to present at such meeting a proposal to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock to at least a total of 100,000,000 shares, which actions shall include the preparation and filing with the SEC of a proxy statement in compliance with all applicable SEC rules and regulations by no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of this Agreement, and the Company shall will use its reasonable best efforts to solicit votes of its stockholders in favor of such proposal and if necessary shall adjourn such meeting to allow for the solicitation of additional votes adequate to cause the proposal to be approved. The Company further acknowledges and agrees that any failure to fully and timely comply with its covenants and agreements set forth above in this paragraph shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under the Purchase Agreement and a Preferred Default under the Certificate of Designation and a default under the Warrant Agreement.

 

The foregoing limited waivers apply only to the Covenant Violation described in this letter and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth herein and shall not (a) be construed as a waiver of any breach, default or Event of Default other than the Covenant Violation, (b) affect the right of JIG to demand compliance by the Company with all terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement, the Warrant Agreement and the Certificate of Designation, except as specifically waived by this Agreement, (c) be deemed a waiver of any transaction or future action on the part of the Company requiring JIG’s consent or approval under the Purchase Agreement, the Warrant Agreement or the Certificate of Designation, or (d) except as to the Covenant Violation waived hereby, be deemed or construed to be a waiver or release of, or a limitation upon, JIG’s exercise of any rights or remedies under the Purchase Agreement, the Warrant Agreement or the Certificate of Designation whether arising as a consequence of any Default or Event of Default or Preferred Default (as defined in the Certificate of Designation) which may now exist or otherwise, all such rights and remedies hereby being expressly reserved.

 

     
 

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

February 5, 2021

Page 3

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Limited Waiver and Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the day and year hereof.

 

  Sincerely,
     
  Jackson Investment Group, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Richard L. Jackson
  Name: Richard L. Jackson
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

 

  By: /s/ Brendan Flood
  Name: Brendan Flood
  Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

 

     

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.60

 

 

February 8, 2021

 

STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

641 Lexington Avenue

27th Floor

New York, NY 10022

 

Attn: Brendan Flood, Chief Executive Officer

 

Dear Mr. Flood:

 

Reference is made to the engagement letter (the “Engagement Letter”), dated December 21, 2020, by and between Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) and H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC (“Wainwright”), pursuant to which Wainwright shall serve as the exclusive agent, advisor or underwriter in any offering of securities of the Company during the “Term” (as defined in the Engagement Letter). Defined terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Engagement Letter.

 

The Company and Wainwright hereby agree to add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph A.3 of the Engagement Letter as follows:

 

“Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely with respect to the Offering consummated pursuant to the Registration Staement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-252059), the Company agrees to pay Wainwright out of the proceeds of each Closing up to $50,000 for fees and expenses of legal counsel and other out-of-pocket expenses (to be increased to $100,000 in case of a public Offering); plus the additional amount payable by the Company pursuant to Paragraph D.3 hereunder and, if applicable, the costs associated with the use of a third-party electronic road show service (such as NetRoadshow); provided, however, that such amount in no way limits or impairs the indemnification and contribution provisions of this Agreement.”

 

The Company and Wainwright hereby agree delete in its entirety Paragraph A.5 and any references in the Paragraph B. of Engagement Letter to “right of first refusal.”

 

The Company and Wainwright hereby agree to amend and restate the first sentence of Paragraph B of the Engagement Letter as follows:

 

“B. Term and Termination of Engagement; Exclusivity. The term of Wainwright’s exclusive engagement will begin on the date hereof and end on the later of: (i) to the extent a registration statement on Form S-1 in connection with an Offering is filed within three (3) months following the date hereof, twelve (12) months after such registration statement becomes effective and (ii) three (3) months following the date hereof (the “Term”).”

 

Except as expressly set forth above, all of the terms and conditions of the Engagement Letter shall continue in full force and effect after the execution of this agreement and shall not be in any way changed, modified or superseded except as set forth herein.

 

This agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts and by facsimile or “.pdf” signature or otherwise, and each of such counterparts shall be deemed an original and all of such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

430 Park Avenue | New York, New York 10022 | 212.356.0500 | www.hcwco.com

Member: FINRA/SIPC

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this agreement is executed as of the date first set forth above.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  H.C. WAINWRIGHT & CO., LLC
                     
  By: / s/ Edward D. Silvera
  Name : Edward D. Silvera
  Title: Chief Operating Officer

 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.  
     
By: /s/ Brendan Flood  
Name: Brendan Flood  
Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

New York, New York

 

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement of our report dated May 11, 2020, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. which is contained in that Prospectus. Our report contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

 

New York, New York

 

February 8, 2021